Bosch Appliances GVS1000 Security Camera User Manual

OEM Integration Manual
P/N 100-88002
Rev B, February 2009
Change History
Rev A
Rev B
Page ii
Initial Release
Style and formatting update
Added USB Watch dog
Added several internal code pages.
100-88002 Rev B
Jan 2009
Feb 2009
Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency
Interference Statement
The Epic 880TM Printer complies with the limits for a Class A computing device in
accordance with the specifications in Part 15 of FCC rules. These regulations are
designed to minimize radio frequency interference during installation; however, there
is no guarantee that radio or television interference will not occur during any particular
installation. Interference can be determined by turning the equipment off and on while
the radio or television is on. If the printer causes interference to radio or television
reception, try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
1. Reorient the radio or television receiving antenna
2. Relocate the printer with respect to the receiver
3. Plug the printer and receiver into different circuits
If necessary, the user should consult their dealer or an experienced radio/television
technician for additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet
prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful: How to Identify and
Resolve Radio/TV Interference Problems. This booklet is available from the US
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Ask for stock number 004-00000345-4.
Canadian Department of Communications Radio
Interference Statement
The Epic 880TM Printer does not exceed Class A limits for radio noise emissions from
digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian
Department of Communications.
Regulatory Compliance
FCC Class B
CE Mark
EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO. 60950-1
EN55022
EN55024
ROHS
100-88002 Rev B
Page iii
Disclaimer
NOTICE TO ALL PERSONS RECEIVING THIS DOCUMENT:
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. No part of this
document may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of
TransAct Technologies, Inc. ("TransAct"). This document is the property of and
contains information that is both confidential and proprietary to TransAct. Recipient
shall not disclose any portion of this document to any third party.
TRANSACT DOES NOT ASSUME ANY LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES INCURRED,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR
DISCREPANCIES IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
TransAct cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other
manufacturers, and referred to in this publication, do not affect the applicability of
information in this publication.
Copyright
© 2008, 2009 TransAct Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved.
Revision Level B
February 2009
Printed in USA
Trademarks
Some of the product names mentioned herein are used for identification purposes
only and may be trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective
companies.
BANKjet, 50Plus, Insta-Load, Ithaca, “Made to Order. Built to Last”, Magnetec, PcOS,
POSjet, PowerPocket and TransAct are registered trademarks and Epic 880TM, FlexZone, Import, ithaColor, iTherm, KITCHENjet, Momentum, QDT and TicketBurst are
trademarks of TransAct Technologies, Inc.
Page iv
100-88002 Rev B
Table of Contents
Change History ............................................................................................................. ii
Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement ...... iii
Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Statement .................. iii
Regulatory Compliance ............................................................................................... iii
Disclaimer .................................................................................................................... iv
Copyright ..................................................................................................................... iv
Trademarks ................................................................................................................. iv
Table of Contents ......................................................................................................... v
Figures.......................................................................................................................... x
Tables ........................................................................................................................... x
TM
Introducing your Epic 880
®
TM
Printer .............. 1
About your TransAct Epic 880 Printer ..................................................................... 3
Who Should Read This Guide? .................................................................................... 4
What Is Included in This Guide? ................................................................................... 4
Technical and Sales Support ........................................................................................ 5
On-line Technical Support ....................................................................................... 5
Telephone Technical Support .................................................................................. 5
Return Materials Authorization and Return Policies ................................................ 6
Service Programs .................................................................................................... 6
Sales Support .......................................................................................................... 6
Contact Information ................................................................................................. 7
TM
Epic 880
TM
Specifications and Requirements . 9
Epic 880 Specifications and Requirements ............................................................. 11
Standard Features ...................................................................................................... 11
Optional Features ....................................................................................................... 12
General Specifications................................................................................................ 13
Printer Dimensions ................................................................................................ 13
Weight.................................................................................................................... 13
Interface Type ........................................................................................................ 14
Printer Type ........................................................................................................... 14
Printer Environmental Conditions .......................................................................... 14
Reliability ............................................................................................................... 14
AC Power Requirements ....................................................................................... 15
DC Power Requirements ....................................................................................... 15
Power connector .................................................................................................... 17
Test Standards ...................................................................................................... 17
Accoustic Noise: .................................................................................................... 17
Printing Specifications ................................................................................................ 18
Paper Roll Specifications............................................................................................ 18
Auto Cutter Position.................................................................................................... 18
Paper Out ................................................................................................................... 18
Communications Interface .......................................................................................... 19
RS232 Serial Communications Interface ............................................................... 19
USB Interface ........................................................................................................ 20
Operational Procedures .............................. 23
Operational Procedures.............................................................................................. 25
How to Operate the Epic 880TM Printer ....................................................................... 25
Indicator Lights (LED) ................................................................................................. 25
100-88002 Rev B
Page v
The FEED button ........................................................................................................ 25
The Diagnostics/Config button ................................................................................... 27
Using Self-Test ...................................................................................................... 28
Level 0 Diagnostics ................................................................................................ 30
Boot Loader Mode ................................................................................................. 30
Printer Status LED’s............................................................................................... 31
Auto Error Recovery .............................................................................................. 32
Loading Paper ............................................................................................................ 34
Cleaning the Print Head ............................................................................................. 34
TM
Configuring Your Epic 880
Printer ............ 37
Configuration Mode Overview .................................................................................... 39
Most Frequent Configuration Incompatibilities ....................................................... 39
How to Change Configuration Settings ...................................................................... 39
Entering into Configuration Mode .......................................................................... 39
Setting up for Color Paper .......................................................................................... 40
Custom Color ......................................................................................................... 40
Remote Configuration................................................................................................. 40
Remote Boot Load...................................................................................................... 40
Field Configuration Feature ........................................................................................ 41
Mounting Requirements .............................. 43
Mounting Requirements ............................................................................................. 45
Bezel Mounting Specifications ............................................................................... 46
Spindle Mounting Options .......................................................................................... 47
45˚ Up Spindle Mounting ....................................................................................... 47
Straight Back Spindle Mounting ............................................................................. 48
45˚Down Spindle Mounting .................................................................................... 48
Straight Down Center Spindle Mounting ................................................................ 49
Straight Down Rear Spindle Mounting ................................................................... 50
Control Panel Side Spindle Mounting .................................................................... 50
Retract Opening ......................................................................................................... 51
Printer Sensors ........................................... 53
Printer Sensors ........................................................................................................... 55
Paper Out Sensor .................................................................................................. 55
Cover-Open Switch ................................................................................................ 55
Top-of-Form Sensor .............................................................................................. 55
Paper Low Sensor ................................................................................................. 56
Anti-Jam Sensor .................................................................................................... 56
Transport Ticket Taken Sensor.............................................................................. 56
Transport Ticket Retract Sensor ............................................................................ 57
Electrical Connections ................................. 59
Communications Interface .......................................................................................... 61
Cable connection locations......................................................................................... 62
Printer Block Diagram................................................................................................. 63
Control Codes.............................................. 65
Control Codes Overview............................................................................................. 67
Nomenclature ............................................................................................................. 67
Standard Emulation ............................................................................................... 68
IPCL Codes ........................................................................................................... 68
Other Emulations ................................................................................................... 68
Page vi
100-88002 Rev B
Application Development ............................................................................................ 68
TransAct Control Codes and Commands ................................................................... 68
PcOS Printer Control Codes .................................................................................. 68
Quick PcOS Reference Chart ................................................................................ 70
Low Level Paper Motion Control ............................................................................ 76
Horizontal Motion Control ...................................................................................... 77
Vertical Motion Control .......................................................................................... 79
Feed to Black Dot .................................................................................................. 86
Character Pitch ...................................................................................................... 88
Character Font ....................................................................................................... 93
Character Sets and Code Pages ........................................................................... 94
Double-Byte and Multi-Byte Code Page Description Files ..................................... 96
Code Page Selection ............................................................................................. 96
Page Mode .......................................................................................................... 106
Graphic Mode ...................................................................................................... 115
Graphics Compression ........................................................................................ 120
Simple Raster Graphics ....................................................................................... 121
User Store (Graphic Save and Macros) ............................................................... 122
Legacy User Macros ............................................................................................ 129
Bar Codes ............................................................................................................ 131
Electronic Journal ................................................................................................ 141
Transport Control ................................................................................................. 152
Miscellaneous Control ......................................................................................... 154
Remote Power Control......................................................................................... 160
Documented Extended Control commands ......................................................... 161
Printer Status ....................................................................................................... 162
Inquire Commands .............................................................................................. 163
Double Level Loader ................................................................................................ 177
Entering Field Boot Load Mode. .......................................................................... 177
TM
Epic 880
Color Graphics ......................... 179
Printing Graphics ...................................................................................................... 181
Character Graphics .............................................................................................. 181
APA Graphics ...................................................................................................... 182
Epic 880TM Universal Color Graphics ....................................................................... 183
Print File Graphics ............................................................................................... 184
Store Graphics in the printer: ............................................................................... 184
How universal color graphics is done .................................................................. 185
How to use IPCL commands in text strings ......................................................... 186
Cautions ............................................................................................................... 186
Universal Graphics Command Descriptions ........................................................ 187
Bitmapped File Graphic Support .............................................................................. 189
Epic 880TM Coupon-Cut-Logo Feature ..................................................................... 190
Unicode and Fonts .................................... 191
Fonts......................................................................................................................... 193
Character Generation .......................................................................................... 193
Internal Fonts ....................................................................................................... 196
Custom Fonts ...................................................................................................... 196
Stacked or Linked fonts ....................................................................................... 197
Font Storage ........................................................................................................ 197
Bitmap Fonts ........................................................................................................ 199
100-88002 Rev B
Page vii
Unicode .................................................................................................................... 202
Unicode Encoding ................................................................................................ 202
File system and the POR.INI file .............................................................................. 204
Font Size and Spacing ............................................................................................. 210
Font Size and Spacing command interactions..................................................... 211
Legacy Printer Features that Have Changed ........................................................... 217
User Defined Characters ..................................................................................... 217
Dynamic Code Page Definition ............................................................................ 217
File System ............................................... 219
File System Interface ................................................................................................ 221
File System Commands ....................................................................................... 221
TM
Epic 880
Extended Printer Control ......... 227
Remote Printer Reset ............................................................................................... 232
Reset in Serial Mode............................................................................................ 232
Miscellaneous Communication Features.................................................................. 233
Power-cycle Recovery ......................................................................................... 233
Off-line Control..................................................................................................... 233
Remote Boot Load Mode ..................................................................................... 234
USB Recovery Watch Dog................................................................................... 235
Recovery from Mechanical Errors ............................................................................ 237
TM
Epic 880
Programmers Notes ................. 239
General Notes .......................................................................................................... 241
What Drivers Are Needed ......................................................................................... 241
Definitions ............................................................................................................ 241
Do you want to use the standard USB printing device interface? ........................ 241
Do you want to use USB and simulate a communication port? ........................... 242
Are you using OPOS (UnifiedPOS/UPOS)? ........................................................ 242
Do you want to print from a Windows application? .............................................. 242
Windows Printer Driver ........................................................................................ 243
PC Hardware ............................................................................................................ 243
GDI ........................................................................................................................... 243
OPOS driver ........................................................................................................ 244
PC Hardware ............................................................................................................ 244
USB driver: .......................................................................................................... 245
POSPrinter Activex Control (POSPrinter OCX): .................................................. 246
PC Hardware ............................................................................................................ 246
Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses 247
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses 249
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
................................................................. 254
Appendix D: Typical Code Page Definition . 261
Appendix E: Internal Code Pages .............. 263
Appendix F: ASCII Code Table................... 265
Appendix G: Ordering Supplies ................. 266
Index .......................................................... 267
Page viii
100-88002 Rev B
100-88002 Rev B
Page ix
Figures
Figure 1. Epic 880TM Printer........................................................................................ 11
Figure 2. Epic 880TM Dimensions. .............................................................................. 13
Figure 3. Temperature and Humidity Ranges............................................................. 14
Figure 4. Control panel with FEED and Diagnostics/CONFIG buttons and indicator
lights. ................................................................................................................... 25
Figure 5. Location of Diagnostics/Config Button. ....................................................... 27
Figure 6. Auto-feeding a Paper Roll. .......................................................................... 34
Figure 7. Startup message in Field Configuration mode. ........................................... 41
Figure 8. Sample pre-loaded configuration. ............................................................... 42
Figure 9. Epic 880TM Mounting Locations ................................................................... 45
Figure 10. Bezel Mounting and Hardware Requirements ........................................... 46
Figure 11. 45˚ Up Spindle Location ............................................................................ 47
Figure 12. Straight Back Spindle Location ................................................................. 48
Figure 13. Angle Down Spindle Location ................................................................... 48
Figure 14. Straight Down Center Spindle Location..................................................... 49
Figure 15. Straight Down Rear Spindle Location........................................................ 50
Figure 16. Retract Opening. ....................................................................................... 51
Figure 17. Dimensions for Retract Opening. .............................................................. 52
Figure 18. Sensor Breakdown and Locations. ............................................................ 55
Figure 19. Transport Ticket Taken Sensor. ................................................................ 56
Figure 20. Transport Ticket Retract Sensor................................................................ 57
Figure 21. Communication PCB Location and Connector Info. .................................. 61
Figure 22 Power and RS232 Left hand Exit ............................................................... 62
Figure 23 Power and USB Left hand Exit ................................................................... 62
Figure 24 Page Mode Entry Orientations ................................................................. 106
Figure 25 Page mode set printable area .................................................................. 110
Figure 26 Default Page mode printed area............................................................... 110
Figure 27 Defined Page mode printed area.............................................................. 111
Figure 28 Code 39 Full 128 Character Encoding ..................................................... 133
Figure 29 Expanded Function Coding ...................................................................... 134
Figure 30 Code 128 Encoding Values ...................................................................... 136
Figure 31 Example of Character Graphics ............................................................... 181
Figure 32 Windows Driver ........................................................................................ 243
Figure 33 OPOS (UPOS) Driver ............................................................................... 244
Figure 34 USB Driver ............................................................................................... 245
Figure 35 POSPrinter OCX ...................................................................................... 246
Tables
Table 1. Input Power Requirements ........................................................................... 16
Table 2 Serial Interface Pin-outs ................................................................................ 19
Table 3 Character Pitch .............................................................................................. 91
Table 4 Inter-character Spacing ................................................................................. 92
Table 5 Language Table ID’s ..................................................................................... 97
Table 6 Euro Character Substitution Matrix ................................................................ 98
Table 7 Paper Sensor Commands ........................................................................... 156
Table 8 Paper Sensor Commands ........................................................................... 157
Page x
100-88002 Rev B
Table 9. Possible Character Pitches ........................................................................ 195
Table 10 Requested CPI and Resulting CPI ............................................................ 196
Table 11 Character Pitch .......................................................................................... 217
100-88002 Rev B
Page xi
Chapter 1
Introducing your Epic 880TM Printer
100-88002 Rev B
Page 1
This page intentionally left blank
Page 2
100-88002 Rev B
Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer
About your TransAct® Epic 880TM Printer
The TransAct® Epic 880TM printer represents the very latest technology for use
for thermal receipt printing, specifically designed for the needs of gaming and
kiosk applications. It builds upon the architecture of TransAct’s proven thermal
printers, together with a host of features specifically designed to improve the
performance of your receipt printing applications, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Integrated printer mechanism/main controller PCB architecture
Paper roll bracket/spindle allowing paper roll to be mounted behind or
below printer mechanism
High-speed (6 inches per second) thermal receipt printing
Barcode printing capabilities.
Up to six (6) inch (152 mm) diameter paper roll
Long-life ticket cutter
Standard variable length presenter capable of handling from 63.5 to 254
mm. (2.5 -10 inches) length tickets
Stroke-based fonts capable of supporting Asian and Latin characters
Standard ticket retract feature
Standard illuminated bezel assembly (Translucent blue)
These features and more let you quickly and easily integrate reliable ticket
printing in your gaming and kiosk applications, while giving you the quality,
durability and uptime you have come to expect from TransAct® printers.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 3
Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer
Who Should Read This Guide?
This document provides information useful to original equipment
manufacturers (OEM) who will integrate the Epic 880TM printer into their
products.
What Is Included in This Guide?
This Integration Manual includes information on the mechanical, electrical and
command language requirements of the Epic 880TM printer. It provides the
following information to support your integration efforts:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Warranty and technical support information.
Specifications and functionality description.
Mounting requirements and mounting locations.
Power and interface connections.
Operational procedures.
Programming information, including documentation of low-level and highlevel command interfaces, as well as sample scripts to guide your own
implementation efforts.
We want you to have a trouble-free implementation with your TransAct®
printer. For any issues not covered in this guide, quality technical support is
available on-line at www.transact-tech.com, or by telephone or fax – consult
the following pages for more details about our support services.
Page 4
100-88002 Rev B
Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer
Technical and Sales Support
Your printer is backed by the resources of TransAct Technologies, a global
technology firm with dedicated technical support and sales assistance. Here is
how we can help you:
On-line Technical Support
Our web site at www.transact-tech.com is your on-line portal to obtaining
technical assistance with your TransAct® printer. Click on the Technical
Support link to find support information for your printer. Our on-line support
site also includes a convenient e-mail assistance request form, where you can
submit support requests 24 hours a day, and receive a return contact from a
TransAct support technician during regular business hours.
Telephone Technical Support
Live telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 8 AM to 5 PM
local time, excluding holidays. We can provide general information about
programming for your Epic 880TM printer, technical support, documentation, or
assistance in sending a printer for service. To obtain telephone support,
contact the number below for your region and ask for Technical Support.
United States: 1.877.7ITHACA (1.877.748.4222), Fax: 607.257.3911
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA): 011-44-170-977-2500, Fax: 011-44170-977-2505
To help us serve you faster, please have the following information ready when
you call:
•
•
•
•
•
The Model Number and Serial Number of the printer.
A list of any other peripheral devices attached to the same port as the
printer.
What application software, operating system, and network (if any) you are
using.
What happened and what you were doing when the problem occurred.
How you tried to solve the problem.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 5
Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer
Return Materials Authorization and Return Policies
If a support technician determines that the printer should be serviced at a
TransAct facility, and you want to return the printer for repair, we will issue you
the Returned Materials Authorization (RMA) number that is required before
returning the printer. Repairs are warranted for 90 days from the date of repair
or for the balance of the original warranty period, whichever is greater. Please
prepare the printer being returned for repair as follows:
•
•
•
•
Pack the printer to be returned in the original packing material.
Packing material may be purchased from TransAct's Ithaca Facility.
Do not return any accessories unless asked to do so by a support
technician.
Write the RMA number clearly on the outside of the box.
Service Programs
TransAct Technologies Incorporated has a full service organization to meet
your printer service and repair requirements. If your printer needs service,
please contact your service provider first. If any problems still persist, you can
directly contact the Technical Support department at the numbers listed above
for a return authorization. Customers outside the United States and United
Kingdom should contact your distributor for services. TransAct offers the
following service programs to meet your needs.
•
•
•
•
Extended Warranty.
Depot Repair.
Maintenance Contract.
Internet Support.
Sales Support
To order supplies, receive information about other Ithaca products, or obtain
information about your warranty, contact our Sales Department at the contact
telephone or fax numbers listed below. To receive information on International
distribution, visit our web site at www.transact-tech.com.
Page 6
100-88002 Rev B
Introducing Your Epic 880TM Printer
Contact Information
TransAct Technologies Incorporated
Ithaca Facility
20 Bomax Drive
Ithaca, NY 14850 USA
TransAct Technologies
World Gaming Headquarters
& Western Regional Repair Center
6700 Paradise Road
Suite D
Las Vegas, NV 89119 USA
Telephone
Main fax
Sales fax
Technical Support fax
Web site
877.7ithaca or 607.257.8901
607.257.8922
607.257.3868
607.257.3911
www.transact-tech.com
Western United States: 877.822.8923, Fax: 702.254.7796
United Kingdom: 011-44-170-977-2500, Fax: 011-44-170-977-2505
100-88002 Rev B
Page 7
Chapter 2
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
100-88002 Rev B
Page 9
This page intentionally left blank
Page 10
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
Figure 1. Epic 880TM Printer.
Standard Features
The following features are standard for Epic 880TM printers:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Integrated printer mechanism/main controller PCB architecture
Variable length presenter, capable of handling from 63.5 to 254 mm. (2.5 -10
inches) length tickets
Full-cut auto-cutter module as part of printer mechanism
Minimum 150 mm (6.0”)/second print speed (monochrome black text)
203 dpi print resolution (8 dots/mm.)
Special print scalable to 8x with reverse, underscore, italic, and bold print
44/57 characters per line for 80 mm paper width
Face-up print orientation
ASCII and Unicode character encoding
Ladder and fence barcode printing supporting UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN13, EAN8,
Code39, ITF, CODABAR, Code93, Code 128, Code31, and Interleaved 2 of 5
Serial RS232C and USB interfaces built into main controller PCB
Selectable baud rates
100-88002 Rev B
Page 11
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Drivers for Windows XP and XPe
4 MB minimum flash memory and 8 MB RAM
Ithaca command set emulation
Power: 24 VDC
Power Connector: 4 pin Molex
Paper Out, Paper Cover-Open, Paper Low, Top-Of-Form, Jam Detection,
Transport Ticket Taken, Head Temperature, and Ticket Retract sensors
Ticket retract feature
Power and error LED(s)
Paper feed button
Easy paper loading
Portrait or landscape printing under Windows
Internal counters to track number of hours on, cuts completed, lines fed, and error
conditions
Capable of handling a 152 mm. (6.0 inch) diameter, 82.5mm. wide paper roll
Compliant with RoHS (Restriction on Hazardous Substances)
Bezel assembly with LEDs (translucent blue)
Optional Features
The following options are available:
•
•
•
•
•
Page 12
80mm paper guide
Lower paper guide
Additional or custom fonts or character sets.
Custom emulations (Epson, Custom)
Universal power supply (100-240 VAC, 47-63 Hz)
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
General Specifications
3.39” (86.13mm)
6.04” (153.62 mm)
4.70” (119.28mm)
Figure 2. Epic 880TM Dimensions.
Printer Dimensions
Max Dimensions
Dimensions
inches
Dimensions
millimeters
W
D (w/out paper)
D (with paper guide
and w/out paper)
H
in
4.77
6.05
7.02
3.48
in
121.2
153.7
178.2
88.4
(fully assembled as single unit)
Weight
Approximate weight
4 lb
1.8 Kg
100-88002 Rev B
Page 13
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
Interface Type
Bi-directional serial RS-232 or USB
Printer Type
Fixed 80 mm linear thermal head.
Figure 3. Temperature and Humidity Ranges.
Printer Environmental Conditions
Operating Temperature Range:
Shipping/Storage Temperature Range:
Operating Humidity Range:
Shipping/Storage Humidity Range:
paper)
5º - 50ºC (41ºF - 122ºF)
–10º - 50ºC (14ºF - 122ºF)
10% - 90% non-condensing
10% - 90% non-condensing (excluding
Reliability
Printer Life:
Print Head Life:
Cutter Life:
Page 14
10,000,000 print lines
100Km. min.
1,000,000 cuts (POS Grade)
750,000 cuts (Lottery grade)
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
AC Power Requirements
90-264 VAC at 47-63 Hz.
DC Power Requirements
Thermal printers require high peak currents based on how many print elements are
being used and how often. High density printing requires much more current than low
density printing. High density printing in the horizontal axis will put extreme peak
loads on the power supply. These high peak currents can cause power supplies to
sag, roll back or even shut down. A power supply with an average rating sufficient to
meet the average printer requirements many not be sufficient to meet the peak
requirements. The power supply selection is critical to proper printer operation.
Typical power supplies are designed to provide a continuous well regulated voltage at
an average current that does not fluctuate too much and will typically have a wattage
rating based on that average current. A power supply suitable for the Epic 880TM
could have a wattage rating of 48 watts but unless it can provide peak currents of 8
amps (192 watts) and maintain 24VDC output, it will not function properly.
Some power supplies are designed to provide multiple voltages. These power
supplies typically provide a logic supply voltage that requires close regulation. The
other voltages are not as well regulated or have post regulation. In this case when
the 24 volt output is required to provide high peak currents, the circuitry within the
power supply must maintain the logic voltage and the 24 volt supply will sag. In some
cased the high peak load will actually shut down the complete supply.
Thermal printing has specific power requirements to develop the thermal paper. The
Epic 880TM printer monitors the incoming voltage and will increase its current
requirements if the voltage is low. The printer will adjust the print element burn time
and that will resulting in increased average current requirements. Input voltage
ranges from about 20 to 27 volts can be accommodated by the Epic 880TM. If the
input voltage is outside the acceptable range, the printer will issue a fault and will not
function.
A suitable power supply for a thermal printer will provide a constant voltage over a
wide range of loads with a low average current requirement.
Consider the following when selecting or designing a power supply for the Epic 880.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
It must be able to provide quick response to step loads
Current will range widely with peaks at least 4 times the average
Load requirements for the power supply are as shown in the table below.
Consider a dedicated power supply for the printer.
If the printer is expected to print dense graphics, increase the average and
continuous current requirements by at least 25%.
6) Use power cables that are as short as possible and use adequate wire size based
on the cable length. Typically AWG 18 is the minimum wire size provided the
length is less than 3 ft (1 m).
7) Make sure the power supply uses a low ESR capacitor of at least 2200uF and
preferably larger in the output circuit.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 15
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
8) When the printer prepares to print, it will activate the print head power and charge
a bulk capacitor attached to the print head. This current spike can be up to 15
amps for up to 200uS depending on the charge state of the capacitor.
9) Make sure the power supply specification includes any bezel current
requirements.
10) Consider that the frame ground and the 24V return are connected together in the
printer.
11) Use connectors in the power interconnect that are rated for the maximum average
current.
Voltage
24VDC ±8.5%
Under all line, load and
environmental
conditions
Load Current
0A min
1.87A continuous
3.5A continuous - 1 minute maximum.
8A peak load 23.38% duty cycle 2ms period .1A/us slew rate
200 ms maximum
NOTE: This load current does not include the optional Bezel
drive requirement.
Max. Ripple
240mv p-p
Over voltage Protection
< 30V
Over current Protection
Output equipped with auto restart short circuit protection
< 7amps when tshort >10ms
Table 1. Input Power Requirements
Page 16
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
Power connector
Note: Power may be applied through the 14 pin connector. See the Communications
Interface section for more information.
Note: The 24V RTN and FRAME pins are connected inside the printer.
Test Standards
CE MARK (1998)
FCC CLASS B
EN 60950-1
IEC 60950 (1991) Second Edition with Amendments 1,2,3,4
ROHH/WEEE
Accoustic Noise:
58 dbA average (sound pressure level) while printing a rolling ASCII format.
Microphone positions are at 10 different positions spaced around the printer as
defined in ISO 779.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 17
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
Printing Specifications
Printing method:
Vertical/Horizontal dot pitch:
Resolution:
Line feed pitch:
Print zone (typical)
Print speed (monochrome):
Number of print elements:
Thermal Sensitive Line Dot System
0.125 mm.
8 dots per mm (203 DPI)
3.2 mm. (.125 inches)
80 mm (3.15 inches)
6 inches per second
640 dots in-line
Paper Roll Specifications
Paper Type:
Paper Width:
One ply thermal paper
79.5 +/- .05 mm (3.13 +/- .02 inches)
or 82.0 +/- 0.5 mm. (3.23 +/- .02 inches)
Paper Thickness
0.076 mm to 0.09 mm (.0022 to .0035 in.) thick
Roll Diameter:
152 mm (6.0 in.)
Roll Core Inside Diameter:
.445 to .635 inches
Roll Core Outside Diameter:
.730 to .860 inches
Paper Grades
:
POS and Lottery grades
Paper Usage Precautions:
Use only specified thermal paper. If other paper is used, print quality, head life, and
cutter life may deteriorate. Contact TransAct customer service for approved papers.
Auto Cutter Position
A full cut auto-cutter is a standard feature with all TransAct® Epic 880TM printers.
Cutter type
Guillotine
Media width
82.5 mm. (3.25 inches)
Media thickness range 0.0022 to 0.0035 inch
Cut to line of print
0.38 inch
Cutter life
1,000,000 cuts (POS grade)
750,000 cuts (Lottery grade)
Cut time:
Less than 750 milliseconds
Paper Out
A receipt paper out sensor is provided as a standard feature, which senses when
approximately .5 inches length of paper is left on the paper roll.
Page 18
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
Communications Interface
RS232 Serial Communications Interface
The RS232 Serial interface connector is a 14 position Molex Minifit Jr®., part number
39-30-1140, which mates with Molex part number 39-01-2140 or equivalent.
14-pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Direction
Pin 1
-
Pin 2
IN
Pin 3
-
Pin 4
IN
Description
No connect
Data Set Ready
No connect
Clear to Send
Pin 5
-
Signal Ground
Pin 6
-
+24V
Pin 7
-
Signal Ground
Pin 8
-
+24V
Pin 9
-
No connect
Pin 10
-
Frame Ground
Pin 11
IN
Receive Data
Pin 12
OUT
Transmit Data
Pin 13
OUT
Data Terminal Ready
Pin 14
OUT
Request to Send
Table 2 Serial Interface Pin-outs
Signal Voltage and Current levels
The serial interface meets EIA RS232 interface specifications:
Voltage Levels
Mark = Off =
Space = On =
Max
Min
-3 to –15 Volts
+3 to +15 Volts
+-15 Volts
+- 3 Volts
Note: Power may be applied through this connector or the 4 pin power connector.
See the DC Power Requirements section for 24 volt power requirements.
Note: GND is the 24V return.
Note: FGND and GND are connected in the printer.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 19
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
USB Interface
The USB interface supports USB Version 2.0 High speed or full speed. The standard
USB interface is implemented through a standard Series “B” receptacle as defined in
the USB Specification. The printer is self-powered and does not draw power from the
standard type B USB interface cable.
The Standard USB Type B connector has the following pin functions:
Pin Signal
1 Vbus (+5 V dc1) (This is used to select between Interfaces)
2 Minus data
3 Plus data
4 Ground
Note: The standard USB interface does not have enough power to run the printer. It
is not possible to power the printer with the USB cable alone.
USB Configuration
To allow the application to use a virtual serial port or a USB printer port to interact with
the printer, the EPIC 880TM supports both ports, and can be configured to support a
Virtual COM port or a USB Printer device. The USB section of the configuration
allows USB Mode, USB Enumeration, and whether the printer will perform a normal
Windows plug and play operation to be configured. The default is printer port, use
description, with Windows PnP on.
You should configure these options based on how you want the printer to perform in
your system. Typically only the Virtual COM or USB printer driver is required: to load
the Transact Virtual COM port driver, disable the USB printer port. Typically you can
use the description as the enumeration ID, representing how the printer is uniquely
identified to the host. If you select a description, all Epic 880’s will be the same, and
you can interchange printers without affecting the port location, subject to the
limitation that no more than one Epic 880 can be connected to the same host. If that
is a requirement, select ID by serial number or allow the ID number to be assigned by
windows based on the connection.
You can also disable the Windows PnP sequence. This will prevent the Windows
system from receiving the printer driver selection sequence. This will allow you to
manually assign a driver to the USB printer connection and not have Windows keep
asking for a printer driver.
The adapter will support a high speed USB interface if the host also supports high
speed. If the host does not support high speed the printer will revert to full speed. It
is possible to disable high speed operation by setting a configuration option. The
printer does not support the USB low speed protocol.
1
The Vbus signal is used to disable the serial port. If the USB is connected the RS232 serial
port is not active.
Page 20
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements
The most reliable USB interface is as a USB printing device. The Virtual COM driver
is an added layer of code that allows legacy software to believe it is interacting with a
serial port. Note that a limitation of serial communications port virtualization is that
each version of windows is slightly different, and not all RS232 features are
supported: only features such as receive, transmit and ready/busy are supported,
while other features such as on hook, off hook, ring, and break are not supported.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 21
Chapter 3
Operational Procedures
100-88002 Rev B
Page 23
This page intentionally left blank
Page 24
100-88002 Rev B
Operational Procedures
Operational Procedures
How to Operate the Epic 880TM Printer
Your Epic 880TM printer contains two buttons (FEED and CONFIG) and four (LED)
indicator lights: Paper, Ready, Fault, and Open. These are located on a panel on the
right-hand side of the printer.
Figure 4. Control panel with FEED and Diagnostics/CONFIG buttons and indicator lights.
Indicator Lights (LED)
The four Epic 880TM indicator lights are:
•
•
•
•
Paper LED
Ready LED
Fault LED
Open LED
Indicates paper status (paper low or out)
Indicates printer activity and non-recoverable errors
Indicates problems and probability of recovery
Indicates the cover is open
The FEED button
The FEED button will provide various functions, depending upon how long it is
pressed.
Pressing this button will provide one of three functions. The function is timedependent, and the display indicators will change to indicate the next mode, as
follows:
100-88002 Rev B
Page 25
Operational Procedures
•
The feed button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the Feed
button, the printer will feed about 5 inches of paper while printing the printer
firmware version. This is intended to clear the printer and align the next ticket for
print.
•
By pressing and holding the feed button for a longer time, two additional features
may be activated. Pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will
enter journal maintenance mode.
•
Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode.
To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Fault LED will illuminate as soon as the
button is pressed and indicates that FEED is selected. After about 2 seconds the
Fault LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate. This indicates that
Journal mode is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will illuminate
indicating configuration mode is selected
Page 26
100-88002 Rev B
Operational Procedures
The Diagnostics/Config button
The printer has a configuration and diagnostics button on the right side of the printer,
labeled CONFIG.
Diagnostics/Config Button
FEED Button
Figure 5. Location of Diagnostics/Config Button.
The Diagnostics/Config button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing
the Diagnostics/Config button, the printer will enter self test mode. This is intended to
verify the printer’s operation.
By pressing and holding the Diagnostics/Config button for a longer time, two
additional features may be activated. Pressing and holding the button for about two
seconds will enter hex dump mode. Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter
configuration mode.
To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Fault LED will illuminate as soon as the
button is pressed and indicates that self test is selected. After about 2 seconds the
Fault LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate. This indicates that hexdump mode is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will illuminate
indicating configuration mode is selected
100-88002 Rev B
Page 27
Operational Procedures
Using Self-Test
Self-Test Mode allows you to perform a series of tests to show if the printer is
functioning correctly.
To enter self test, momentarily press2 the Diagnostics/Config button on the side of the
printer.
The Epic 880TM has several Self-Test options. Some are designed to be useful when
performing on-site print evaluations. Others are designed for factory setup by
TransAct.
Once in test mode, the FEED button is used to select the test to be run.
Testing the printer
Use the first three TEST options when verifying basic printer operation. The last three
options are for factory test.
Operation –Ticket Print
The receipt test is the primary test option to use when determining if the printer is
functioning correctly.
The ticket test is mostly used during the early stages of troubleshooting, to eliminate
the possibility that the problem is occurring with the printer. If the printer experiences
a failure, and the error indicator light is activated, call TransAct’s Technical Support
department.
Operation – Head Test
This test performs a test pattern that will print all the head print elements and verify
that the drive roll is free from defects or debris. The print head has two heating
elements per dot position. A print element is not considered bad unless both
elements are missing. If the head test shows that there is an inconsistency in the
print there may be debris on the drive roll. If debris is indicated, cleaning the drive roll
should correct the problem. If this does not correct the problem, contact TransAct’s
Technical Support department.
Operation – Marker Calibration
The printer is equipped with several sensors in the paper path, which are adjustable
and will handle a wide range of paper under normal operation. However, if there
appear to be problems associated with any sensor’s operation, the Marker Calibration
test will attempt to adjust the sensors for optional operation with the paper installed.
The Top-of-Form, Paper Out and Jam sensors will be recalibrated. To run this test,
2
The Diagnostics/Config button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the
Diagnostics/Config button, the printer will enter self test. By pressing and holding the
Diagnostics/Config button for a longer time, two additional features may be activated: pressing
and holding the button for about two seconds will enter hex dump mode, and holding the
button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode. To aid in selecting the correct mode,
the Error LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicate that self test is
selected. After about 2 seconds the Error LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will
illuminate, indicating that hex dump is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will
illuminate, indicating that configuration mode is selected.
Page 28
100-88002 Rev B
Operational Procedures
simply select it. The printer will automatically position the paper and adjust the
sensors. If the paper installed does not have black dot markings, the Top-of-Form
sensor will be adjusted based on the white level of the paper only.
Factory Test
The printer is equipped with several factory test modes. These test options are only
used for factory burn-in and testing.
Operation – Continuous
Operation – Burn-in
Operation – Rolling ASCII
100-88002 Rev B
Page 29
Operational Procedures
Level 0 Diagnostics
Level 0 diagnostics are only run at power up, e.g. when power is first applied. These
diagnostics perform the following tasks:
Power On
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Basic System Integrity
Vector Integrity
RAM Test
Flash Boot Loader Integrity
Flash Firmware Integrity (NOTE: If the firmware is corrupted, the printer will remain in boot load.)
USB Controller Diagnostics and verify.
Start Normal Firmware
Verify Configuration Integrity
Interface Configuration
File System Integrity
Start Kernel, Verify Multitasking, Start Tasks
Once the kernel is running, the following tests must pass to allow operation. However, if any
test fails (except the knife home test), the remaining tests will generate recoverable faults and
normal operation will start as soon as the fault is cleared. These tests are also run when
operation is resumed from OFF.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Cover Closed Check
Knife Home
Paper Present
Clear Paper Path.
Place Printer On-line, Start Normal Operation
The first phase of testing consists of step 1-5, and determines that the boot loader is
accurate and the printer firmware is correct. Tests 1 through 4 produce nonrecoverable errors if they fail, in which case the power must be removed from the
printer and the printer returned for service. If the boot loader is intact, but the main
firmware is corrupted, the printer automatically enters boot loader mode, where the
firmware can then be reloaded into the printer.
Boot Loader Mode
The boot loader may be entered during normal operation through special commands.
Normal boot load operation is by manually starting boot load mode. Boot loader mode
can be entered in one of three ways: (1) when Level 0 Diagnostics finds that the
firmware check (also known as a cyclical redundancy check, or CRC) is bad, (2)
manually, or (3) through the use of a special boot load command.
To manually enter the boot loader, hold the Diagnostics button in the side of the
printer while the power is applied. The FAULT Indicator comes on, and the READY
indicator blinks. At this time, the firmware boot program is operating and the boot
load file may be sent to the printer. When the printer receives the boot load file, the
printer will automatically restart if the firmware load was successful. If the load fails,
the printer will remain in boot load mode. If the load fails, reset the printer by removing
the power and restarting it, and then try again.
Note: In this download mode, the printer will only accept data on the serial port. A
second level loader, described in more detail in the command section of the Epic
880TM OEM Integration Manual, supports the USB interface.
Page 30
100-88002 Rev B
Operational Procedures
Note: In rare cases, it may be required to load the firmware twice. The Epic 880TM
contains a flash file system. The complete flash image is sometimes distributed as
part of a firmware update. If the file system image is not compatible with the previous
firmware configuration, the new firmware may need to reformat the file system. If this
occurs, the firmware will have to be reloaded after the flash is reformatted. The
indications that this is happening will be an excessively long startup after a firmware
update after which the printer will not print: tickets are presented, however only
graphics are printed, and fonts will be missing. In this case it is important that the
reformat be allowed to complete, as it can take up to 30 seconds to reformat the
entire flash system.
Printer Status LED’s
The Epic 880TM printer has four indicator lights to indicate various operating states of
the printer. In general these are Fault, Cover Open, Paper Status, and Ready.
The printer may be in normal operation, self test or in one of two boot load modes.
The Ready and Fault indicators will indicate which mode by a unique blink pattern:
TransAct Boot Load Mode
In TransAct Boot Load Mode, the power LED will blink slowly with a 50% duty cycle.
It will repeat this cycle about every 2 seconds (1 Sec on, 1 Sec off). There will be a
red indication on the Error LED indicator until the down load is started.
Self Test Mode
When the printer is in Self Test Mode, the power indicator will blink slowly with a 50%
duty cycle at a 2 second rate. This is very similar to TransAct Boot Load Mode,
however, the red error indicator will not be present.
Normal Operation
During Normal operation, the Power LED will remain on unless an error is being
indicated. There are two classes of errors, soft errors and hard errors. Soft errors are
recoverable without power cycling the printer; conversely, recovering from hard errors
requires removing the power from the printer, correcting the problem, and then
reapplying power.
Status
LED response
Power On, Printer Ready
Ready LED on (Not Blinking)
Paper Low
Paper LED Blinking
Soft Errors
Soft errors may be recovered by the host, or by opening and closing the printer cover.
Each of these errors is indicated by a 5 second repeating blink pattern on the Power
LED with the red Fault LED continuously on.
Out of Paper
Cover Open3
3
2 Blinks
4 Blinks
Paper LED will also be on.
The printer may be configured to beep if the cover is open.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 31
Operational Procedures
Jam Detected
Missed Top of Form
Illegal or Bad Command
Printer Over Temp
Bad Power
5 Blinks
6 Blinks
7 Blinks
8 Blinks
8 Blinks
Paper LED will blink fast.
Paper LED will blink fast.
Fault LED will blink slow.
Fault LED will blink fast.
Hard Errors
Hard errors have a similar blink pattern to soft errors, except that they are slower and
repeat every 10 seconds. In general, these errors occur during level 0 diagnostics
and are not recoverable. In these cases, the Error and Power LEDs will blink at the
same time.
EEPROM read fault
EEPROM write fault
Error Vector Taken
Knife Error
User Store Format Error
User Data Store Error
Flash Read/Write Error
Memory Error
Com Adapter
Kernel Fault
File system Fault
2 Blinks
3 Blinks
4 Blinks
5 Blinks
7 Blinks
8 Blinks
9 Blinks
12 Blinks
14 Blinks
15 Blinks
16 Blinks
Auto Error Recovery
The Epic 880TM printer has the ability to auto recover from some internal errors.
Flash Format Errors
The internal flash that is used to store graphic images is formatted to assure data
integrity. If this format is corrupted, the printer will automatically delete and reformat
the flash. The host can then reload the images.
Input Power Fault
The printer monitors the power input to the printer. If it is found to be greater than 26
volts or less than 20, the printer will stop and wait for the power to return to
specification.
Head Temperature Fault
The printer monitors the head temperature. If the head temperature is greater than
60º C, the printer will start to slow down. If the head exceeds 65º C, the printer will
stop. The printer will heat the head to maintain a head temperature of 25º C. If the
printer cannot maintain a head temperature of 0º C, the printer will stop. In all cases,
the printer will automatically recover when the head temperature is within range.
Configuration Fault Recovery
The printer maintains an operating configuration in EEPROM. Information such as the
printer’s serial number, operating configuration, and running totals are stored in this
memory. Each section of this memory maintains a check character to signal that the
data is valid. If this memory is found to be corrupted, the printer will restore it based
on a backup copy saved in flash. This flash copy is generated when the printer was
Page 32
100-88002 Rev B
Operational Procedures
electronically configured using the TransAct® configuration tool. Any configuration
parameters altered during normal operation will not be saved in the flash copy. The
EEPROM will be restored to the value set by the configuration program.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 33
Operational Procedures
Loading Paper
The Epic 880 printer uses a continuous roll of POS or Lottery grade thermal paper,
with specifications outlined in the chapter Epic 880TM Specifications and
Requirements.
Figure 6. Auto-feeding a Paper Roll.
Instructions for auto-feeding the paper are as follows:
1. Place a roll of new paper on the spindle, with the end of the paper unloading from
the back to the front of the printer, as shown in the figure.
2. Thread the free end of the paper under the top cover as shown.
3. Push the end of the paper forward until it engages the Paper Out sensor, located
under the center of the top cover.
4. Paper will feed automatically, and then print and eject a test ticket.
Cleaning the Print Head
Once the unit is opened, the paper path is accessible for cleaning or clearing paper.
Use a soft brush to clean the paper dust from inside the printer. The paper dust
should also be removed from the sensor optics. If streaking on the printed ticket is
evident, the thermal print head may need to be cleaned. This can be with a cotton
swab moistened with an alcohol solvent (ethanol, methanol, IPA).
Page 34
100-88002 Rev B
Operational Procedures
Warning: After printing, the print head can be very hot. Be
careful not to touch it and let it cool down before you clean it.
Do not damage the print head by touching it with your fingers or
any hard object.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 35
Chapter 4
Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer
100-88002 Rev B
Page 37
This page intentionally left blank
Page 38
100-88002 Rev B
Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer
Configuration Mode Overview
There are two ways to configure the Epic 880TM printer: the first is to use the manual
configuration sequence by using the CONFIG and FEED key, and the second is to
use TransAct’s remote configuration software. TransAct Technologies offers the use
of a remote CONFIG program as a fast, easy way for system integrators to configure
or reconfigure your Epic 880TM printer. To obtain more information, or the latest
version of the CONFIG program, call TransAct’s Sales Department or Technical
Support.
Most Frequent Configuration Incompatibilities
•
•
Emulation
RS-232 Serial Interface (baud rate)
How to Change Configuration Settings
Entering into Configuration Mode
1) Press the CONFIG4 button for approximately 4 seconds.
2) Select configuration mode.
3) Follow the printed instructions.
• Press and hold the FEED button for the next option.
• Press and Release the FEED button to change the option.
• Power cycle to exit without changing.
• Press CONFIG to save and Exit
After you enter Configuration Mode, the printer will print the current configuration, the
current totals and the error logs, if any. Save this printout as a guide to changing the
configuration. It’s also useful in case you wish to return the printer to the previous
configuration.
Each emulation may have different configurable features. If you are changing the
emulation, note that the printout that was printed at the beginning of the configuration
process may be incorrect for the new emulation, and the configurable features may be
different. If you are using this printout as a configuration guide, and you are changing
the emulation, you may wish to save the new emulation and then re-enter
Configuration Mode to change other options. This will print all the available features
for the new emulation.
4 The CONFIG button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the CONFIG
button, the printer will enter self test. By pressing and holding the CONFIG button for a longer
time, two additional features may be activated: pressing and holding the button for about two
seconds will enter hex dump mode, and holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter
configuration mode. To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Error LED will illuminate as soon
as the button is pressed and indicate that self test is selected. After about 2 seconds the Error
LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate, indicating that hex dump is selected.
After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED will illuminate, indicating that configuration mode is
selected.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 39
Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer
Setting up for Color Paper
The Epic 880TM may be configured to print two color thermal paper. For good print
quality, the printer should be configured to print the paper being used. If the paper you
are using is included in the list of papers displayed during printer configuration, that
configuration should be used. If not, the printer should be set to Generic Color. If this
does not produce acceptable print quality, you may select Custom Color.
Custom Color
When using Custom Color, start with a read setting of about 0.12 mJ/sq.mm and a
black energy of 0.24 mJ/sq.mm. First, adjust the black level to produce acceptable
black print.
DO NOT EXCEED 0.40 mJ/sq.mm, or the paper may start to
stick to the print head and cause paper jams. Setting the Black
energy too high will also slow the printer down. All color papers
tested by TransAct will operate with black levels less than 0.35
mJ/sq.mm. When the Black energy is set, adjust the Color
value.
NEVER exceed the Black energy with the Color energy.
The color level can be very critical. Do not attempt to
make the color darker by increasing the energy to the
point where black starts to appear, the print quality will
not be consistent.
Remote Configuration
Remote configuration is provided for all printers, and is accessed through a series of
extended diagnostic and configuration commands. The TransAct® universal
configuration program will allow the configuration to be read, edited, and written back
to the printer. It will also allow the configuration of one printer to be recorded and
replicated over a number of printers. The program is available from TransAct
Technical Support or by downloading it from the Internet – consult the section On-line
Technical Support for further details.
Remote Boot Load
The Epic 880TM printer is equipped with a special boot loader feature that will allow
field updates of the printer’s firmware. This loader is started by command and then a
TransAct® firmware load image is sent to the printer. When the load image is
successfully received by the remote boot loader, the printer will automatically reset
and operate with the updated code. If the firmware update fails for any reason, the
printer will remain in Remote Boot load mode until a successful load is accomplished.
Page 40
100-88002 Rev B
Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer
Field Configuration Feature
A field configuration feature allows easy setup and configuration of your Epic 880
printer. This feature provides a one-time prompt, on initial power-up, that lets you
select from a number of configurations that are pre-loaded for you at the factory.
This feature is an option, and must be set up and activated by TransAct. It stores a
specified number of complete, commonly-used configurations in the printer, together
with a text description and configuration summary.
Using Field Configuration
When the FEED button is pressed for over 6 seconds, the printer will either enter field
configuration mode or comprehensive configuration mode, depending on whether the
field configuration feature is present.
The initial print out will be as shown in Figure 7:
There are x
stored configurations
to select from.
Press and release FEED
to move between options.
Press and hold the
FEED button to select
an option.
Press DIAG Button
Or Cycle Power
To Exit
Figure 7. Startup message in Field Configuration mode.
Note: The “x” value shown in this figure will be the actual number of loaded
configurations, and can range from 2 to 20.
The first option presented is an option to print all the stored configurations in summary
form. Press and hold the FEED button after this option is displayed to select it. This
summary includes the configuration name, a text description and a brief list of
features for each pre-loaded configuration.
After the “Print all option”, each configuration is sequentially presented by name with
its description. Press the FEED button once to move to the next configuration in the
100-88002 Rev B
Page 41
Configuring Your Epic 880TM Printer
list, or press and hold the FEED button to select the displayed configuration. A sample
configuration is shown in Figure 8.
ID: xxxxxxx
Configuration description:
Ithaca normal with transport
Configuration Summary:
Emulation
Emulation mode -Ithaca PcOS
Paper Selection
Print Energy Control:
Paper
-Generic Black
RS232 Serial Interface
Baud Rate
: 19200 BPS
Mode : 8 Bit No Parity 1 Stop Bit
Handshaking
: Ready/Busy
Receive Error
: Prints ‘?’
DTR/RTS Signal : RTS and DTR
CTS/DSR Signal : None
General Options
Code Page
CPI : 17
Carriage Return
Off-Line Option
Line Spacing
Input Buffer
: 437
: Normal
: Normal
: 8.1 LPI
: 8192 Char.
And so on
Figure 8. Sample pre-loaded configuration.
Once a selection is made, a summary will be printed, and the user will be asked to
confirm the selection by pressing the FEED button. If not confirmed, the printer resets
and the process starts over. The printer will not exit this mode until one of the
predefined configurations is selected and accepted.
If confirmed, the selected configuration is recorded in the printer and made active,
after which the printer then resets. Once a selected configuration is activated, the
configuration will remain active until changed.
Note: It is possible to require that a configuration be activated before the printer can
be used. In this case the printer will request a configuration be selected every time it
is turned on until a valid configuration is actually selected. At that time the printer will
operate normally.
Page 42
100-88002 Rev B
Chapter 5
Mounting Requirements
100-88002 Rev B
Page 43
This page intentionally left blank
Page 44
100-88002 Rev B
Mounting Requirements
Mounting Requirements
The compact Epic 880 design architecture can be easily configured into end
applications, and has multiple mounting points. (Note: All dimensions are
shown in inches, and printer is shown without bezel and paper
bracket/spindle)
M4-4PL
1.25
3.00
.85
4.06
.35
.31
.25
M4-3PL
3.75
Figure 9. Epic 880TM Mounting Locations
100-88002 Rev B
Page 45
Mounting Requirements
Bezel Mounting Specifications
Bezel to Printer Mechanism mounting points
Epic 880TM printers are designed to accommodate a bezel assembly that is
mounted following the hardware and mounting dimensions as listed. The
following drawing shows the positioning and dimensions of the Epic 880TM
bezel’s mounting points.
Front:
2x M3x 0.5 screws and interface with custom bezel.
M3 MOUNTING
SCREW - 2PL
1.100
4.060
Bezel view
.090 MOUNTING
BOSS - 2PL
Figure 10. Bezel Mounting and Hardware Requirements
Page 46
100-88002 Rev B
Mounting Requirements
Spindle Mounting Options
The Epic 880TM spindle assembly can be mounted in one of five locations on
the left side of the printer or one of four locations on the control panel side.
The following figures show typical mounting locations and cable dressing
options.
45˚ Up Spindle Mounting
Pivot and Locating
Screws
Paper Spindle
Bracket
Figure 11. 45˚ Up Spindle Location
Figure 11 shows the 45˚ Up spindle position with the arm at a 45˚ angle up.
Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 47
Mounting Requirements
Straight Back Spindle Mounting
Pivot and Locating
Screws
Paper Spindle
Bracket
Figure 12. Straight Back Spindle Location
Figure 12 shows the straight back spindle position. Note the location of the
pivot and mounting screws.
45˚Down Spindle Mounting
Pivot and Locating
Screws
Paper Spindle
Bracket
Figure 13. Angle Down Spindle Location
Figure 13 shows the angle down spindle position with the arm at a 45˚ angle
down. Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws.
Page 48
100-88002 Rev B
Mounting Requirements
Straight Down Center Spindle Mounting
Paper
Guide
i df
Paper Spindle Bracket
Pivot and Locating
Screws
Figure 14. Straight Down Center Spindle Location
Figure 14 shows the straight down center spindle position with the arm at a
90˚ angle down. Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws. This
location requires that the paper guide be mounted to the printer to assure that
the cabling does not interfere with the paper path.
Note: The printer is larger with the paper guide installed.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 49
Mounting Requirements
Straight Down Rear Spindle Mounting
Paper Guide required
for this orientation
Pivot and Locating
Screws
Paper Spindle Bracket
Figure 15. Straight Down Rear Spindle Location
shows the straight down rear spindle position with the arm at a 90˚
angle down. Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws. This location
requires that the paper guide be mounted to the printer to assure that the
cabling does not interfere with the paper path.
Figure 15
Note: The printer is larger with the paper guide installed.
Control Panel Side Spindle Mounting
All five positions can be duplicated on the control panel side of the printer with
the exception of the straight down center location shown in Figure 14 as the
control panel occupies that location.
Page 50
100-88002 Rev B
Mounting Requirements
Retract Opening
When mounting the Epic 800TM printer, clearance must be allowed for a ticket
retract opening located on the underside of the front of the unit as shown.
Retract opening
Figure 16. Retract Opening.
The dimensions of this opening are as shown in Figure 17.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 51
Mounting Requirements
Figure 17. Dimensions for Retract Opening.
Page 52
100-88002 Rev B
Chapter 6
Printer Sensors
100-88002 Rev B
Page 53
This page intentionally left blank
Page 54
100-88002 Rev B
Printer Sensors
Printer Sensors
The Epic 880TM printer uses several sensors to provide feedback to the host system,
as pictured in the figures below.
Anti-Jam Sensor
Paper Out Sensor
Top-of-Form Sensor
Cover-Open
Switch (inside)
Figure 18. Sensor Breakdown and Locations.
Paper Low Sensor
Paper Out Sensor
A Paper Out Sensor, mounted to the Lower Paper Guide, optically senses a Paper
Out flag located in the ticket path. When the sensor detects the flag, it indicates that
the ticket roll is depleted.
Cover-Open Switch
A Cover-Open Switch, mounted to the inner left side plate, is activated when the Top
Cover is closed and the latch depresses the switch arm. When the Top Cover is
opened, the Cover Open switch trips, and the printer goes off-line.
Top-of-Form Sensor
A Top-of-Form Sensor is mounted in the paper path, and senses a pre-printed black
dot (if present) on the ticket stock. This black mark is used to position the paper for
printing on a preprinted form. Typically the ticket is pre-positioned to the Top-of-Form
and when the ticket is complete, the paper is fed to the Top-of-Form and then cut.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 55
Printer Sensors
Paper Low Sensor
The Epic 880TM has a Paper Low Sensor. This sensor is mounted to the paper
spindle and will provide an indication that the paper is getting low. The length of
paper remaining when paper low is sensed is dependent on the paper roll core
diameter.
Anti-Jam Sensor
An Anti-Jam Sensor is mounted to the knife frame, and senses the presence of a
ticket immediately before and after a knife cut. Under normal conditions, right after a
knife cut, a ticket is fed into the transport and presented to the customer. If a ticket is
not fed properly into the transport (for example, when a ticket jams) the Anti-Jam
Sensor detects the jammed ticket and stops printer operation.
Transport Ticket Taken Sensor
A Ticket Taken Sensor, mounted in the Ticket Transport, is used to detect the lead
edge of the ticket as well as determine when customers have actually taken the
printed ticket.
Transport Ticket
Taken Sensor
Figure 19. Transport Ticket Taken Sensor.
Page 56
100-88002 Rev B
Printer Sensors
Transport Ticket Retract Sensor
The Ticket Retract Sensor, mounted in the Ticket Transport retract path, is used to
detect the presence of the ticket in the retract path. Under normal operation, the
retract path should be clear after the retract.
Transport Ticket
Retract Sensor
Figure 20. Transport Ticket Retract Sensor.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 57
Chapter 7
Electrical Connections
100-88002 Rev B
Page 59
This page intentionally left blank
Page 60
100-88002 Rev B
Electrical Connections
Communications Interface
USB and RS-232 communications are supplied through interface connections
at the rear of the printer, as illustrated in the figure. The Serial RS-232
interface connector is a locking Molex connector and the USB interface is a
standard USB B connector. Power is supplied through a locking 4-pin Molex
connector as shown.
Power connector
USB port
Serial communications port
Figure 21. Communication PCB Location and Connector Info.
Note: Pin-out configurations for these interfaces are documented in Chapter 2,
Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 61
Electrical Connections
Cable connection locations
Figure 22 Power and RS232 Left hand Exit
Figure 23 Power and USB Left hand Exit
Note that the Power and communications cables can also be routed to the
right. The unused mounting location in the upper right corner should be used
to restrain the cables in a similar fashion as the left exit.
Page 62
100-88002 Rev B
Electrical Connections
Printer Block Diagram
100-88002 Rev B
Page 63
Chapter 8
Control Codes
100-88002 Rev B
Page 65
This page intentionally left blank
Page 66
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Control Codes Overview
This OEM Integration Manual is designed to help users of the Epic 880TM printer
develop applications. Because Epic 880TM printers are specialized point-of-sale
printers with several features not normally found on general-purpose printers, they
have unique control codes that are documented in this manual.
Nomenclature
When describing control codes, confusion often occurs as to whether the description
is decimal, hexadecimal, or ASCII. To minimize the problem, this OEM Integration
Manual uses the following nomenclature when describing control code sequences.
[ ]
Encloses a control character. [ ] represents a single, 8-bit value as
defined in the standard ASCII tables. The ASCII Code Table in
Appendix B lists the control codes. An example would be [ESC], which
would represent a 1BH or 27 decimal.
< >
Encloses an 8-bit value in decimal format. The value is from zero to
255. An example is <2>, which represents 02H or 2 decimal.
<n>
Indicates a variable parameter. The variable parameter, <n>, can have
a value from zero to 255. The meaning of <n> is described and defined
in the description of the command.
<n1> <n2>
Indicates that there are two parameters, <n1> and <n2>, where both
can have values from zero to 255.
<m1> <m2>
Is an TransAct® Printer Control Language (IPCL) parameter consisting
of two digits where <m1> and <m2> are ASCII characters from zero to
nine. The parameter is combined to form a value from zero to 99. If
<m3> is included, the parameter is combined to be from zero to 999. If
two values are specified, there must be two bytes added to the IPCL
code. That is, if the command specifies <m1> <m2> and the desired
value is five, it must be specified as 05.
X
All other characters in control strings represent ASCII characters. For
example, [ESC] 1 represents 1BH followed by 31H.
In many cases, applications require that control sequences be specified in
hexadecimal or decimal codes. In most cases, commands are specified in ASCII,
hexadecimal, and decimal. The ASCII Code Table in Appendix D lists ASCII,
hexadecimal, and decimal equivalents.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 67
Control Codes
Standard Emulation
The standard control codes for the Epic 880TM Printer are extensions and subsets of
the PcOS emulation provided on other TransAct® products.
The Epic 880TM printer also supports an emulation of the Epson ESC/POS control
language, as well as a Custom VKP80 emulation capability. For details about these
emulations, contact TransAct Technical Support.
IPCL Codes
TransAct® Printer Control Language (IPCL) codes are part of PcOS and designed to
control a printer without using control characters (i.e. characters less than 20H). Only
the standard PcOS emulation supports IPCL.
In rare cases, an IPCL code will interfere with the text that is to be printed. The IPCL
translator can be disabled with an [ESC] y <4> command.
Other Emulations
The Epic 880TM Printer supports a basic Epson emulation.
Note: Specific EPSON compatibility features, such as its Automated Status
Back (ASB) feature, are available as an option from TransAct
Technologies. Command codes pertaining to these features are
documented as “licensed” within the command description.
It is intended that the standard TransAct® PcOS emulation be used for new
applications. Not all features of Epic 880TM Printers are supported by other
emulations.
Application Development
To aid application development, several chapters in this manual are designed to help
the programmer understand the Epic 880TM Printer. The next chapter provides a
detailed description of each of the commands. Subsequent chapters provide
explanations of how the printer works, including a description of the internal print
buffer, communications link, and interaction between the host computer and printer.
TransAct Control Codes and Commands
Throughout this OEM Integration Manual, charts and tables list commands and
features. In most cases, the charts cross-reference the page that describes the
command. Code summary charts, arranged by code and function, are provided to
help quickly find commands.
PcOS Printer Control Codes
The following section defines the Epic 880TM TransAct® PcOS emulation. The native,
TransAct® PcOS emulation provides the most flexibility and control over the printer. It
is consistent with most previous TransAct® PcOS products, and should be used when
the printer is placed in a new application. Alternatively, an emulation is offered for the
Epson ESC/POS language, as well as a customer emulation; contact TransAct
Technical Support for further information on these options.
Page 68
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
TransAct does not recommend that you generate drivers for emulations other than
PcOS. In addition, TransAct has created several tools that can be used to generate
and maintain graphic images and files for print on the Epic 880TM. Information about
drivers and tools are available on the TransAct web site and on a TransAct® Software
Developer’s Toolkit. For more information about either of these options, contact
TransAct Technical Support.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 69
Control Codes
Quick PcOS Reference Chart
ASCII
Hex
IPCL
equivalent
code
[LF]
[CR]
0AH
0DH
&%LF
&%CR
76
76
[BS]
[HT]
[ESC] D <n1> <n2>
... <ni> <0>
[ESC] n <n1> <n2>
08H
09H
1BH 44H
&%BS
&%HT
none
77
77
77
1BH 6EH
78
[ESC] a <n>
1BH 61H
&%HP<m1>
<m2> <m3>
&%JR {n=2}
&%JC {n=1}
&%JL {n=0}
78
[ESC] R
1BH 52H
&%HV
78
[ESC] X <n1><n2>
1BH 58H
none
154
[ESC] + P<w><h>
1BH 50H
none
215
[ESC] + p<w><h>
1BH 70H
none
216
[ESC] J <n>
1BH 4AH
79
Set 1/8-inch line spacing.
Set 7/72-inch line spacing.
Begin variable line spacing.
(Enable [ESC] A <n>).
Set variable line spacing to n/216
inch.
Set variable line spacing to n/72
inch.
Set Line spacing in points
Set Line spacing in ¼ points
Select minimum character height
and width in points
Select minimum character height
and width in ¼ points
Feed <n> lines at current spacing.
[ESC] 0
[ESC] 1
[ESC] 2
1BH 30H
1BH 31H
1BH 32H
&%FM <m1>
<m2> <m3>
&%ST
&%SG
none
[ESC] 3 <n>
1BH 33H
79
[ESC] A <n>
1BH 41H
&%SV <m1>
<m2> <m3>
none
80
[ESC]+V<n>
[ESC]+v<n>
[ESC] + P<w><h>
1BH 2BH 56H
1BH 2BH 76H
1BH 50H
None
None
none
215
216
215
[ESC] + p<w><h>
1BH 70H
none
216
[ESC] d <n>
1BH 64H
82
Set vertical tab stops.
[ESC] B <n1> <n2>
<n3>...<ni> 0
[VT]
[FF]
[ESC][VT]
1BH 42H
&%FL <m1>
<m2>
none
0BH
0CH
1BH 0BH
&%VT
&%FF
None
82
83
86
Description
Low Level paper Motion
Line feed.
Carriage return.
Horizontal Motion
Back space.
Horizontal tab.
Set horizontal tab stops.
Set horizontal position.
Set justification.
n=0 Left
n=1 Center
n=2 Right
n=8 Left (No line feed)
n=9 Center (No line feed)
n=10 Right (No line feed)
Reset horizontal and vertical tab
stops.
Set left/right print margins.
n1 = Left margin, n2 = Right margin
Select minimum character height
and width in points
Select minimum character height
and width in ¼ points
Vertical Motion
Perform a fine line feed.
Vertical tab.
Form feed.
Feed to black dot
Page 70
100-88002 Rev B
Page
79
80
80
83
Control Codes
IPCL
equivalent
code
&%TF
Description
ASCII
Hex
Set top of form.
Set form length in lines.
[ESC] 4
[ESC] C <n>
1BH 34H
1BH 43H
Begin auto line feed. (n=0, end n=1)
[ESC] 5 <n>
1BH 35H
Set form length in inches.
[ESC] C [NUL] <n>
1BH 43H
[ESC]i<f><v>
[ESC]j<n>
[ESC]k
[ESC]m
1BH 69H
1BH 6AH
1BH 6BH
1BH 6DH
None
None
None
None
152
152
152
153
[ESC]+I<n>
[ESC]+i<n>
[ESC]+J<n>
1BH 2BH 49H
1BH 2BH 69H
1BH 2BH 4AH
None
None
None
213
214
214
[ESC]+j<n>
1BH 2BH 6AH
None
215
[DC2]
[ESC] :
[SI]
[ESC] [ P <n>
[ESC] V <n>
[ESC][SI]
[ESC] + P<w><h>
12H
1BH 3AH
0FH
1BH 5BH 50H
1BH 56H
1BH 0FH
1BH 50H
&%F3
&%F2
&%F1
&%F<n>
none
&%F4
none
90
90
90
91
92
90
215
[ESC] + p<w><h>
1BH 70H
none
216
[ESC] + 3 <ID>
[ESC] + N
Filename<0>
[ESC] + S <ID1>
<ID2> …
[ESC] + B <w>
[ESC] + P<w><h>
1BH 2BH 31H
1BH 2BH 4EH
none
none
206
206
1BH 2BH 53H
none
206
1BH 2BH 42H
1BH 50H
none
none
216
215
[ESC] + p<w><h>
1BH 70H
none
216
[ESC] # <0>
[ESC] I <n>
1BH 23H 00H
1BH 49H
&%QT
93
93
[ESC] [ T <nh> <nl>
1BH 5BH 54H
[ESC] + C
1BH 2BH 43H
&%CP <m1>
<m2> <m3>
<m4>
None
Transport Control
Set Transport Mode
Feed Transport
Deliver ticket from transport
Transport ticket retract
Character Pitch
Set character spacing in points
Set character spacing in ¼ points
Set character spacing in points with
adjustment
Set character spacing in ¼ points
with adjustment
Begin 10 CPI character pitch.
Begin 12 CPI character pitch.
Begin 17 CPI character pitch.
Set character pitch.
Set inter-character spacing.
Begin 24 CPI character pitch
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in points
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in ¼ points
Character Font
Select font
Select font by name
Define Stacked Font
Set stroke font Brush Size
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in points
Select Minimum character Height
and Width in ¼ points
Begin 12 x 12 draft print.
Set print size (legacy mode).
n=0 Draft (12 x 12)
n=1 Large draft (12 x 14)
n=2 NLQ (24 x 16)
n=3 NLQ (24 x 16)
n=4-7 Repeats 0-3
Select character code page. ASCII
Mode only.
Select Codepage by name. ASCII
Mode only
100-88002 Rev B
&%SL <m1>
<m2>
&%CA {n=0}
&%MA {n=1}
&%SI <m1>
<m2>
&%QT {n=0}
&%QU {n=1}
&%QL {n=2}
&%QS {n=3}
Page
84
84
85
84
97
98
Page 71
Control Codes
IPCL
equivalent
code
&%EU
&%CC <m1>
<m2> <m3>
&%PU <m1>
<m2> <m3>
<m4> <m4>
Page
1BH,63H
0EH
14H
1BH,57H
&%CL <m1>
&%MW
&%MN
100
100
100
101
[ESC] _ <n>
1BH,5FH
&%CO {n=0}
&%MO {n=1}
101
[ESC] - <n>
1BH,2DH
103
[ESC] G
[ESC] H
[ESC] E
[ESC] F
[ESC] [ @ ...
[ESC] S <0>
[ESC] S <1>
[ESC] T
[ESC] % G
[ESC] % H
1BH,47H
1BH,48H
1BH,45H
1BH,46H
1BH,5BH,
40H…
1BH,53H, 00H
1BH,53H, 01H
1BH,54H
1BH,25H, 47H
1BH,25H, 48H
&%CU {n=0}
&%MU
{n=1}
&%ME
&%CE
&%MM
&%CM
&%DH
&%SH
&%SP
&%SB
&%SE
&%MI
&%CI
[ESC] t <n>
[ESC] u <n1> …
[ESC] o <n1> …
[ESC][SUB]S
[ESC][SUB]W
[ESC][SUB]A
[ESC][SUB]R
[FF]
1BH,74H
1BH,75H
1BH,6FH
1BH, 1AH 53H
1BH, 1AH 57H
1BH, 1AH 41H
1BH, 1AH 41H
0CH
&%PM
&%PS
none
none
none
&%PY
none
&%FF
107
112
114
109
111
114
114
114
[ESC] K <n1> <n2>
1BH,4BH
none
115
[ESC] L <n1> <n2>
1BH,4CH
none
115
[ESC] Y <n1> <n2>
1BH,59H
none
116
[ESC] Z <n1> <n2>
1BH,5AH
none
116
Description
ASCII
Hex
Insert Euro character.
Print control character.
[ESC] [ C <n>
[ESC] ^ <n>
1BH,5BH, 43H
1BH,5EH
Print Unicode character
[ESC] “ <nL><nH>
1BH,22H
[ESC] c <n>
[SO]
[DC4]
[ESC] W <n>
Character Attributes
Select color.
Begin one-line double-wide print.
Cancel one-line double-wide print.
Multi-line double-wide double-high
mode.
n=0 Standard mode
n=1 Double-wide
n=2 Double-high
3 = Both
Enable/disable Strike through.
n=0 End
n=1 Begin
Begin underline mode.
n = 0 End
n = 1 Begin
Begin enhanced print.
End enhanced print.
Begin emphasized print.
End emphasized print.
Set print style. (See command
description.)
Select superscript.
Select subscript.
End superscript or subscript.
Begin italics.
End italics.
Page Mode
Select page mode
Set page mode page size
Set page mode page position
Set Page Mode Size Enhanced
Set Page Mode Printed Area
Set Page Position Enhanced
Set Page Position Relative
Exit page mode
APA Graphics
Print single-density graphics.
<n1>=0...255
<n2>=0…3
len=<n1> + 256 * <n2>
Print half-speed double-density
graphics.
Print full-speed double-density
graphics.
Print quad-density graphics.
Page 72
100-88002 Rev B
&%FS {n=0}
&%FD {n=1}
&%FH {n=3}
98
98
98
103
103
104
104
102
104
104
105
105
105
Control Codes
Description
ASCII
Hex
IPCL
equivalent
code
Select bidirectional or unidirectional
print. n=0 Bidirectional
n=1 Unidirectional
Print graphics in mode <m>.
[ESC] U <n>
1BH,55H
&%GU {n=1}
&%GB {n=0}
117
[ESC] * <m> <n1>
<n2>
[ESC] ? <m><n>
1BH,2AH
none
116
1BH,3FH
none
116
[ESC] h <color>
<length> <format>
<data>
[ESC] * <m> <0>
<0>
1BH,68H
none
118
1BH,2AH
none
119
[ESC] [FS] P <s>
FileName<0>
[ESC] [FS] p
<BitmapFileData>
1BH,1CH,
50H
1BH,1CH,
50H
none
189
none
189
[ESC] [US] b
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] m
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] e
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] l
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] r
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] s
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] d
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] f ALL
<0>
[ESC] [US] q
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] [US] ?
<Name..> <0>
[ESC] g <0>
[ESC] g <1>
[ESC] g <2>
[ESC] g <3>
1BH,1FH, 62H
&%UB
<Name..><0>
125
1BH,1FH,
6DH
1BH,1FH, 65H
&%UM
<Name..><0>
125
&%UG
<Name..><0>
125
1BH,1FH,
6CH
1BH,1FH, 72H
&%UL
<Name..><0>
126
&%UR
<Name..><0>
126
1BH,1FH,
6DH
1BH,1FH, 64H
&%US
<Name..><0>
126
&%UD
<Name..><0>
127
1BH,1FH,
66H,00H
1BH,1FH, 72H
&%UF
127
&%UQ
<Name..><0>
127
1BH,1FH, 72H
&%UQ
<Name..><0>
127
1BH,67H, 00H
1BH,67H, 01H
1BH,67H, 02H
1BH, 67H,
03H
&%GP
&%GS
&%GE
&%GW
129
129
129
129
Reassign graphic mode.
Horizontal Graphics
Process horizontal graphics data.
Set horizontal graphic mode.
Bitmap Graphic File Support
Print Bitmap graphics from file.
Print Bitmap graphics from bitmap
data
User Store
Begin named macro record.
Save macro data in user store.
End named macro record.
Load item from user store.
Run macro data from user store.
Flag item as a start-up macro.
Delete item from user store.
Flush information from user store.
Report on user store.
Return a report on user store
Process user macro.
Start macro record.
Stop macro record.
Stop macro record and save
100-88002 Rev B
Page
Page 73
Control Codes
Bar Codes
Print bar code.
n=0 Interleave 2 of 5
n=1 Code 39
n=2 Code 128
n=3 UPC A
n=4 EAN-13
n=5 UPC E
n=6 EAN-8
n= 7 Code 93
n = 8 Codabar
PDF 417 bar code control
Set bar code height.
n=0 Restore defaults
n=1 – 9 Number of passes
(0.11 inch per pass)
Set bar code width
Set bar code justification, HRI print
mode, and print direction.
Electronic Journal
Electronic journal initialize and set
password
Electronic journal erase the
electronic journal
Print the electronic journal
Report the electronic journal
Electronic journal begin entry
Electronic journal suspend entry
Electronic journal resume entry
Electronic journal end entry
Electronic journal mode begin
(journal station)
Unicode
Initiate Unicode UTF-16BE
encoding
&%25 {n=0}
&%39 {n=1}
&%12 {n=2}
&%UP {n=3}
&%EA {n=4}
&%UE {n=5}
&%E8 {n=6}
&%93 {n=7}
131
1BH 19H 45H
none
138
1BH,19H, 42H
&%BH
<m1><m2>
139
[ESC] [EM] W <n>
[ESC] [EM] J <n>
1BH 19H 57H
1BH,19H, 4AH
&%BW <m>
&%BJ<m1>
<m2>
140
139
[ESC][GS]I
<Password> <0>
[ESC][GS]E
<Password> <0>
[ESC][GS]P<
Sl>
<Sh>< Ll> <Lh>
[ESC][GS]R< Sl> <
Sh>< Ll> <Lh>
ESC]l <3>
[ESC]l <2>
[ESC]l <1>
[ESC]l <0>
[ESC]{
1BH 1DH 49H
%&EI
142
1BH 1DH 45H
&%EC
142
1BH 1DH 50H
&%EP
143
1BH 1DH 52H
&%EQ
143
1BH 6CH
1BH 6CH
1BH 6CH
1BH 6CH
1BH 7BH
%&EB
&%ES
&%ER
&%EE
None
150
151
151
151
150
[ESC] b <n> ...
[ETX]
1BH,62H
[ESC] [EM] E <f>
<v>
[ESC] [EM] B <n>
[ESC] + H
1BH 2BH 48H
none
207
Initiate Unicode UTF-16LE
encoding
[ESC] + L
1BH 2BH 4CH
none
207
Initiate Unicode UTF-8 encoding
(MBCS)
Initiate Unicode UTF-8 Text only
encoding (MBCS)
Initiate normal 8-bit ASCII character
encoding
[ESC] + M
1BH 2BH 4DH
none
208
[ESC] + T
1BH 2BH 54H
none
208
[ESC] + A
1BH 2BH 41H
none
209
[ESC][RS] O<Mod>
FileName<0>
[ESC][RS] S
[ESC][RS] s
[ESC][RS] ?
1BH 1EH 4FH
none
221
1BH 1EH 53H
1BH 1EH 73H
1BH 1EH 3FH
none
none
none
222
222
224
File System Commands
Open File
Return Free Space for Open File
Return Free Space for Partition
Return Last File Command Status
Page 74
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Close File
Close All Files
Open File
[ESC][RS] C
[ESC][RS] K
[ESC][RS]
O
FileName<0>
[ESC][RS] A <Atb>
FileName<0>
[ESC][RS] W <LL>
<LH> <data>
[ESC][RS] R <LL>
<LH>
[ESC][RS] I
[ESC][RS] E <p>
[ESC][RS] F
[ESC][RS] V
1BH 1EH 43H
1BH 1EH 4BH
1BH 1EH 4FH
none
none
none
223
223
221
1BH 1EH 41H
none
223
1BH 1EH 57H
none
224
1BH 1EH 52H
none
225
1BH 1EH 49H
1BH 1EH 45H
1BH 1EH 46H
1BH 1EH 56H
none
none
none
none
225
225
225
226
[ESC] X <n1><n2>
1BH 58H
none
154
[CAN]
[ESC] q <n>
[ESC] v
[ESC] @
[ENQ] <n>
18H
1BH 71H
1BH 76H
1BH 40H
05H
&%RP
none
&%FC
none
none
154
155
155
155
163
Activate Periodic Status back
Control Periodic Status back
User control of Bezel lamp
[ESC] [EM] P <n>
[ESC] [EM] p <n>
[ESC]~z
1BH 19H 50H
1BH 19H 70H
1BH, 7EH,
7AH
none
none
&%BF
176
176
157
Extended Diagnostics
Set control feature commands.
[ESC] y <n>
1BH,79H
&%Y0 – 9 or
&%YX<m1>
<m2><m3> (for
numbers >9)
158
Extended diagnostics.
Return Firmware Checksum
Return Firmware ID
Verify File System and Firmware
Enter Remote Down load
[ESC] ~ <n>
[ESC]~ Z
[ESC]~ F
[ESC][RS] V
[ESC] ~ <14> %
1BH,7EH
1BH,7EH,5AH
1BH,7EH,46H
1BH 1EH 56H
1BH,7EH,
0EH,25H
none
none
none
none
none
159
161
161
226
234
Set/Clear File Attributes
Write File Data
Read File Data
File Directory File
Delete all Files in partition
De-fragment File system
Verify File System
Miscellaneous Commands
Set left/right margins.
N1 = Left margin
n2 = Right margin
Clear print buffer.
Query marker.
Perform Auto Cut
Initialize printer.
Inquire status. (Refer to command
descriptions.)
100-88002 Rev B
Page 75
Control Codes
Low Level Paper Motion Control
Print/Paper Motion
[CR]
Carriage return
ASCII
[CR]
Hexadecimal
0DH
Decimal
<13>
IPCL
&%CR
EPOS
0DH
Description The [CR] command prints the contents of the print buffer (if any) and
resets the next character print position to the left margin. A line feed is not performed
unless auto-feed is active. The print rotation direction and the left margin command
define the left margin.
[LF]
Line feed
ASCII
[LF]
Hexadecimal
0AH
Decimal
<10>
IPCL
&%LF
EPOS
0AH
Description The [LF] command prints the contents of the buffer (if any) and advances
paper one line at the current default line spacing. The next character print position is
not reset to the left margin unless auto-CR is active.
Page 76
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Horizontal Motion Control
Several commands can be used to control the horizontal position of characters. Many
applications use space control to position fields. However, the Epic 880TM Printer has
the ability to control character position with horizontal tab stops. This is done using
the horizontal tab [HT] to move to those tab stops.
[HT]
Horizontal tab
ASCII
[HT]
Hexadecimal
09H
Decimal
<9>
IPCL
&%HT
EPOS
[HT]
Description The [HT] command inserts spaces in the print buffer up to the next tab
stop. The default tab locations are every eight spaces.
[BS]
Back space
ASCII
[BS]
Hexadecimal
08H
Decimal
<8>
IPCL
&%BS
EPOS
[BS]
Description The [BS] command moves the print buffer one character width to the left.
The pointer position cannot be moved to the left of the left margin. [BS] does not
cause the buffer to be printed; rather, the following data is OR’ed with the previous
data.
[ESC] D
Set horizontal tab stops
ASCII
[ESC] D <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 0
Hexadecimal
1BH 44H <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 00H
Decimal
<27> <68> <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> <0>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] D <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 0
Description The [ESC] D <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 0 command sets tab stops at the
character columns specified by <n>. The end of the settings is specified by a <0>. All
previously set tabs will be cleared. Column sizes are in accordance with the current
character pitch. Setting tabs that are beyond the station width is possible. A [CR] is
inserted when the tab is used. Printing begins at the home position. The power up
default is every eight spaces, i.e., 9, 17, 25, and so on; use the restore-default
procedure [ESC] R to set these default tabs rather than re-specify the tabs.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 77
Control Codes
[ESC] R
Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops
ASCII
[ESC] R
Hexadecimal
1BH 52H
Decimal
<27> <82>
IPCL
&%HV
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to the
power up configuration. The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces, i.e., 9,
17, 25, and so on. The vertical default is every line.
[ESC] a
Set Justification
ASCII
[ESC] a <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 61H <n>
Decimal
<27> <97> <n>
IPCL
&%JL, &%JC, &%JR
EPOS
[ESC] a <n>
Description The [ESC] a <n> command sets the horizontal justification.
Where <n> 0 = Left justified
&%JL
1 = Center justified
&%JC
2 = Right justified
&%JR
The print format of the printer can be right, center, or left justified. The value of
<n> specifies the justification. The power on default is left justified.
Note:
This command will print any data received before the command. IE. You
can’t print left and right justified data on the same line.
Note:
The justify commands also affect graphics.
[ESC] n
Set horizontal position
ASCII
[ESC] n <n1> <n2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 6EH <n1> <n2>
Decimal
<27> <110> <n1> <n2>
IPCL
&%HP <m1> <m2> <m3>
EPOS
[ESC]$ <n1> <n2>
Description The [ESC] <n> <n1> <n2> command sets the print position to <n1> + <n2>
* 256 in 1/196 inches.
Page 78
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Vertical Motion Control
[ESC] j
Perform a fine line feed
ASCII
[ESC] J <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 4AH <n>
Decimal
<27> <74> <n>
IPCL
&%FM <m1> <m2> <m3>
EPOS
[ESC] J <n>
Description The [ESC] J <n> command prints the contents of the buffer and performs
a line feed of n/216 inch. The default line spacing value is not changed. The next
character print position is reset to the left margin if the Auto-CR mode is set.
Notes:
• In EPOS mode, the command performs feeds in n/144-inch increments.
• Immediately after APA graphics, the command is adjusted for the difference
between 72 dpi graphics and 96 dpi print.
[ESC] 3
Set variable line spacing to n/216 inch
ASCII
[ESC] 3 <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 33H <n>
Decimal
<27> <51> <n>
IPCL
&%SV <m1> <m2> <m3>
EPOS
[ESC] 3 <n>
Description The [ESC] 3 <n> command sets the default line spacing to n/216 inch,
where n = 1 to 255. The line feed spacing used by [LF] is set to values other than 1/8
or 7/72 inch. The command takes effect immediately.
Note: In EPOS mode, the command performs line feeds in n/144-inch increments.
[ESC] 0
Set line spacing to 1/8 inch
ASCII
[ESC] 0
Hexadecimal
1BH 30H
Decimal
<27> <48>
IPCL
&%ST
EPOS
[ESC] 2
Description The [ESC] 0 command sets the default line spacing to 1/8 inch (27/216
inch), which is the standard eight lines per inch line spacing at initial power-up.
Note: In EPOS mode, the command sets 1/6-inch spacing or six lines per inch.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 79
Control Codes
[ESC] 1
Set line spacing to 21/216 inch or 7/72 inch
ASCII
[ESC] 1
Hexadecimal
1BH 31H
Decimal
<27> <49>
IPCL
&%SG
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] 1 command sets the default line spacing to 21/216 inch. Use
21/216-inch line spacing for all-points-addressable (APA) graphics printing.
[ESC] A
Set variable line spacing to n/72 inch
ASCII
[ESC] A <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 41H <n>
Decimal
<27> <65> <n>
IPCL
none
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] A <n> command sets the default line spacing to n/72, where n
= 1 to 85. Variable line spacing does not take effect until enabled by the [ESC] 2
command. The command is provided to maintain backward compatibility with the
TransAct® Series 50, OKIDATA, IBM, and other printers. It can also be used to print
on preprinted forms.
[ESC] 2
Enable [ESC] A <n> variable line spacing
ASCII
[ESC] 2
Hexadecimal
1BH 32H
Decimal
<27> <50>
IPCL
none
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] 2 command is a companion to the [ESC] A <n> command and
puts the specified line spacing into effect. It remains in effect until another line
spacing command is issued.
Page 80
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points
ASCII
[ESC] + V <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 56H
Decimal
<27> <43> <86>
Range
d = 0, 4 – 72
All
The [ESC] + V command will set the line spacing in points, where one point is defined
as 1/72nd of an inch.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger
spacing, the character height will override this setting.
Function Set minimum Line Spacing in ¼ Points
ASCII
[ESC] + v <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 76H
Decimal
<27> <43> <118>
Range
d = 0, 16 – 255
All
The [ESC] + v command will set the line spacing in ¼ points, where ¼ point is defined
as 1/288th of an inch.
ASCII
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Range
[ESC] + v <d>
BH 2BH 76H
<27> <43> <118>
d = 0, 16 – 255
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger
spacing, the character height will override this setting.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 81
Control Codes
[ESC] d
Feed <n> lines at the current spacing
ASCII
[ESC] d <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 64H <n>
Decimal
<27> <100> <n>
IPCL
&%FL <m1> <m2>
EPOS
[ESC] d
Description The [ESC] d <n> command prints the contents of the buffer (if any) and
performs <n> line feeds at the current line spacing. The command does not change
the default line spacing value. The next character print position is reset to the left
margin.
Note:
The IPCL command prints from 00 to 99 lines. For example, if you wish to
feed 12 lines, the IPCL command would be as follows: &%FL12.
Function
Reverse feed <n> lines at the current spacing
ASCII
[ESC] e <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 65H <n>
Decimal
<27> <101> <n>
IPCL
&%FB <m1> <m2>
EPOS
[ESC] e
Description The [ESC] e <n> command prints the contents of the buffer (if any) and
performs <n> reverse line feeds at the current line spacing. The command does not
change the default line spacing value. The next character print position is reset to the
left margin.
Note: The reverse feed is limited to 2 lines. Do NOT attempt to reverse feed more
than 2 lines or the paper could jam.
Note: The IPCL command prints from 00 to 99 lines. For example, if you wish to feed
12 lines, the IPCL command would be as follows: &%FL12.
[VT]
Vertical tab
ASCII
[VT]
Hexadecimal
0BH
Decimal
<11>
IPCL
&%VT
EPOS
(VT)
Description The printer sets a line counter to the top of the form at reset and when a
set top of form command is issued. By setting vertical tab stops, various form
positions can be reached with a [VT] operation.
Page 82
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] B
Set vertical tab stops
ASCII
[ESC] B <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 0
Hexadecimal
1BH 42H <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 00H
Decimal
<27> <66> <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> <0>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] B <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 0
Description The [ESC] B <n1> <n2> <n3> ... <ni> 0 command sets tab stops at line
positions specified by <n>. The end of the setting is specified by a <0>. All
previously set tabs will be cleared. If nn is less than nn-1, then the command is in error,
and all of the following information is printed. In other words, tab stops must be
entered sequentially in order to be accepted. A total of 64 tab stops can be specified.
(The power on default is a vertical tab on every line).
[ESC] R
Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops
ASCII
[ESC] R
Hexadecimal
1BH 52H
Decimal
<27> <82>
IPCL
&%HV
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to power
up configuration. The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces, i.e., 9, 17,
25, etc. The vertical default is every line.
[FF]
Form feed
ASCII
[FF]
Hexadecimal
0CH
Decimal
<12>
IPCL
&%FF
EPOS
none
Description The [FF] command performs a form feed to the top of the form.
Note: The form feed command can be disabled by setting the form length to zero.
Note: In page mode this command ends page mode. It does not position the paper to
top of form.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 83
Control Codes
[ESC] 4
Set top of form
ASCII
[ESC] 4
Hexadecimal
1BH 34H
Decimal
<27> <52>
IPCL
&%TF
EPOS
[ESC] L
Description The [ESC] 4 command sets the top of form to the current position.
Note: This command does not operate in or affect page mode.
[ESC] C
Set form length in lines
ASCII
[ESC] C <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 43H <n>
Decimal
<27> <67> <n>
IPCL
&%SL <m1> <m2>
EPOS
[ESC] C <n>
Description The [ESC] C <n> command sets the form length to <n> lines at the
current line spacing. If the current page position is greater than the new page length,
the command also sets the current position as the top of form.
Note: This command does not set the page size in page mode.
[ESC] C [NUL]
Set form length in inches
ASCII
[ESC] C [NUL] <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 43H <0> <n>
Decimal
<27> <67> <0> <n>
IPCL
&%SI <m1> <m2>
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] C [NUL] <n> command sets the form length to <n> inches. If
the current page position is greater than the new page length, the command also sets
the current position as the top of form. If zero inches are specified, the form feed and
vertical tab commands are ignored.
Note: This command does not set the page size in page mode.
Page 84
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] 5
Begin auto line feed
ASCII
[ESC] 5 <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 35H <n>
Decimal
<27> <53> <n>
IPCL
&%MA (Begin)
IPCL
&%CA (End)
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] 5 <1> command sets auto line feed mode. [ESC] 5 <0>
command ends auto line feed mode.
Note: The begin and end auto line feed command overrides the configuration setting.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 85
Control Codes
Feed to Black Dot
Epic 880TM printers are available with an optional black dot sensor, supported by a
feed to black dot command as well as an additional function to adjust the width and
offset of the black dot.
Note: This is a special order option, and requires an additional sensor and modified
firmware. It is not possible to field retrofit a standard Epic 880TM with a black dot
sensor.
Function
Feed to Black Dot
ASCII
[ESC][VT]<n>
Hexadecimal
1BH, 0BH,<n>
Decimal
<27><11><n>
IPCL
None
EPOS
[GS][VT]<n>
Where n <n> is the number of inches to feed while looking for the black marker.
Description The [ESC][VT] command performs feeds the paper until the black dot is
positioned as configured.
This command keeps track of the location of the black dot and will feed paper
until the black dot is positioned as configured.
There are three configurable Black Dot parameters. The Dot Width, and the
Offset may be adjusted to operate with a specific paper. The Calibration is preset and
should not be changed.
Function
Adjusting the width and offset of the Black Dot
ASCII
ESC ~ W nl nh m
Hexadecimal
1B 7E 57 nl nh m
Decimal
27 126 87 nl nh m
Where
n=
The offset adjustment of the Black dot in n/203 inches where n = nl
+ 256*nh. Default is 304 or 1.5 inches. Values greater than 368 will set n to 368.
M = The Width of the black dot in m/203 inches. The default is 76 or 0.375
inches. Values less than 51 will be ignored.
The offset adjustment is the position of the black dot in relation to the cut point. If n =
0 the cut point will be in the center of the black dot. If the value of n = 304, the cut
point will be 1.5 inches above the black dot.
Note: This command may be issued as part of an application. If the values in the
configuration match the requested values, no operation occurs.
Page 86
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
m/203 Cut to
center of black
dot
m/203 Dot Width
Note: This command interacts with the Feed to Black Dot command. If the Black Dot
paper option is set, the black dot position specified by this command will be used for
the Cover Close operation.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 87
Control Codes
Character Pitch
Function Set Character spacing in points.
ASCII
[ESC] + I <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 49H
Decimal
<27> <43> <73>
Range
d = 0, 4 – 72
All
The [ESC] + I command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is
defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + J
command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is
too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size
is not adjusted to fit the cell.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters
will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended.
Function Set Character spacing in ¼ points.
ASCII
[ESC] + i <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 69H
Decimal
<27> <43> <105>
Range
d = 0, 16 – 255
All
The [ESC] + i command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is
defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + j
command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is
too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size
is not adjusted to fit the cell.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters
will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended.
Page 88
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment.
ASCII
[ESC] + J <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 4AH
Decimal
<27> <43> <74>
Range
d = 0, 4 – 72
All
The [ESC] + J command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is
defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + I
command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in
multiples of <d> until the character fits.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will
remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the cell size
will be expanded
Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment.
ASCII
[ESC] + j <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 6AH
Decimal
<27> <43> <106>
Range
d = 0, 16 – 255
All
The [ESC] + j command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is
defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + i
command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in
multiples of <d> until the character fits.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will
remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters
will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 89
Control Codes
[DC2]
Begin 10 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command)
ASCII
[DC2]
Hexadecimal
12H
Decimal
<18>
IPCL
&%F3
EPOS
[ESC][SP] <n>
Description The [DC2] command sets 9.905 characters per inch print pitch.
[ESC] :
Begin 12 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command)
ASCII
[ESC] :
Hexadecimal
1BH 3AH
Decimal
<27> <58>
IPCL
&%F2
EPOS
[ESC] [SP] <n>
Description The [ESC] : command sets 12.235 characters per inch print pitch.
[SI]
Begin 17 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command)
ASCII
[SI]
Hexadecimal
0FH
Decimal
<15>
IPCL
&%F1
EPOS
[ESC] [SP] <n>
Description The [SI] command sets 17.333 characters per inch print pitch.
[ESC] [SI] Begin 24 cpi character pitch (Legacy Command)
ASCII
[ESC] [SI]
Hexadecimal
1BH 0FH
Decimal
<27> <15>
IPCL
&%F4
EPOS
[ESC] [SP] <n>
Description The [ESC] [SP] command sets 23.111 characters per inch print pitch.
Page 90
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] [ P
Set character pitch
ASCII
[ESC] [ P <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5BH 50H <n>
Decimal
<27> <91> <80> <n>
IPCL
&%F1, &%F2, &%F3, &%F4, &%F5, &%F6, &%F7
EPOS
[ESC] [SP] <n>
Description The [ESC] [ P <n> command sets character per inch print pitch to <n>.
The printer resolution limits the exact print pitch. The following table lists the exact
pitch for various values on <n>.
<n>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Resulting
Characters
per Inch
1.00
2.00
3.01
4.00
4.95
5.94
6.93
8.00
9.04
9.90
10.95
12.23
13.00
13.87
14.86
Shaded
selections
recommended.
IPCL
<n>
&%F7
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
&%F3
&%F2
&%F6
are
Resulting
Characters
per Inch
16.00
17.33
17.33
18.91
20.8
20.8
23.11
23.11
23.11
23.11
26
26
26
29.71
29.71
IPCL
&%F1
&%F5
&%F4
not
Table 3 Character Pitch
This command disables any right-side spacing set by the [ESC] V command. In
addition, when font changes are made, the character pitch is maintained.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 91
Control Codes
[ESC] V
Set inter-character spacing (Legacy Command)
Mode
Global
ASCII
[ESC] V <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 56H <n>
Decimal
<27> <86> <n>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] [SP] <n>
Description The [ESC] V <n> command sets inter-character spacing by adding white
space between characters. The value of <n> sets the spacing in 216ths of an inch.
The printer can only set the spacing in 208ths of an inch and converts 216ths to the
nearest 208th of an inch. Each font has a basic size, and the inter-character spacing
value is added to the basic size. Therefore, the affect of this command on characters
per inch (cpi) will depend on the font selected.
Note 1: The [ESC] V <n> command disables any pitch settings established
by pitch set commands that establish a cpi (like [ESC] [ P <n>). After a set
right-side spacing command is issued, the pitch will vary with font selection.
Font selections use the current, active, right-side spacing.
Note 2: With the inter-character spacing command, the pitch cannot be
set less than the font size. Therefore, it is not as effective as the pitch
command, [ESC] [ P <n>. The following table lists the cpi equivalent for
several values of <n>.
The following table lists the cpi equivalent for several values of <n>.
<n>
0
1
2
3
4
5
Page 92
Small Draft (cpi)
Large Draft (cpi)
17.33
14.86
16
13.9
14.86
13
13.9
12.24
13
11.6
12.24
10.9
Table 4 Inter-character Spacing
100-88002 Rev B
NLQ (cpi)
13
12.24
11.6
10.9
10.4
9.90
Control Codes
Character Font
[ESC] #
Begin 12 x 12 print mode (Legacy Command)
ASCII
[ESC] # <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 23H 00H
Decimal
<27> <35> <0>
IPCL
&%QT
EPOS
[ESC] ! <n>
Description The [ESC] # <0> command begins 12 x 12 draft like print mode. Draft
print is provided to maintain compatibility with other TransAct® products.
[ESC] I
Set print size mode (Legacy Command)
ASCII
[ESC] I <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 49H <n>
Decimal
<27> <73> <n>
IPCL
&%QT 12 x 12 draft mode
&%QU 12 x 14 large draft mode
&%QL 24 x 16 near letter quality (NLQ) mode
&%QS 24 x 16 near letter quality (NLQ) mode
EPOS
[GS] ! <n> and/or [ESC] ! <n>
Description The [ESC] I <n> (e.g. capital “i”) command begins draft, large draft or
near letter quality print mode.
Where n 0 = 12 x 12 like draft
1 = 12 x 14 like large draft
2 = 24 x 16 like near letter quality (NLQ)
3 = 24 x 16 like near letter quality (NLQ)
4 – 7 repeats 0 – 3
Note 1: The all characters printed by the Epic 880TM are generated from
scaleable fonts. All these mode selections configure the font rendering
code to generate fonts that are approximately equivalent to the matrix sizes
indicated.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 93
Control Codes
Character Sets and Code Pages
The Epic 880TM Printer is primarily intended to be used in Unicode based systems.
However to provide legacy support, the printer supports 8 bit and double byte ASCII
encoding with code pages.
When not using Unicode or double byte encoding, the printer is restricted to the 8 bit
ASCII character set. To support international languages, the characters that are
assigned to each of the 256 possible locations can be remapped to any character in
the Unicode standard. Typically, the first 32 characters are reserved for control
characters. The next 72 are typically fixed to alpha numeric and punctuation. The
upper 128 characters are typically redefined to characters that support the specific
language or country. These mappings are generally referred to as codepages.
The Epic 880TM provides several legacy commands to select a country code or
codepage maps. However, they all simply select an ASCII to Unicode translation
map. Several predefined mappings to provide legacy support are internal to the
printer, but the majority of the maps are placed in the printer’s file system. This allows
any preexisting codepage mapping to be defined as well as the ability to define
custom mappings unique to your application.
Codepage description files
The format of the codepage description file is somewhat flexible. The basic format is
that each line will specify an ASCII character ID and the Unicode character that is to
appear in that ASCII ID location.
The file format is one character per line with the first value being the ASCII ID and the
second value being the Unicode address. The file should be something like this:
0x00
0x0000
# NULL
0x01
0x0001
# START OF HEADING
0x02
0x0002
# START OF TEXT
0x03
0x0003
# END OF TEXT
...
or
\Language = USA
\Code Page = 437
0x00
0x0000
;0
NULL
0x01
0x263A
; 9786 WHITE SMILE
0x02
0x263B
; 9787 BLACK SMILE
0x03
0x2665
; 9829 BLACK HEART SUIT
0x04
0x2666
; 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT
0x05
0x2663
; 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT
...
or
0 0
; NULL
1 9786 ; WHITE SMILE
2 9787 ; BLACK SMILE
3 9829 ; BLACK HEART SUIT
4 9830 ; BLACK DIAMOND SUIT
5 9827 ; BLACK CLUB SUIT
Page 94
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
...
or
SYMBOL SET = WE
/name = Windows 3.1 Latin 2
/pcl char = E
...
/symbols =
32 0x0020 ; Space Code, Prntabl Thin Space
33 0x0021 ; Exclamation
34 0x0022 ; Neutral Double Quote
5 0x0023 ; Number
36 0x0024 ; Dollar
...
or
\Language = USA
\Code Page = 437
0x00 0x0000
;0
NULL
0x01 0x263A
; 9786 WHITE SMILE
0x02 0x263B
; 9787 BLACK SMILE
0x03 0x2665
; 9829 BLACK HART SUIT
0x04 0x2666
; 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT
0x05 0x2663
; 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT
...
or
\Language = USA
\Code Page = 437
0x00 =
0x0000
;0
NULL
0x01 =
0x263A
; 9786 WHITE SMILE
0x02 =
0x263B
; 9787 BLACK SMILE
0x03 =
0x2665
; 9829 BLACK HART SUIT
0x04 =
0x2666
; 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT
0x05 =
0x2663
; 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT
Numbers beginning with 0x… are treated as hexadecimal, all other as decimal. Any
line beginning with a non-numeric value is ignored. Any information after the Unicode
value is ignored. Not all of the ASCII ID’s need to be present, however, only ID’s
present will be affected.
There are two ways to select a codepage file. The first is by using the standard code
page select command. If this command is used, the file name is critical; it must follow
the format of Cpxyz.CPM. The xyz is the code page number that is being selected in
the command. For example CP850.CPM would be referred to as 850. If the legacy
commands are to be used to select file based code page mapping, the selection
mode must be selected in the printer’s configuration.
The second form is by name. This command is free form and will select any file
present which will then be to use it as a code page definition. If the file is not a code
page file, you will get unexpected results. If the file does not exist, the command is
ignored. Any extension may be used for a codepage map, however, it is best to use
the .CPM extension, with a descriptive filename recommended. For example
ISO8859-1.CPM would be a good choice for the ISO8859-1 code page.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 95
Control Codes
Double-Byte and Multi-Byte Code Page Description Files
In ASCII mode the Epic 880TM Printer supports double byte code pages. Currently
there are 4 double-byte codepages available and one multi-byte.
Double Byte code pages available are: Code page 932, 936, 949 and 950
Multi-byte code page available are GB18030-2000.
These code pages require an appropriate Unicode font be loaded that support all the
characters in the requested code page.
Due to the large number of characters in these code pages. These files are not
supported in a customer definable ASCII form like the Code page descriptions files
described above. They are compiled and compressed into a 2 or 3 file code
description set. One file is like the Code page description file in that it may be
referenced just like the normal code page description files. The other two files are
double byte and multi-byte decode files and are referenced in the master code page
description. These files not distributed with the standard printer but are available from
Transact upon request.
Code Page Selection
In ASCII mode the Epic 880TM Printer supports many different international character
sets. In IBM and EPOS printers, there are two ways of selecting a character set.
One way substitute’s international characters in the upper 128 characters of a
standard character set. The substitution technique supports a few different countries.
However, as more and more countries were added, too many characters were being
replaced, and it became a problem for the application to match the characters
displayed and printed.
To solve this problem, a second method of selecting a character set was developed –
code pages. The printer and display use the same code page, and the application
displays and prints the same characters. IBM and EPOS defined new commands to
select code pages, and left the old commands in effect.
The Epic 880TM Printer supports international character sets as well as code pages.
To allow the most flexibility for the application programmer, both methods are
extended in the Epic 880TM Printer. In IBM mode, there are 19 character sets and 60
code pages. In EPOS mode, there are 57 character sets and five code pages.5
The Epic 880TM Printer allows the IBM code page selection command to choose
character sets as well as normal IBM code pages. The EPOS character set select
command has been extended to allow additional character sets over and above the
11 defined by EPOS. The EPOS code page select command has not been extended
because there is no EPOS definition beyond the first six ID’s.
All characters in code pages as well as character sets are addressed as zero through
255. (Characters below 32 must be addressed with the [ESC] ^ <n> command.) Code
pages may be changed at any time and are active for all features including rotated
5
Epson provides limited code page support through ID to code page translation.
translations are defined.
Page 96
100-88002 Rev B
Only six
Control Codes
print. To allow other code pages to be created by an application, a redefine character
set command is provided.
As discussed above, there are two commands for language selection in IBM mode.
The first is [ESC] !, which selects one of 19 international character sets. The [ESC] !
command does not allow all of the possible character sets to be selected, it is
provided for compatibility with older programs only. The second is [ESC] [ T, which
selects any of the 58 code pages. In EPOS mode, the [ESC] R command has been
expanded to select any of the 59 international character sets or code pages.
[ESC] !
Select international character set (Legacy Command)
ASCII
[ESC] ! <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 21H <n>
Decimal
<27> <33> <n>
IPCL
&%CS <n>
EPOS
[ESC] R <n>
Description The [ESC] ! <n> command selects international character set <n>. In
standard mode, the value of <n> is as follows.
Note: This command is supported in ASCII mode only.
<n>
64-‘@’
65-‘A’
66-‘B’
67-‘C’
68-‘D’
69-‘E’
70-‘F’
71-‘G’
72-‘H’
Language
ASCII (slashed zero)
ASCII (unslashed zero)
British
German
French
Swedish
Danish
Norwegian
Dutch
<n>
Language
73-‘I’
Italian
74-‘J’
French Canadian
75-‘K’
Spanish
76-‘L’
Swedish II
77 –‘M’
Swedish III
78-‘N’
Swedish IV
79-‘O’
Turkish
80-‘P’
Swiss I
81-‘Q’
Swiss II
Table 5 Language Table ID’s
[ESC] [ T Select character code page
ASCII
[ESC] [ T <nh> <nl>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5BH 54H <nh> <nl>
Decimal
<27> <91> <84> <nh> <nl>
IPCL
&%CP <m1> <m2> <m3> <m4>
EPOS
[ESC] t <n>
Description The [ESC] [ T <nh> <nl> command selects character code page <nh>
<nl>. The Epic 880TM Printer supports many code pages. The following code pages
are supported.
Note: This command is supported in ASCII mode only.
Note: See Appendix E: Internal Code Page Definitions for the internally
defined code pages. Additional code pages may be defined and loaded as
Codepage definition files.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 97
Control Codes
Note: The code page field is a 16-bit field that is a function of the code page
numbers <nh> and <nl>, e.g. (<nh> * 256) +<nl>. For example, 1 * 256 + 181
= 437. For the IPCL command, the page is specified in ASCII as a 4-byte
field.
Note: If the requested code page is not found in the internal maps, the file
system is searched for the definition.
Function Select character code page by name.
All
ASCII
[ESC] + C Codepage.CPM <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 43H
Decimal
<27> <43> <67>
CodePage File name from 5 to 30 characters.
Description The [ESC] + C command will select and read a code page encoding file.
If the file does not exist, the current code page will be selected. If the code page
definition is not complete, only the character locations defined by the file will be
effected.
Note: Code page translations only occur in ASCII mode. This command has
no effect in Unicode mode.
[ESC] [ C Insert Euro character
ASCII
ESC] [ C <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5BH 43H <n>
Decimal
<27> <91> <67> <n>
IPCL
&%EU
PcOS
Description The [ESC] [ C <n> command allows an application to replace any
character in the currently active code page with the Euro character. The character to
be replaced is defined by <n>. For example, if the currently active character set is CP
850 (multi-lingual) and 0D5H character is to be the Euro character, “1BH 5BH 43H
0D5H” replaces the character at 0D5H with the Euro symbol. This command is only
valid in ASCII mode when code pages are active.
Note: This command is effective only in ASCII mode.
Typical Euro Character Substitution Locations
Name
850
Turkey 857
Win Cyrillic
Win Turkish
Win Greek
Win Hebrew
Win Baltic
[ESC] ^
Page 98
Epson
IBM
Code Page Insertion Point (hex)
26
850
0xD5
57
857
0XD5
52
1022
0X88
51
1021
0X80
50
1020
0X80
62
1032
0X80
68
1034
0X80
Table 6 Euro Character Substitution Matrix
Print control character
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
ASCII
[ESC] ^ <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5EH <n>
Decimal
<27> <94> <n>
IPCL
&%CC <m1> <m2> <m3>
EPOS
[ESC] ^ <n>
Description The [ESC] ^ <n> command allows characters from zero to 31 codes to be
printed. During normal operation, characters from zero to 31 are control characters.
The command turns off control code translation for the following character. <n> can
range in value from zero to 255.
[ESC] “
Print Unicode character
ASCII
[ESC] “ <nL><nH>
Hexadecimal
1BH 22H <nL><nH>
Decimal
<27> <34> <nL><nH>
IPCL
&%PU<m1> <m2> <m3><m4> <m5>
EPOS
[ESC] “ <nL><nH>
Description The [ESC] “<nL><nH>command allows any Unicode character to be
directly addressed and inserted into the print data. <nL><nH> can range in value from
zero to 65535.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 99
Control Codes
Character Attributes
[ESC] c
Select color
ASCII
[ESC] c <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 63H <n>
Decimal
<27> <99> <n>
IPCL
&%CL <m1>
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] c <n> command selects the print color.
Where <n> 0 = Black
1 = Red
2 = Green
3 = Blue
[SO]
Begin one-line double-wide print
ASCII
[SO]
Hexadecimal
0EH
Decimal
<14>
IPCL
&%MW
EPOS
none
Description The [SO] command causes subsequent characters to be printed at twice
the currently selected character width. For example, ten cpi becomes five cpi, 17 cpi
becomes 8.5 cpi, etc. The [SO] command remains in effect until a valid line
terminator is received ([CR], [LF], or [ESC] J <n> (fine line feed)); the command is
canceled; or the maximum number of characters per line is reached and the printer
performs an auto-print.
[DC4]
Cancel one-line double-wide print
ASCII
[DC4]
Hexadecimal
14H
Decimal
<20>
IPCL
&%MN
EPOS
none
Description The [DC4] command cancels one-line double-wide mode set by the [SO]
command and allows single- and double-wide characters to be printed on the same
line.
Page 100
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] _
Enable/Disable Strike Through
ASCII
[ESC] _ <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5FH 01H
Decimal
<27> <95> <n>
IPCL
&%MO (Begin)
IPCL
&%CO (End)
EPOS
[ESC] ! <n>
Description The [ESC] _ <1> command begins over-score print mode. All
subsequent text, leading spaces, and trailing spaces are over-scored. [ESC] _ <0>
ends the mode.
Note: In EPOS mode, [ESC] ! <n> performs a similar function; however, near
letter quality (NLQ) is not available.
[ESC] W
Multi-line double-wide and double-high mode
ASCII
[ESC] W <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 57H <n>
Decimal
<27> <87> <n>
IPCL
&%FD {n = 1}
&%FS {n = 0}
&%FHA {n = 3}
(Note: Single-wide, double-high mode is not available in IPCL mode.)
EPOS
[ESC] ! <n>
Description The [ESC] W <n> command controls multi-line double-wide or doublehigh mode, where n specifies the mode:
n = 0 is standard single-wide and single-high;
n = 1 begins double-wide;
n = 2 begins double-high; and
n = 3 begins double-wide double-high.
Where n Bits
76543210
Function
1------- Underline
--1----- Double-wide
---1---- Double-high
-------X Font: 0 = draft; 1 = large draft
Note: The [ESC] W <n> command does not affect line spacing.
Note: In EPOS mode, [ESC] ! <n> performs a similar function; however, near
letter quality (NLQ) is not available.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 101
Control Codes
[ESC] [ @ Set print style: double-wide, double-high, italic control
ASCII
[ESC] [ @ [EOT] [NUL] <k> [NUL] <n> <m>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5BH 40H 04H 00H <k> 00H <n> <m>
Decimal
<27> <91> <64> <04> <0> <K> <0> <n> <m>
IPCL
&%DH
Double-high, double-wide, and double-space
&%SH
Single-high, single-wide, and single-space
Also, see [ESC] W above.
Description The [ESC] [ @ [EOT] [NUL] <k> [NUL] <n> <m> command sets doublewide, double-high, and italic print mode.
Where k bits
k
76543210
0
1
2
----xxxx
----0000
----0001
----0010
Where n bits
0
0
----0nnn
----0000
xxxx---0000----
Where m bits
0
----0nnn
----0000
Italic control
No change
Italics On
Italics Off
n
76543210
Height multiplier (Maximum 4)
No change
Line spacing
No change
m
76543210
Width multiplier (Maximum 4)
No change
Note: The maximum height and width multiplier is four.
Page 102
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] -
Begin underline
ASCII
[ESC] - <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2DH 01H
Decimal
<27> <45> <n>
IPCL
&%MU (Begin)
IPCL
&%CU (End)
EPOS
[ESC] ! <n>
Description The [ESC] - <1> command begins underline print mode. All subsequent
text, leading spaces, and trailing spaces are underlined. [ESC] - <0> ends the mode.
Note: In EPOS mode, [ESC] ! <n> performs a similar function; however, near letter
quality (NLQ) is not available.
[ESC] G
Begin enhanced print
ASCII
[ESC] G
Hexadecimal
1BH 47H
Decimal
<27> <71>
IPCL
&%ME
EPOS
[ESC] G <1>
Description All subsequent text is printed in enhanced print mode (two passes with a
vertical offset). Enhanced printing provides a deeper resolution of each character and
may enhance multiple part forms printing.
[ESC] H
End enhanced print mode
ASCII
[ESC] H
Hexadecimal
1BH 48H
Decimal
<27> <72>
IPCL
&%CE
EPOS
[ESC] G <0>
Description The [ESC] H command cancels enhanced print mode and returns to the
currently selected font.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 103
Control Codes
[ESC] E
Begin emphasized print mode
ASCII
[ESC] E
Hexadecimal
1BH 45H
Decimal
<27> <69>
IPCL
&%MM
EPOS
[ESC] E <1>
Description The [ESC] E command begins emphasized print mode (one pass with
horizontal offset). Emphasized print is bolder than normal print.
[ESC] F
End emphasized print mode
ASCII
[ESC] F
Hexadecimal
1BH 46H
Decimal
<27> <70>
IPCL
&%CM
EPOS
[ESC] E <0>
Description The [ESC] F command cancels emphasized print mode.
[ESC] S <0>
Select superscript
ASCII
[ESC] S <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 53H 00H
Decimal
<27> <83> <0>
IPCL
&%SP
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] S <0> command selects superscript. The following characters
are printed half size on the upper side of the print line.
Note: Superscript is not available in all print modes.
[ESC] S <1>
Select subscript
ASCII
[ESC] S <1>
Hexadecimal
1BH 53H 01H
Decimal
<27> <83> <1>
IPCL
&%SB
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] S <1> command selects subscript. The following characters
are printed half size on the bottom side of the print line.
Note: Superscript is not available in all print modes.
Page 104
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] T
End superscript or subscript
ASCII
[ESC] T
Hexadecimal
1BH 54H
Decimal
<27> <84>
IPCL
&%SE
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] T command ends superscript or subscript.
[ESC] % G Begin italics
ASCII
[ESC] % G
Hexadecimal
1BH 25H 47H
Decimal
<27> <37> <71>
IPCL
&%MI
EPOS
[ESC] 4
Description The [ESC] % G command begins italic print mode.
Note: Italics are not available in all print modes.
[ESC] % H End italics
ASCII
[ESC] % H
Hexadecimal
1BH 25H 48H
Decimal
<27> <37> <72>
IPCL
&%CI
EPOS
[ESC] 5
Description The [ESC] % H command ends italic print mode.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 105
Control Codes
Page Mode
The Epic 880TM supports two operational modes, standard and page mode. In
standard mode, as a line of text is received it is buffered and printed when the line
feed is received. In page mode the printer waits for a complete “page” (a number of
lines) to be received before printing the complete page. The advantage of page mode
is that text and/or graphics can be placed anywhere on the page, in any order, and in
any of 4 orientations.
How to use page mode
Page mode requires two phases to operate correctly.
1. Page definition
a. Define the master page size either just before or just after entering
page mode.
b. Optionally define a sub page.
The master page defines the maximum page size, all sub pages
must be smaller and contained within the master page. Master
and sub page definitions are always done base on the 0 degree
orientation not the current rotation.
c. Optionally set an orientation. This may be 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees.
d. Optionally set the entry position. This is based on the current sub page
and the current rotation.
e. Enter text or graphics.
f. Go to step b to define additional sub pages or step c to change the
orientation.
2. Print the page.
Page Definition
The [ESC]t command will start page definition and define the initial orientation. An
[ESC]t command during page definition will change the orientation and reset the entry
location back to the top left corner of that orientation.
Receipt or
Inserted Form
C>>>>>
B>>>>>
D>>>>>
A>>>>>
Initial entry
location
Figure 24 Page Mode Entry Orientations
Page 106
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
The [ESC] u command sets the maximum page dimensions. Note that these
dimensions are always based on 0 degree rotation. After this, you can enter text
and/or graphics as required.
Auto-cutter and page mode
You may embed an auto-cutter command with in a page definition. The auto-cut
command may be placed anywhere in the page definition, however, it will be
processed after the page is printed. To prevent the cut from occurring in the page, it
will be preceded with a feed that will place the end of the page about 0.125 inches
above the auto-cut position.
Mechanism commands in page mode
In general, mechanism commands received during page mode will be processed if
the result will not affect the printed result.
Stopping page mode definition
The following operations will stop a page mode definition:
1) [ESC]@ Printer initialize command.
2) Real time reset request [ENQ]<10>
3) Turning the printer off.
Printing the page
The [FF] command starts the printing process.
Printing starts at the current paper position. The complete page definition is printed
excluding any blank information at the bottom of the page.
If the [FF] command is used to print the page, the memory used to store the page
image is not maintained and is released to be used by other functions.
Function Select page mode
ASCII
[ESC] t<x>
or [ESC] [SUB] t
Hexadecimal
1BH 74H<x>
or 1BH 1AH 74H
Decimal
<27><116><x>
or <27><26><116>
IPCL
&%PM<x1>
EPOS
[ESC] L
Description This command activates page mode and sets the orientation.
This command may also be issued during page definition. When issued in page
mode it resets the orientation and entry position, but does not cause the currently
defined image to be erased or printed.
Where
x = 0 for standard orientation (Direction A).
x = 1 for 270° Rotation (Direction B)
x = 2 for 180° Rotation (Direction C)
x = 3 for 90° Rotation (Direction D)
100-88002 Rev B
Page 107
Control Codes
Receipt or
Inserted Form
C>>>>>
B>>>>>
D>>>>>
A>>>>>
Initial entry
location
Note 1: This command saves the current right and left margin and sets them
to the maximum values for the orientation currently defined.
Note 2: During page mode definition almost all printer commands are active.
The following table lists the exceptions.
Command
Cash drawer
commands
Bell command
Auto cut
commands
Active
Yes
Action
Immediate action
Yes
Delay
ed
Immediate action
The printer will perform a feed to cut and then operate the auto
cutter after the page is printed. The cut command may be
anywhere in the definition. If the page is printed twice, the Auto
cut command must be reissued after the first print to generate
additional cuts.
This command is like a station select and is not active. You
cannot store page mode images in the electronic journal. A
page mode command in journal station mode will exit journal
mode.
You can make journal entries as part of a page description.
They are saved as text and not part of the page.
The status is returned during definition.
Cancels page mode definition and returns the printer to
standard mode.
You must set the top of form outside of page mode. The form
position is maintained after the page is printed.
The definition of a vertical tab is ambiguous in page mode and
is ignored.
You can not define or delete a macro while in page mode. You
can, however, invoke a macro or stored graphic. You can not
enter page mode while in a macro definition.
Electronic journal
station select
No
Electronic journal
entries
Status requests
Printer initialize
command
Set top of form
Yes
Yes
Yes
Vertical tab
No
Macro definitions
No
No
Note 3: Unless specified by a page mode set page size command, the default page
size is the full paper width for about 14 inches. Printing starts at the current paper
Page 108
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
position. The complete page definition is printed excluding any blank information at
the bottom of the page.
Function Set Print Area in Page Mode
Enhanced
ASCII
[ESC] [SUB] S <XOL><XOH><<YOL><YOH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1AH 53H <XOL><XOH><<YOL><YOH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
Decimal
<27><26><83><XOL><XOH><<YOL><YOH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
IPCL
None
EPOS
[ESC] W
Description This command Sets the position and size of the initial area in page mode
and sub pages.
Where:
<XOL><XOH> the x direction offset Min 0
<YOL><YOH> the y direction offset Min 0
<WL><WH> the width in dots
Max 576
< HL><HH> the height in dots
Max 3000
This command should always be sent before or immediately after page mode is
entered to define the initial page size.
Once in page mode (after the [ESC]t command) the command can be sent multiple
times so that several different print areas, aligned in different print directions, can be
developed in the printer’s page buffer before being printed using the Print Page Mode
commands
(FF or ESC FF).
The starting position of the print area is the upper left of the area to be printed. The
Yoffset is in the y direction and is YO dots and the Xoffset is in the x direction and is
XO dots in. The length of the area to be printed in the y direction is set to H dots. The
length of the area to be printed in the x direction is set to W dots.
The set print area command may be invoked multiple times while in page mode. The
first invocation specifies the initial master page size. Following invocations will define
smaller windows within the initially defined page. If the Set page size command is not
used, the page size will default to the maximum size.
The orientation of the set print area command is always based on 0 degrees
regardless of the current orientation setting. This includes if the command is sent
before the start page mode command, after the start page mode command, or as a
sub-page.
Note: The maximum printable area in the x direction is 576/203 or 3.15 inches.
Note: The maximum printable area in the y direction is 2999/203 or 14.78 inches.
Note: Only the used portion of the page is printed. That is the page length will only
include what actually has print data. See illustration below.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 109
Control Codes
YOffset <OL><OH>
Height < HL><HH>
Width < WL><WH>
XOffset <OL><OH>
Figure 25 Page mode set printable area
Previous cut
Cut to print offset
0.7 in or 18mm
Start of page
definition
Max width is 576 dots
Cut point is after
bottom most print
data.
Bottom most print data
Unused page area
is not printed
Figure 26 Default Page mode printed area
Page 110
100-88002 Rev B
End of
definition
page
Control Codes
Function Set Printed Area in Page Mode
Enhanced
ASCII
[ESC] [SUB] W <XOL><XOH><<YOL><YOH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1AH 57H <XOL><XOH><<YOL><YOH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
Decimal
<27><26><87><XOL><XOH><<YOL><YOH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
IPCL
None
EPOS
[ESC] W
Description This command is similar Set Print Area in Page Mode command above,
however it will force the complete page to be printer rather than only what is used. It
will define sub pages, however is intended to set the initial page size.
Where:
<XOL><XOH> the x direction offset Min 0
<YOL><YOH> the y direction offset Min 0
<WL><WH> the width in dots
Max(576)
< HL><HH> the height in dots
Max(3000)
This command should always be sent before or immediately after select page mode
command and will define the initial page size. This command differs from the Set Print
Area in Page Mode command in that it does not allow the page to be shortened. The
complete page is printed even if it is not used.
Previous cut
Cut to print offset
0.7 in or 18mm
Start of page
definition
Max width is 576 dots
End of page
definition
Bottom most print data
Unused page area
is not printed
Cut point after
bottom of page
definition
Figure 27 Defined Page mode printed area
100-88002 Rev B
Page 111
Control Codes
Function Set Print Area in Page Mode
Legacy Support Command
ASCII
[ESC] u <OL><OH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
Hexadecimal
1BH 75H <OL><OH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
Decimal
<27><117><OL><OH><WL><WH>< HL><HH>
IPCL
&%PS<0000><WWWW><HHHH>
EPOS
[ESC] W
Description This command Sets the position and size of the printing initial area in
page mode and sub pages.
Where:
<OL><OH>
the y direction offset Default(0)
<WL><WH> the width in dots Default(576)
< HL><HH> the height in dots Default(3000)
This command should always be sent before or immediately after page mode is
entered to define the initial page size.
Once in page mode (after the [ESC]t command) the command can be sent multiple
times so that several different print areas, aligned in different print directions, can be
developed in the printer’s page buffer before being printed using the Print Page Mode
commands
(FF or ESC FF).
The starting position of the print area is the upper left of the area to be printed. The
offset is in the x direction and is O dots. The length of the area to be printed in the y
direction is set to H dots. The length of the area to be printed in the x direction is set to
W dots. (Note that the Y offset is always 0)
The set print area command may be invoked multiple times while in page mode. The
first invocation specifies the final page height. Following invocations will define
smaller windows within the initially defined page. If the Set page size command is not
used, the page size will default to the maximum size.
The orientation of the set print area command is always based on 0 degrees
regardless of the current orientation setting. This includes if the command is sent
before the start page mode command, after the start page mode command, or as a
sub-page.
Note: The maximum printable area in the x direction is 576/203 or 3.15 inches.
Note: The maximum printable area in the y direction is 2999/203 or 14.78 inches.
Note: The printed page length will only include what actually has print data.
Page 112
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Function Set Page Mode Entry Position
ASCII
[ESC] [SUB] A <XL><XH><YL><YH>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1AH 41H<XL><XH><YL><YH>
Decimal
<27><26><65><XL><XH> <YL><YH>
IPCL
&%PY<XXXX><YYYY>
EPOS
[ESC] W
Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere
on the page. It is only valid in page mode. If the value specified is beyond the page
boundary, the command is ignored. (X and Y refers to the current active orientation
specified by the [ESC]t command, and is not same as the page definition of X and Y.)
The X and Y positions are in dots.
Y = Yh* 256 + Yl dots from the top
X = Xh* 256 + Xl dots from the left
Note: You can also use the [ESC]J, [ESC]M. [ESC]d and [ESC]e commands to
position the print on the page.
Function Set Page Mode Entry Position Relative
ASCII
[ESC] [SUB] R <XL><XH><YL><YH>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1AH 52H <XL><XH><YL><YH>
Decimal
<27><26><82><XL><XH> <YL><YH>
IPCL
None
EPOS
[ESC] W
Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere
on the page. It is only valid in page mode. If the value specified is beyond the page
boundary, the command is ignored. (X and Y refers to the current active orientation
specified by the [ESC]t command, and is not same as the page definition of X and Y.)
The X and Y positions are in dots.
Y = Yh* 256 + Yl dots from the current Y
X = Xh* 256 + Xl dots from the current X
Note: You can also use the [ESC]J, [ESC]M. [ESC]d and [ESC]e commands to
position the print on the page.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 113
Control Codes
Function Set Page Mode Entry Position
Legacy Support
ASCII
[ESC] o <XL><XH><YL><YH><F>
Hexadecimal
1BH 6FH <XL><XH><YL><YH><F>
Decimal
<27><111><XL><XH> <YL><YH><F>
IPCL
None
EPOS
[ESC] W
Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere
on the page. It is only valid in page mode. If the value specified is beyond the page
boundary, the command is ignored. (X and Y refers to the current active orientation
specified by the [ESC]t command, and is not same as the page definition of X and Y.)
The X and Y positions are in dots.
Y = Yh* 256 + Yl dots from the top
X = Xh* 256 + Xl dots from the left
The F parameter is a flag that specifies if this command is an absolute position
command or relative to the current position. If its value is <1> the command is
processed as a relative position command, and if its value is <0> the command is
interpreted as an absolute position command.
Note: You can also use the [ESC]J, [ESC]M. [ESC]d and [ESC]e commands to
position the print on the page.
Function Exit Page Mode
ASCII
[FF] or [ESC][SUB] P
Hexadecimal
0CH
or 1BH 1AH 50H
Decimal
<12> or <27><26><80>
IPCL
&%FF
EPOS
[FF]
Description This command exits page mode definition and starts the print process. If
the printer is not in page mode, this command is treated as a normal form feed
command.
Note: When page mode finishes printing, the left and right margins are
restored to the values before the select page mode command. All other
format changes are preserved.
Page 114
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Graphic Mode
The Epic 880TM Printer conforms to the basic definition of IBM all-points-addressable
(APA) graphic commands. It is not designed to print large quantities of graphical data.
The printer only prints graphics that are 2.5 inches wide. At this time, there is no
graphics mode for Epson emulation.
The Epic 880TM Printer always prints in one of the native resolutions of 203 x 203 dpi.
To provide compatibility with the standard IBM APA resolutions, the printer internally
modifies the graphics to print as expected. The printer converts the vertical resolution
by altering the [ESC] J command (which is typically used for vertical spacing) and
adjusting it so that horizontal passes touch as expected. The requested horizontal
resolution is converted by data scaling. Because the vertical dpi of the printer is
always greater, the resulting APA graphics printed on the Epic 880TM Printer may be
slightly smaller or larger than the same graphic printed on an impact printer. All of this
is done transparently to the application; however, loss of resolution may result in
some modes. If desired the [ESC] * <m> command can be used to select the native
resolution.
Note 1: If the Epic 880TM Printer is used with programs that convert text to
graphics, the printer is slower than if the printer is sent ASCII text. The Epic
880TM Printer is supported by a Windows’ print driver that allows applications
to select internal supported fonts.
Note 2: Generally, the horizontal graphic commands provide faster print
than the APA graphic commands.
Standard APA Graphics
[ESC] K
Print single-density graphics (60h x 72v dpi)
ASCII
[ESC] K <n1> <n2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 4BH <n1> <n2>
Decimal
<27> <75> <n1> <n2>
IPCL
none
Description The [ESC] K <n1> <n2> command prints <n1> + 256 * <n2> bytes of
single-density graphics (60 dpi).
[ESC] L
Print half-speed double-density graphics (120h x 72v dpi)
ASCII
[ESC] L <n1> <n2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 4CH <n1> <n2>
Decimal
<27> <76> <n1> <n2>
IPCL
none
Description The [ESC] L <n1> <n2> command prints <n1> + 256 * <n2> bytes of
double-density graphics (120 dpi) at half speed, allowing full and half dots to be
printed.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 115
Control Codes
[ESC] Y
Print full-speed double-density graphics (120h x 72v dpi)
ASCII
[ESC] Y <n1> <n2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 59H <n1> <n2>
Decimal
<27> <89> <n1> <n2>
IPCL
none
Description The [ESC] Y <n1> <n2> command prints <n1> + 256 * <n2> bytes of
double-density graphics (120 dpi) at full speed with no consecutive dots. (The mode
is generally used to print 120h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes).
[ESC] Z
Print quad-density graphics (240h x 72v dpi)
ASCII
[ESC] Z <n1> <n2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5AH <n1> <n2>
Decimal
<27> <90> <n1> <n2>
IPCL
none
Description The [ESC] Z <n1> <n2> command prints <n1> + 256 * <n2> bytes of quaddensity graphics (240 dpi) at half speed with no consecutive dots. (The mode is
generally used to print 240h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes).
Extended APA Graphics
[ESC] *
Print graphics in mode <m> (60h/ 120h/ 240h x 72v dpi)
ASCII
[ESC] * <m> <n1> <n2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2AH <m> <n1> <n2>
Decimal
<27> <42> <m> <n1> <n2>
IPCL
none
Description The [ESC] * <m> <n1> <n2> command selects the graphic resolution
graphic modes as specified by <m>.
Where <m>
Mode
Resolution
Mode
Resolution
7
144 dpi
0
60 dpi
1
2
3
4
5
6
[ESC] ?
120 dpi
120 dpi
240 dpi
80 dpi
72 dpi
90 dpi
Reassign graphic mode
ASCII
[ESC] ? <m> <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 3FH <m> <n>
Decimal
<27> <63> <m> <n>
IPCL
none
Page 116
100-88002 Rev B
8,9
10
11
12
13
Not supported
102 x 102 dpi
203 x 102 dpi
102 x 203 dpi
203 x 203 dpi
15,16
Not supported
Control Codes
Description The [ESC] ? <m> <n> command reassigns graphic resolution <m> to
resolution <n>. Possible values for <m> are K, L, Y, or Z referent to the [ESC] K,
[ESC] L, [ESC] Y, and [ESC] Z APA graphics commands. Resolutions, <n>, are zero
to sixteen as follows:
Where <m>
Mode
Resolution
Mode
Resolution
7
144 dpi
0
60 dpi
1
2
3
4
5
6
120 dpi
120 dpi
240 dpi
80 dpi
72 dpi
90 dpi
8,9
10
11
12
13
Not supported
102 x 102 dpi
203 x 102 dpi
102 x 203 dpi
203 x 203 dpi
15,16
Not supported
Note: Modes 11 through 13 are designed to support horizontal graphics and
are not intended for APA graphics.
[ESC] U <1>
Select unidirectional print
ASCII
[ESC] U <1>
Hexadecimal
1BH 55H 01H
Decimal
<27> <85> <1>
IPCL
&%GU
EPOS
ESC] U <1>
Description The [ESC] U <1> is a legacy command used in impact printers to provide
better graphics. It forces the printer to print all data in unidirectional print mode to
improve line to line registration for graphical data. This command has no effect in this
printer.
[ESC] U <0>
Select bidirectional print
ASCII
[ESC] U <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 55H 00H
Decimal
<27> <85> <0>
IPCL
&%GB
EPOS
[ESC] U <0>
Description The [ESC] U <0> command prints all data in bi-directional, logic-seeking
print mode. This command has no effect in this printer.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 117
Control Codes
Horizontal Color Graphics
The Epic 880TM Printer supports monochrome and color graphics sent as horizontal
scan lines. Individual scan lines of graphic data are sent to the printer one line at a
time. The Epic 880TM Printer supports only two color printing, however, the horizontal
graphic command interface gives full color support for printer graphics. Full color
support is provided to establish a full color standard for future printers. Color data is
sent in one of three color planes. Typically, a red plane or scan line is sent, then
green and blue. The sequence of lines defines one row of dots that is printed on the
paper.
The horizontal graphic commands do not include resolution information. Therefore,
atleast once before sending graphics data, set the graphics resolution by sending the
[ESC] * command with a zero length (no data). The graphic resolution sets the
internal graphic mode of the printer. The printer stays in graphic mode until it is
changed by another command. Note that the bar code generation and other graphic
commands change graphics mode. The format of the horizontal graphic command
follows.
[ESC] h
Process horizontal graphics data
ASCII
[ESC] h <color> <length> <format> <data>
Hexadecimal
1BH 68H
Decimal
<27> <104>
IPCL
None
EPOS
None
Description The [ESC] h <color> <length> <format> <data> command processes
horizontal graphic data, where <color> is a byte that specifies the color of the data
being sent.
<color> = 0 Use Previously Selected Color
1 Red
2 Green
4 Blue
<length> = byte specifying the length of the data including the format byte, ranging
from 0 to 254 (255 is reserved for future use.)
<format> = byte specifying the format of the graphics data.
0 for raw data
1 for bit wise RLE compression
8 for byte wise RLE compression
254 for difference compression
255 for same as previous scan line data
<data> =
Page 118
the data bytes that define the graphics to be printed.
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Note 1: Red, green, and blue pixels set to one at the same location result in a white
dot, while red, green, and blue pixels set to zero form a black dot. For black print, one
represents a black dot and zero represents a white dot.
Note 2: More than one color may be set at a time – for example, setting the color to six
would set green and blue simultaneously.
[ESC] *
Set horizontal graphic mode
ASCII
[ESC] * <m> <0> <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2AH <m> <0> <0>
Decimal
<27> <42> <m> <0> <0>
IPCL
none
Description The [ESC] * <m> <0> <0> command selects one of the three graphic
modes specified by <m>. The two bytes after the mode must be zero.
Where <m>0,2,3,4,5,6,7 Standard Graphic Modes
(See
ESC
*
command
documentation
in
previous
section.)
Mode
0,2,3,4,5,6,7
8,9
10
11
12
13
15,16
Resolution
Standard Graphic Modes (See ESC *
command documentation in previous section.)
Not supported
102 x 102 dpi
203 x 102 dpi
102 x 203 dpi
203 x 203 dpi
Not supported
Note 1: Only modes 10 thorough 13 should be selected for horizontal
graphics.
Example Command
Comment
[ESC] * <10> <0> <0>
Set resolution to 102x102 dpi.
[ESC] h <1> <9> <0> <eight data bytes> Send 8-bytes red pixels.
[ESC] h <2> <9> <0> <eight data bytes> Send 8-bytes green pixels.
[ESC] h <3> <9> <0> <eight data bytes> Send 8-bytes blue pixels.
LF Send line feed to force print of any buffered data not yet printed.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 119
Control Codes
Graphics Compression
Although the printer compression algorithms are documented, it is recommended that
our Windows printer driver be used to generate a graphic image. Our Windows’
printer driver selects the best compression method to use on a scan line by scan line
basis. The print driver can be directed to print to file, creating a .prn file. When
creating a .prn file, it is recommended that the Start/End Doc settings be cleared in
the Start/End Doc tab of the printer properties page. After the .prn file is created, it
can be read and sent to the printer by the host application.
Bit wise RLE. In bit wise RLE compression, the Most Significant Bit (MSB)
compression of each data byte denotes if the compressed data represents one or
zero bits. Bits zero through six indicate how many bits are represented as a one or
zero. A 34 Hex (34H) represents 34H bits set to zero. A 97H represents 17H bits set
to one.
[ESC] h <1> <5> <1> <34H> <97H> <8fH> <09H>
Byte wise RLE. In byte wise RLE compression, data is represented in byte
Compression pairs. The first byte is a count, and the second is the graphics data.
The graphics data byte is repeated the number of times represented by the count
byte.
[ESC] h <1> <5> <8> <09H> <ffH> <02H> <55H>
Where <09H> <ffH> means repeat ffH nine times and <02H> <55H> means repeat
55H two times.
Difference Compression. In difference compression, data is represented in byte pairs.
In compression, the first byte is an index into the byte stream, as it would exist if sent
in an uncompressed format, while the second byte is the data that is different in the
new scan line data; in other words, “The scan line is the same as the previous except
for the byte at a specific position.”
[ESC] h <1> <5> <254> <03H> <d5H> <0bH> <51H>
Where <03H> <d5H> means use the previously transmitted scan line data but change
byte 3 to a d5H and change byte 11 (0bH) to a 51H.
Same-as-previous Compression. In same-as-previous compression, the command
does not contain any graphics data. The command specifies that the printer is to use
the previous scan line data for the current scan line.
[ESC] h <1> <1> <255>.
Page 120
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Simple Raster Graphics
Simple Raster Graphics prints a horizontal raster of graphics data one or multiple
times. Horizontal offset and number of data bytes are variable and specified by
parameters. This is a legacy support command and intended to be replaced by
horizontal graphics commands. This command does not support compression or
color graphics.
[ESC] .
Simple raster graphic mode
ASCII
[ESC] . m n rL rH d1...dn * <m> <0> <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2EH m n rL rH d1…dn
Decimal
<27> <46> m n rL rH d1…dn
IPCL
none
Description The [ESC]. command is a simple method of printing raster graphics,
however the format does not support compression or color.
Where:
m:
n:
r:
d1…dn:
Range:
horizontal offset from left margin = 8 x m dots
number of data bytes that compose the raster
number of times the raster is to be printed = 256x rH + rL
data bytes
0<= m <= 80
0 <=n<=80
0<= r <= 65535
0 <= d1..dn <= 255
Note: This command can produce graphics that are difficult to print and hard on the
power supply. Avoid multi-line repeats of very dark lines. In normal graphics, the
printer does a look ahead at impending print and tries to adjust it’s speed to limit
power consumption. This command can easily produce graphics that make that very
difficult. For example a completely white space followed by a black group of lines that
are less than 20 lines long will provide a transient load on the power supply that may
overload it. The printer does not recognize the black data until it is too late to slow
down. Normal graphics generally does not contain that kind of data.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 121
Control Codes
User Store (Graphic Save and Macros)
The Epic 880TM Printer maintains about 2.5 Megabytes of flash memory to save user
information. The information can be either macros or graphic images.
To allow the host application to maintain these groups of data, a series of user store
maintenance commands are available. As referenced earlier in this manual, the user
can define a limited number of custom characters and define a macro. These
character/macro definitions can also be saved in user store. However, only one
character definition and one macro can be active at any time. One macro definition
can be flagged to load and run at startup. If a flag is set, the printer will automatically
process the macro at initialization.
Programming Considerations
The flash (nonvolatile) memory has a limited number of write cycle operations.
Consequently, the number of saves should be limited. The buffer should not be saved
on a transaction by transaction basis, but rather a maximum of once per day.
The buffer is initially about 16K6 bytes long. All commands7 and print data are placed
in the buffer and must be included in the size limits. The printer does not indicate
when the buffer is full. The application must make sure that the buffer is not overfilled.
The printer simply stops saving information when it is full. As the buffer fills, the input
data is printed normally. The effect of the macro start command is to clear the buffer
and to start to save the input data. The macro stop command stops saving data and
initializes internal pointers for the next print. To store the data in the nonvolatile flash,
it must be named and saved by one of the user-store save commands.
When the macro buffer is inserted into the data stream, configuration commands (like
font or pitch changes) remain in effect after the macro is processed. Illegal commands
are placed in the buffer and take up space.
Horizontal graphics should be sent to the printer compressed. If the data is not
compressed, it is saved in the macro buffer. If the buffer is saved into the user-store
nonvolatile flash, there must be enough room in the user store for all of the data. As
user-store space is used, the macro buffer will be larger than the available space in
user store. Only the used space is saved, but it is possible to define a macro that
does not fit in the remaining user-store space.
Defining Macros
Macros can be defined two ways. The first is by using the begin and end named
macro commands. These commands start the recording process and automatically
save the macro when it is complete. The macro data is not processed, as it is sent to
the printer.
6
The actual buffer is smaller because of the overhead.
IPCL commands are converted by the printer into an equivalent [ESC] code and then placed
in the save buffer. The equivalent [ESC] code should be used to calculate the size of the save
buffer data.
7
Page 122
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
The second saves the received data to a RAM buffer and then saves the buffer by
command. In this case data is actually processed as it is received.
Begin/End Macro Without proceeding data
Function Begin named macro record
ASCII
[ESC] [US] b <Name..> <0>
Then send the data to be recorded. The printer does not process the data. The
terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n> or
&%UT<n> on page 128.
Function
ASCII
End name macro record
[ESC] [US] e <Name..> <0>
Begin/End Macro While proceeding data
The second way to define macros is to use [ESC] g commands to define the macro,
and then the save macro data command to save the data. The terminating <0> may
be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n> or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Function Save macro data
ASCII
[ESC] [US] m <Name..><0>
Saving User-defined Characters. To save user-defined characters, first define the
character set.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 123
Control Codes
User Store Commands
Function Load item from user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] l <Name..> <0>
Description If the item referenced is a user-defined character set, it is loaded into the
current definition. If it is a macro, it is loaded into the macro buffer. It is not processed
or printed.
To help maintain the user-store area, the following commands can be used.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n> or
&%UT<n> on page 128.
Function Flag as a start-up macro
ASCII
[ESC] [US] s <Name..> <0>
Description The [ESC] [US] s <Name..> <0> command flags the referenced item to
be processed at startup. No more than one user character definition and user data
item may be flagged.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n> or
&%UT<n> on page 128.
Function Remove item from user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] e <Name..> <0>
Description The [ESC] [US] e <Name..> <0> command removes an item from user
store and frees up its space. The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or
redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n> or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Function Flush information from user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] f ALL <0> Base User Store
or
[ESC] [US] f EXT <0> Extended User Store.
Description The [ESC] [US] f ALL <0> command clears all of the information to the
user store and frees the data space. The [ESC] [US] f EXT <0> command clears all of
the information in the extended the user store.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Function Report on user store
ASCII
ESC] [US] q <0>
Description The [ESC] [US] q <0> prints or returns information about the contents of
and available space in user store.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Note: A configuration option is available that locks the user store data. The
configuration option prevents the occurrence of new user store data
operation until the lock is manually reset and accidental deletion of the saved
information. The user-defined character buffer and/or user data buffer may
be redefined and used but cannot be stored.
Page 124
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Function Begin named macro record
ASCII
[ESC] [US] b <Name..mac> <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 62H
Decimal
<27> <31> <98>
IPCL
&%UB <Name..> <0>
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] [US] b <Name..> <0> command erases the current macro,
initializes the macro buffer structure, and redirects the following data to the macro
buffer. It uses the <Name..> field as a reference. If the name already exists in the
flash user store, the command is ignored. The command must be followed by the
“End name macro record” command with the same name. If the data that follows is
larger than the macro buffer (about 16K), the macro definition is terminated without
saving any data.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension.
Function End named macro record
ASCII
[ESC] [US] e <Name..mac > <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 65H
Decimal
<27> <31> <101>
IPCL
&%UG <Name..> <0>
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] [US] e <Name..> <0> command ends the macro record
operation and saves the macro to flash. It uses the <Name..> field to verify the
command end and must match the “Begin named macro record” command. If the
name already exists in the flash user store or the macro memory is exceeded, the
command is valid, and the <Name..> field prints. If there is not enough room in the
flash user store for the macro, the save is not performed, but the macro buffer is valid.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension.
Function Save macro data in user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] m <Name.. mac > <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 6DH
Decimal
<27> <31> <109>
IPCL
&%UM <Name..> <0>
EPOS
[GS] -…<Name..> <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null
terminated.
Description The [ESC] [US] m <Name..> <0> command saves the current macro
buffer structure into the flash user-store area. It uses the <Name..> field as a
reference name. If the name already exists in the flash user store, the command
does not store the data.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 125
Control Codes
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension.
Function Load item from user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] l <Name.. mac > <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 6CH
Decimal
<27> <31> <108>
IPCL
&%UL <Name..> <0>
EPOS
[GS] 0<Name..> <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null
terminated.
Description The [ESC] [US] l <Name..> <0> command loads the referenced item into
the appropriate structure. If the item referenced is a user-defined character set, it is
loaded into the current user-character definition, which does not affect the active state
of user-defined characters. If it is a macro, it is loaded into the macro buffer, but it is
not inserted into the data stream. [ESC] g <0> inserts the macro buffer into the data
stream. If the named item does not exist, the command does nothing.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT>n> on page 128.
Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension.
Function Run macro data from user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] r <Name.. mac > <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 72H
Decimal
<27> <31> <114>
IPCL
&%UR <Name..> <0>
EPOS
[GS] 0<Name..> <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null
terminated.
Description The [ESC] [US] r <Name..> <0> command loads the referenced macro
into the macro buffer. The macro buffer is then inserted into the data stream. If the
named item does not exist or is not a macro, nothing happens.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension.
Function Flag item as a start-up macro
ASCII
[ESC] [US] s <Name.. mac > <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 73H
Decimal
<27> <31> <115>
IPCL
&%US <Name..> <0>
EPOS
[GS] 0<Name..> <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null
terminated.
Page 126
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Description The [ESC] [US] s <Name..> <0> command flags the referenced item to
be processed at startup. Only one user character definition and one macro may be
flagged to run at startup.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page128
Note: If a character definition is loaded at startup, it is automatically made
active.
Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension.
Function Delete item from user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] d <Name..mac> <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 64H
Decimal
<27> <31> <100>
IPCL
&%UD <Name..> <0>
EPOS
[GS] 1 <Name..> <0> is from one to 15 characters and must be null
terminated.
Description The [ESC] [US] d <Name..> <0> command removes an item from user
store and frees up space. If the item does not exist, the command does nothing.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT>n> on page 128.
Note: User defined macros must use a .mac extension.
Function Flush information from user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] f ALL <0> User Store.
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 66H 00H
Decimal
<27> <31> <102> <0>
IPCL
&%UF
EPOS
[GS] 5
Description The [ESC] [US] f ALL <0> command clears all entries in user store and
frees the data space. It must have the name, “ALL” (in uppercase) attached.
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT>n> on page 128.
Function Report on user store
ASCII
[ESC] [US] q <0>
Print a user store report
Or
[ESC] [US] ? <0>
Return a formatted user store report
Hexadecimal
1BH 1FH 71H
Decimal
<27> <31> <113>
IPCL
&%UQ <Name..> <0>
EPOS
[GS] 3
Description The [ESC] [US] q <Name..> <0> command prints a status report. The file
name is ignored and may be omitted. The NUL must be present. The intention of the
command is to aid in macro development.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 127
Control Codes
The terminating <0> may be replaced with an & or redefined. See [ESC] [EM]T<n>
or &%UT<n> on page 128.
Note: The report is also printed as part of the configuration report.
Function Redefine User Store Termination Character
ASCII
[ESC] [EM] T <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 19H 54H <n>
Decimal
<27> <25> <84> <n>
IPCL
&%UT <n>
EPOS
None
Description This command allows the terminator used to signal the end of the name
field in User Store commands to be modified. The value of <n> is used (in addition to
the <0>) for the terminator. The value of n may be from 0 to 255.
The default value for the second terminator is &. If this command redefines the
terminator to something other than &, the & will no longer function.
Example If &%UT% were sent to the printer, the user store command to run macro
“Demo” would be &%URDemo%.
Page 128
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Legacy User Macros
The following commands are provided for legacy support. They are not intended for
new applications.
[ESC] g <0>
Process user macro
ASCII
[ESC] g <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 67H 00H
Decimal
<27> <103> <0>
IPCL
&%GP
EPOS
[ESC] g <0>
Description The [ESC] g <0> command prints the user-store data buffer.
[ESC] g <1>
Start macro record
ASCII
[ESC] g <1>
Hexadecimal
1BH 67H 01H
Decimal
<27> <103> <1>
IPCL
&%GS
EPOS
ESC] g <1>
Description The [ESC] g <1> command clears the user-store data buffer and begins
recording data. The next 2000 bytes (including characters and commands) are
recorded.
[ESC] g <2>
Stop macro record
ASCII
[ESC] g <2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 67H 02H
Decimal
<27> <103> <2>
IPCL
&%GE
EPOS
[ESC] g <2>
Description The [ESC] g <2> command stops recording user-store data information.
The buffer is not saved into the nonvolatile memory.
[ESC] g <3>
Stop macro record and save
ASCII
[ESC] g <3>
Hexadecimal
1BH 67H 03H
Decimal
<27> <103> <3>
IPCL
&%GW
EPOS
[ESC] g <3>
100-88002 Rev B
Page 129
Control Codes
Description The [ESC] g <3> command stops recording graphic save information.
The buffer is saved into the user-store nonvolatile memory under the name,
“ESCg3_Save”
Note: The [ESC] g <3> command is supplied for compatibility with the Series
80PLUS and 90PLUS printers.
Page 130
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Bar Codes
The Epic 880TM Printer supports the ability to print bar codes. The printer offers a
number of formats as defined below. The host does not need to form the graphic
image for these bar codes. The host need only send the printer the information to be
bar coded and a graphic is generated by the printer. In some cases, a check
character is required by the format. In most cases, the printer generates the check
character and inserts it correctly in the format. The printer uses internal graphic
modes to form bar code images, and the images are adjusted for ink bleed. In
general, the bar codes generated by sending graphic data to the printer are not as
readable as the bar codes the printer generates. Bar codes are printed at a 203 x 203
resolution.
Barcodes may be printed horizontally or vertically. When printed vertically the length
of the barcode can be greater (i.e. more characters can be printed). You can not print
human readable interpretation (HRI) characters in vertical mode. It is generally better
to print vertical barcodes by printing horizontal barcodes in page mode rotated 90° or
270°. You can then mix HRI and other text with the barcodes.
Function Print bar code
ASCII
[ESC] b <n> {information} [ETX]
Hexadecimal
1BH 62H <n> ... 03H
Decimal
<27> <98> <n> ... <3>
IPCL
&%25 ... [CR]
Interleaved 2 of 5
&%39 ... [CR]
Code 39
&%12 ... [CR]
Code 128
&%28 .<m1> <m2>
Code 128 (allows a two character
length, preceding the information)
&%UP ... [CR]
UPC A
&%UE ... [CR]
UPC E
&%EA .. [CR]
EAN-13
&%E8 ... [CR]
EAN-8
&%93 .. [CR]
Code 93
&%CB .. [CR]
Codabar
EPOS
[ESC] b <n> or [GS] k <n>
Description The [ESC] b <n> {information} [ETX] command prints information as a
bar code. The bar code is centered on the print zone.
Where n =
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
Interleaved 2 of 5 Numeric (0-9) only; must be even number of digits
Code 39
26 uppercase letters (A-Z); 10 digits (0-9)
(See description for full 128 character set support)
Code 128
(See description for character set selection)
UPC A
Numeric (0-9) only; 11 digits
EAN-13
Numeric (0-9) only; 12 digits
UPC E
Numeric (0-9) only; 11 digits
EAN-8
Numeric (0-9) only; 7 digits
Code 93
26 letters; 10 digits (0-9); and 7 special characters
Codabar
10 digits (0-9); 4 start/stop characters,
A, B, C, and D; and 6 special characters.
PDF-417
2D alpha Numeric (See notes below)
EAN-14
Numeric (0-9) only 14 digits
100-88002 Rev B
Page 131
Control Codes
Note: You may print barcodes in page mode. If you rotate these barcodes 90° or
180° you can get significantly longer barcodes.
Interleaved 2 of 5
Interleaved 2 of 5 is a high-density, self-checking, continuous, numeric bar code. It is
mainly used where fixed-length numeric fields are required. The data field must be an
even number of characters. If an odd data field is sent to the Epic 880TM printer, it will
be zero padded. Due to space limitations, only 16 characters can be printed.
Code 39
Code 39 is an alphanumeric bar code. It is a discrete, self-checking, variable-length
code. The printer prints the complete data field. The number of characters that can be
printed depends on the bar width scaling. If the bar code scale is set to 2, 17
characters may be printed per line. There are two modes of operation for the Code 39
barcodes. The first is in a variable length format. In this mode all characters sent to
the printer will be printed up to the termination character. Only 0-9, A-Z -, period, and
space may be printed. $, %, +, and / Characters may be used as escape characters
for full 128 character support. If illegal characters are passed to the printer, they are
converted to legal codes. (For example, a would be converted to A).
In full 128 character mode, the printer will encode the full 128 character set. In this
mode, the first character received must be the length. IE. [ESC]k<1><n>… where n
specifies the number of characters to follow. The characters following n characters
may be from 0 to 127. Values greater than 127 are converted to printable characters
by removing the 8th bit.
Page 132
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
The following table specifies the Code 39 character set.
ASCII
NUL
SOH
STX
ETH
EOT
ENQ
ACK
BEL
BS
HT
LF
VT
FF
CR
SO
SI
DLE
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
CAN
EM
SUB
ESC
FS
GS
RS
US
Code
%U
$A
$B
$C
$D
$E
$F
$G
$H
$I
$J
$K
$L
$M
$N
$O
$P
$Q
$R
$S
$T
$U
$V
$W
$X
$Y
$Z
%A
%B
%C
%D
%E
ASCII
SP
!
“
#
$
%
&
‘
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
Code
Space
/A
/B
/C
/D
/E
/F
/G
/H
/I
/J
/K
/L
.
/O
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
/Z
%F
%G
%H
%I
%J
ASCII
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
Code
%V
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
%K
%L
%M
%N
%O
ASCII
`
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
~
DEL
Code
%W
+A
+B
+C
+D
+E
+F
+G
+H
+I
+J
+K
+L
+M
+N
+O
+P
+Q
+R
+S
+T
+U
+V
+W
+X
+Y
+Z
%P
%Q
%R
%S
%T
Figure 28 Code 39 Full 128 Character Encoding
Code 128
Code 128 is an alphanumeric bar code. It is a high-density, variable-length,
continuous code, which employs multiple element widths. Code 128 has three
possible start codes. The start code defines the code set, Code A, B, or C that will be
used to generate the barcode. The Epic 880TM allows the code set to be specified, or
it can be select by the printer based on the information in the data field.
To specify code set:
[ESC] b <2> <Code>{information} [ETX]
If the first character in the data field <Code> is a start code as shown in Figure 29
below, the printer will print the complete data field from the selected set. Due to space
limitations, only ten characters can be printed. The check digit is generated and
printed by the printer. Characters are also specified as shown in Figure 29.
To have the printer selected code set and automatically generate an optimal barcode,
the value of Code should be the length.
[ESC] b <2> <Length>{information}
100-88002 Rev B
Page 133
Control Codes
If the first character <Length> is from 1 to 31, the printer will automatically select Code
A, B, or C depending on the data present. If the data is all numeric, the data can be
printed as pairs. This effectively doubles the amount of data that can be printed. The
check digit is generated and printed by the printer.
Note: If the first character is greater than <31> and not <135> through <137>, the
printer will discard the first character and print the data as defined in Code A..
Space is defined as a <0>, which makes programming difficult and causes control
character conflicts for the printer. To solve the problem, the Epic 880TM Printer
subtracts 32 from all characters that are to be included in the bar code. In the Code
128 definition, an ‘A’ is <33>; however, the printer converts an ASCII ‘A’ (<65>) to a
<33> internally. This sets Code 128C and the start codes off by 32.
Barcode 128 consists of 107 unique symbols. 101 of the symbols take on different
meanings based on the start code or an embedded shift code sequence. Code stick A
consists of alphanumeric characters and ASCII control codes (see the table below).
Code stick B consists of Alpha numeric with lower case alpha, Code stick C consists
of numeric pairs.
In automatic mode, any ASCII data from 0 to 127 could be entered. Values less than
32 will be encoded as Code stick A NUL- US, values from 96 through 127 will be
encoded from Code stick B. Where ever possible numeric pairs will be encoded from
Code stick C.
In the past, FNC1, FNC2, FNC3, and FNC4 have not been accessible to the
programmer. The EAN 128 barcode requires that FNC1 be made available. To
provide EAN 128 compatibility, the acceptable character range has been expanded
by 10 to include the ability to specify FNC1, FNC2, FNC3 and FNC4. In automatic
mode, values of 130-132 will be accepted, however, the resulting barcode may be
unreadable.
128
Code
Valu
e in
Deci
mal
FNC3
128
FNC2
129
Not
130
Valid
131
132
FNC4
133
FNC1
134
Start A
135
Start B
136
Start C
137
Figure 29 Expanded Function Coding
Valu
e in
Hex
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
Note: In automatic mode, FNC4 is always specified as 133 regardless of what code
stick is currently active.
Page 134
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
In most cases, the TransAct® supreme will generate the most compact barcode for
you. However, if it is desirable to have complete control, the programmer should use
manual mode.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 135
Control Codes
Code
A
Space
!
“
#
$
%
&
‘
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
Code Stick
Code
B
Space
!
“
#
$
%
&
‘
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
Code
C
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Code 128
Value
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
TransAct Manual
Encoding
Decimal
Hex
Value
Value
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
Code 128 Encoding
Code
A
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
NUL
SOH
STX
ETH
EOT
ENQ
ACK
BEL
BS
HT
LF
VT
FF
CR
SO
SI
DLE
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
CAN
EM
SUB
ESC
FS
GS
RS
US
FNC3
FNC2
Shift
Code
C
Code
B
FNC4
Code Stick
Code
Code
B
C
V
54
W
55
X
56
Y
57
Z
58
[
59
\
60
]
61
^
62
_
63
`
64
a
65
b
66
c
67
d
68
e
69
f
70
g
71
h
72
i
73
j
74
k
75
l
76
m
77
n
78
o
79
p
80
q
81
r
82
s
83
t
84
u
85
v
86
w
87
x
88
y
89
z
90
{
91
|
92
}
93
~
94
DEL
95
FNC3
96
FNC2
97
Shift
98
Code
99
C
FNC4
Code
B
Code
Code
A
A
FNC1
Start Code A
Start Code B
Start Code C
Stop
Figure 30 Code 128 Encoding Values
Page 136
100-88002 Rev B
Code 128
Value
TransAct Manual
Encoding
Decimal
Hex
Value
Value
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
100
132
84
101
133
85
102
103
104
105
-
134
135
136
137
-
86
87
88
89
Control Codes
UPC A
UPC A is a fixed-length, numeric, continuous code that employs four element widths.
The printer supports Universal Product Code Version A, E, EAN-8, and EAN-13.
Version A encodes 11 digits. Typically, the UPC A format starts with a number system
digit, five-digit manufacturer’s code, five-digit product code, and a check digit. The
printer makes no assumptions about any of the codes except the check digit. The
printer prints an UPC bar code with the 11 digits sent to it and generates the check
digit. If fewer than 11 digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The printer
prints an UPC that is about 130% the size of the UPC nominal standard, which
provides optimal readability.
UPC E
UPC E is a zero suppression version of UPC. The printer requires that the first digit is
zero for number system zero. If it is not zero, the bar code is not printed. The printer
does the compression based on the compression rules for UPC E, prints an UPC bar
code based on the 11 digits sent to it, and generates the check digit. If fewer than 11
digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The printer prints an UPC that is
about 130% the size of the UPC nominal standard, which provides optimal readability.
EAN-13
EAN-13 is a fixed-length, numeric, continuous code that employs four element widths.
The printer supports EAN-13, which is a superset of UPC that encodes 12 digits.
Typically, the format starts with a number set digit, which defines how the next six
digits are encoded. The next five digits have fixed encoding. The last is a check digit.
The printer prints an EAN-13 bar code with the 12 digits sent to it and generates the
check digit. If fewer than 12 digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The
printer prints an EAN-13 bar code that is about 130% the size of the nominal
standard, which provides optimal readability.
EAN-8
EAN-8 is a fixed-length, numeric, continuous code that employs four element widths.
The printer supports EAN-8, which is a superset of UPC that encodes seven digits.
The printer prints an EAN-8 bar code with the seven digits sent to it and generates the
check digit. If fewer than seven digits are sent, the remaining digits will be zeros. The
printer prints an EAN-8 bar code that is about 130% the size of the nominal standard,
which provides optimal readability.
EAN-14
EAN-14 It is a high-density, fixed-length, numeric, continuous code, which employs
multiple element widths. EAN-14, is a subset of Code 128 that encodes FNC1 and 14
digit pairs. If fewer than 14 digits are sent, leading zeros will be added to complete the
code.
Code 93
Code 93 is a variable-length, alphanumeric bar code. The complete data field is
printed by the printer. Due to space limitations, only 10 characters can be printed.
Codabar
Codabar is a variable-length format, primarily used for numeric symbols. It offers 16
data characters, including the numeric digits zero through nine, and -, $, :, /, ., and +.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 137
Control Codes
Four unique start/stop characters, designated A, B, C, and D, are also available. Due
to space limitations, only 12 characters can be printed.
Note 1: A [CR] may also be used in place of the [ETX] to end the bar code
data field.
Note 2: Only information that is usable in a particular bar code will be printed.
PDF 417
PDF 417 is a two dimensional barcode that will encode the full ASCII character set.
As it encodes the full set including control characters, the length of the following data
must be provided to the printer. The form of the command is as follows:
[ESC]b<9><nL><nH><d1> … <dn>
Where the data length is (nH * 256) + nL. The length is limited to be from 1 to 2048
characters.
To control the formation of the barcode, the X and Y aspect ratios, rows and columns,
and error correction levels can be altered.
Function PDF 417 bar code control
ASCII
[ESC] [EM] E <f> <v>
Hexadecimal
1BH 19H 45H <f> <v>
Decimal
<27> <25> <69><f> <v>
IPCL
None
EPOS
None
Description This command alters the way PDF 417 barcodes are generated and
printed.
Where
f = Feature to control and v = the value of the feature.
f = C, 43H, 67
Set encoding columns.
v = 1-30, 0 sets to auto
f = R, 52H, 82
Set encoding rows. v = 3-90, 0 sets to auto.
f = X, 58H, 88
Set encoding X aspect. v = 2-6, 3 is default.
f = Y, 59H, 89
Set encoding Y aspect. v = 2-32, 9 is default
f = E, 45H, 69
Set error correction level.
If v between 1 and 40 it is interpreted as a percentage of the data.
If v is between 48 and 56 it is set to a specific level of 0 to 8.
If v = 0, it will return it to the default setting of 10%.
Typically the row and columns should be set to 0 so that auto encoding will be used.
The X and Y aspect represent the number of dots horizontally and vertically to form
the smallest image element. Values of 2 for each produce very small elements, and
is probably too small unless good paper is used. The defaults are 3 by 9, which
produce easily readable barcodes.
Error correcting levels are selected using one of two methods. The first is a fixed
level.
Page 138
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
v
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Code Word
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
256
512
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
The second way is to determine correction level based on the amount of data in the
barcode. This is determined by calculating a correction ration based on the formula:
Cf = (v * 0.1 * Len)
Cf
0-3
4-10
11-20
21-45
46-100
101-200
201-400
401 Up
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Code Word
4
8
16
32
64
128
256
512
Function Set bar code height
ASCII
[ESC] [EM] B <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 19H 42H <n>
Decimal
<27> <25> <66> <n>
IPCL
&%BH <m>
EPOS
[GS] h <n>
Description The [ESC] [EM] B <n> command sets the bar code height where <n>*24
is the number dots. The default is n = 4, and results in a barcode that is about 0.47
inches high.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 139
Control Codes
Function Set bar code width
ASCII
[ESC] [EM] W <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 19H 57H <n>
Decimal
<27> <25> <87> <n>
IPCL
&%BW <m>
EPOS
[GS] w <n>
Description The [ESC] [EM] w <n> command sets the minimum bar width. The value
may be between 1 and 8. The default is 3.
Note: A value of 1 may result in barcodes that are unreadable with some
readers.
Function Set bar code justification, human readable interpretation (HRI) character
print mode, and print direction
ASCII
[ESC] [EM] J <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 19H 4AH <n>
Decimal
<27> <25> <74> <n>
IPCL
&%BJ <m1> <m2>
EPOS
none
The power on default is center justified with HRI characters not printed.
Description The [ESC] [EM] J <n> command selects the operation of the bar code
justification, HRI characters, and print direction.
Where n bits
n
IPCL 76543210
------xx
Justified
0
00
------00
Left
1
01
------01
Center
2
02
------10
Right
--xx---HRI characters
0
00
--00---Not printed
16
16
--01---Printed above the bar code
32
32
--10---Printed below the bar code
48
48
--11---Printed above and below the bar code
-x-----Vertical print mode. (Page mode may
work better)
0
00
-0-----Bar code printed in horizontal
direction (default)
64
64
-100---Bar code printed in vertical direction
Note 1: The [ESC] [EM] J <n> command only affects bar code printing.
Note 2: HRI is not available in vertical print mode. You may print normal
barcodes in page mode, which will provide for HRI and significantly longer
barcodes.
Page 140
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Electronic Journal
The Epic 880TM has the capability to store electronic journal8 data in flash memory.
There are two ways entries can be made into the electronic journal. The first is by
selecting the journal station. The second is by requesting that print data be placed
into the electronic journal.
Before the electronic journal can be used, it must be configured and initialized.
Configuring the Electronic Journal
The Epic 880TM has about9 1024K bytes of flash that can be assigned to the electronic
journal or to extended user store. The 1024K is segmented in 64K segments, which
may be assigned to either to electronic journal or extended user store. That is you can
assign 2 segments or 128K to the electronic journal and the remaining segments will
be assigned to extended user store.
When electronic journal is in use, you cannot reconfigure the configuration of the
extended flash memory. If you want to reconfigure the flash, the electronic journal
must be erased. To erase the electronic journal you must know the password that was
assigned when it was initialized. When printers are initially configured by TransAct,
the extended flash is erased and partitioned but not initialized. Before you use the
electronic journal you must initialize it.
CAUTION: You can use the extended user store without
initializing the electronic journal. If any data has been stored in
the extended user store, it will be lost if the extended flash is
repartitioned.
CAUTION: The printer does not stop if the electronic journal
runs out of memory. If the printer were to stop there would be no
way for the host to print and clear the journal. The host system
should monitor the Journal with the [ENQ]<25> command. This
command will return the electronic journal status and report how
much memory is remaining (See page 145). When the free
electronic journal space is less than a predetermined amount,
the journal should be printed or retrieved and then reinitialized.
Electronic Journal Security
Electronic journal security is provided by applying a password to the erase feature of
the electronic journal. Additionally, there is a factory set configuration that disables the
ability for the operator to print the journal through the keypad.
It is possible to assign a blank password to the electronic journal. If this is done either
through the keypad or by host control, the manual print mode will be allowed to erase
and reinitialize the journal.
8
It must be noted that the TransAct® Epic 880TM does not maintain the current time or date.
If a journal entry is to contain the time and/or date, the host system must transfer this as
printable text.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 141
Control Codes
It is up to the end user of the Epic 880TM to implement and use the level of security
that is required.
CAUTION: If you have initialized the electronic journal and don’t
know the password, there is no way to erase the electronic
journal without returning the printer for service. The warranty
does not cover this. All Epic 880TM’s are shipped with the
electronic journal partitioned and erased but not initialized.
Initializing the Electronic Journal
Once the electronic journal is partitioned, it can be initialized. Initializing the electronic
journal sets the password and formats the flash to accept journal entries. Each entry
may be any length up to 8K, and entries greater than 8K are truncated. Entries will be
added to the electronic journal until it is full. If the electronic journal is full, entries will
be lost. The [ENQ]<25> command can be used to query the state of the electronic
journal.
Electronic Journal Configuration and Reporting Commands
Function Initialize and Set Password
ASCII
[ESC][GS]I<Password><0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1DH 49H <Password><0x00>
Decimal
<27> <29><73> <Password><0>
IPCL
&%EI<Password>&
EPOS
Description This command initializes the electronic journal and sets the password
that allows the electronic journal to be erased. The password may be up to 14
characters and may contain any alphanumeric characters.
Note: The electronic journal can not be deleted without this password.
Function Erase the Electronic Journal
ASCII
[ESC][GS]E<Password><0>
Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 45H <Password><0x00>
Decimal
<27> <29><50> <Password><0>
IPCL
&%EC<Password>&
EPOS
Description This command erases all of the electronic journal. The password was set
using the [ESC][GS]I command.
Note: The electronic journal can not be deleted without this password.
Page 142
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Function Print the Electronic Journal
ASCII
[ESC][GS]P< Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1DH 50H < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh>
Decimal
<27> <29><80> < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh>
IPCL
&%EP <S> <L> (L and S are 4 digits ie. 00100020 for 20 records starting
at 10)
EPOS
Description This command prints all or part of the electronic journal. <Sh>*256 + <Sl>
specifies the first record to be printed and <Lh>*256 + <Ll> specifies the number of
records to print. If <Lh>*256 + <Ll> are 0, records from the specified start to the last
record are printed. Setting both start and end to 0 will print the complete contents of
the electronic journal.
Note: The first record is identified as record 1.
Function Report the Electronic Journal
ASCII
[ESC][GS]R< Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1DH 52H < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh>
Decimal
<27> <29><82> < Sl>< Sh>< Ll>< Lh>
IPCL
&%EQ <S> <L> (L and S are 4 digits ie. 00100020 for 20 records starting
at 10)
EPOS
Description This command reports all or part of the electronic journal. <Sh>*256 +
<Sl> specifies the first record to be printed and <Lh>*256 + <Ll> specifies the number
of records to report. If <Lh>*256 + <Ll> are 0, all records from the specified start to the
end are reported. Setting both start and end to 0 will report the complete contents of
the journal.
Note:
The first record is identified as record 1.
The report format will be as follows:
[STX] Record number [SOH] Record Text [ETX]
…
[EOT]
100-88002 Rev B
Page 143
Control Codes
Function Set the Electronic Journal Record Header
ASCII
[ESC][GS]F<String %d><0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1DH 46H
Decimal
<27> <29><70>
IPCL
None
EPOS
Description This command allows the record separator that is printed between
records to be changed. The default format is:
\r\nRecord %d\r\n
Where:
\r represents CR, \n represents LF, %d represents the position of the
record number.
Note:
The %d must be present.
Note:
This follows standard “C” programming conventions. Most
standard “C” formatting print parameters may be used.
Note:
The record header may be totally disabled by a configuration
option.
Function
ASCII
Or
Print/Report an Electronic Journal Log
[ESC][GS]L
Print the report
[ESC][GS]l
Return the report
Hexadecimal
1BH 1DH 4CH or 6CH
Decimal
<27> <29><76> or <108>
IPCL
&%UL
(No IPCL for returning the report)
EPOS
Description This command prints or returns a summary of the electronic journal. The
format is as follows:
Electronic journal is inactive. (The electronic journal is off, or not initialized)
or Electronic journal has xxxx Records and is full.
or Electronic journal has xxxx Records with yyyyyy bytes free.
Page 144
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Function Query the Electronic Journal
ASCII
[ENQ]<25>
Hexadecimal
05H 19H
Decimal
<05> <25>
IPCL
None
EPOS
Description This is a real time status request that returns the current state of the
electronic journal.
Return Format:
[NAK]<25><42><nH><nL>
[NAK] EJ is not active. It is either off, not initialized or full. If nH*256 + nL is not zero,
the EJ is available but not initialized and nH*256 + nLis the available space in K (1024)
bytes.
or [ACK]<25><42><nH><nL>
[ACK] the EJ is active an available and nH*256 + nLis the available space in K (1024)
bytes.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 145
Control Codes
Printing/Reporting and Resetting the Electronic Journal
The electronic journal may be printed on the receipt or reported to the host. The
printed report will print each journal entry with an entry separator defined by the user
(or, if not defined, with a default). The journal can be erased and reinitialized at any
time. It is up to the host application to assure the electronic journal is reported or
printed before it is erased. To provide some level of security on the erase process, the
erase function is password protected. The password is set by the previous initialize
command. See the [ESC][GS]I and E commands for further details.
There are two ways to print the electronic journal: one is under host control, and the
second is by entering journal print mode and using the keypad to control the printout.
Journal Entries and using Journal Print Mode
Journal print mode can be used to initialize, print then erase the electronic journal. To
provide a level of security for the journal, if the electronic journal is initialized under
software control and a password is provided, the electronic journal cannot be erased
in journal print mode. There is also a factory configured mode that completely
disables this feature.
To enter Journal Print Mode:
1. Press and hold the FEED10 Button until the PAPER indicator illuminates
(Approximately 2 seconds)
2. Follow the directions printed on the receipt to select the desired option.
The available options are:
1. Initialize Journal. (If the electronic journal is not initialized)
2. Print Complete Journal.
3. Erase Complete Journal. (If the electronic journal is not password protected)
4. Print Last 20 Records
5. Print First Record.
6. Skip 10 Records.
7. Back 10 Records.
8. Print Remaining Journal.
9. Print Last Record.
When journal print is entered, the printer will print a short list of instructions, the
available options, a summary of the total number of records in the journal, and the
amount of space left.
10
The FEED button is a multifunction button. By pressing and releasing the FEED
button, the printer will feed and cut a short thicket. This is intended to clear the printer
after changing paper. By pressing and holding the FEED button for a longer time, two
additional features may be activated. Pressing and holding the button for about two
seconds will enter journal maintenance mode. Holding the button for about 4 seconds
will enter configuration mode. To aid in selecting the correct mode, the Error LED will
illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicates that FEED is selected. After
about 2 seconds the Error LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate.
This indicates that Journal mode is selected. After about 4 seconds, the Cover LED
will illuminate indicating configuration mode is selected.
Page 146
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Journal Print Mode Options
Initialize Journal
If this option is offered, the journal has never been initialized. Selecting this option will
initialize the journal with no password. Once initialized, the journal configuration
cannot be changed unless the journal is erased by command.
Print Complete Journal.
This option will print the complete journal log from record 1 to the end. The printer will
use the default configuration and emulation to print the log. That is if the printer is
configured for TransAct® PcOS emulation and set to 6 lpi, large draft 16 cpi, the
printer will print the log with these defaults. If a journal entry has been saved with print
mode settings they will take effect for all following entries.
Erase Complete Journal.
If the electronic journal is not password protected, this option will erase the complete
journal and reinitialize it.
Printing part of the journal.
• Print Last 20 Records
• Print First Record.
• Skip 10 Records.
• Back 10 Records.
• Print Remaining Journal.
• Print Last Record.
These commands will allow part of the journal to be printed. For example if the last 10
journal entries are to be printed, select print last record, then back 10 and then print
remaining journal.
Security
The security of the journal is up to the user. If the journal is host controlled, it should
be password protected and if manual printing is not desirable, the printer should be
configured so as to disable manual printing. The TransAct® printer configuration utility
will allow set and clear this feature. When Epic 880TM printers leave the factory, the
electronic journal is erased and is not initialized.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 147
Control Codes
Electronic Journal Entries
There are two ways to place information in the electronic journal. The first is by
selecting journal mode. The second is by requesting that validation or receipt
information is copied into the electronic journal.
If you select journal mode, information sent to the printer is not printed, but stored in
the flash memory. The information is stored as records in a linked list. Whenever a
“journal mode begin” command is received, a new record is started. When journal
mode is exited, the record is finished, closed and the link updated. This journal mode
is intended to be printed at a later time. No printer control codes are allowed in the
journal. Only [CR], [HT] and [LF] commands are allowed. Any other control character
will end the journal record. Use [EOT] or [NUL] to provide the most graceful exit from
journal mode.
The other way to place information in the electronic journal is with carbon copy mode.
In this mode select information sent to the validation or receipt station is carbon
copied into the electronic journal. A record is started with the “Electronic Journal
Begin” command and ended with the “Electronic Journal End” command. There is an
“Electronic Journal Suspend” and “Electronic Journal Resume” which allows some
information not to be saved.
[esc][P<12[esc]I<1>[esc]0[esc]a<1>
[ESC][@<4><0><0><0><34><2>[ESC]c<1>
QUICK MART[CR][LF]
[ESC][@<4><0><0><0><17><1>
1234 Rt1 Anytown,CT[CR][LF]
[esc]c<0>[esc]I<0>
203-123-4567[cr][lf]
[esc][P<15>[esc]a<0>[CR][LF]
[esc]l<3>
Start journal record
---{Date:0} {Time:0:}--[cr][lf]
ST# 2000 OP# 00067 TE# 021 0035[CR][LF]
[esc]l<2>
Suspend the record
KLEENEX FAM D04 QTY 1
1.68 J[CR][LF]
RITZ
D01 QTY 1
2.50 D[CR][LF]
CHIPS
D01 QTY 1
1.50 D[CR][LF]
STORAGE BAG D04 QTY 1
1.50 J[CR][LF]
[esc]<1>
Resume the record
SUB TOTAL
8.68[CR][LF]
SALES TAX
1.50[CR][LF]
------[CR][LF]
TOTAL
10.18[CR][LF]
CASH TEND 20.00[CR][LF]
[ESC]c<1>
CHANGE DUE 9.82[CR][LF]
[ESC]c<0>
[esc]l<0>
End the record
[esc]a<1>[LF][LF][ESC][@<4><0><0><0><34><2>
THANK YOU [CR][LF]
[ESC][@<4><0><0><0><17><1>
FOR SHOPPING WITH US[cr][lf]
[esc]a<0>[esc]d<15>[esc]v
Page 148
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
The resulting journal entry would then only contain:
---{Date:0} {Time:0:}-ST# 2000 OP# 00067 TE# 021 0035
SUB TOTAL
8.68
SALES TAX
1.50
-----TOTAL
10.18
CASH TEND 20.00
CHANGE DUE 9.82
In carbon copy mode any printer control commands in the record data will be added to
the journal record. As the records are printed, those commands will be used to format
the print. Some care should be taken to assure that only format control command that
you intend to be printed later get in the journal.
Note: Information is gathered in packets or 16 bytes. If power is lost before
the record is closed, up to 16 bytes of information may be lost. The link list
will be repaired, with data loss, when power is next applied.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 149
Control Codes
Journal mode
Journal mode is a station select command. All data sent to the printer, following the
journal mode select command, is stored in the EJ as a single record. Any control
commands sent to the electronic journal will end the journal entry. An EOT, NUL or
any printer command will end journal mode. Typically an EOT, CAN or station select
will be used to end the journal mode.
Function Electronic Journal Mode Begin
ASCII
[ESC]{
Hexadecimal
1BH 7BH
Decimal
<27> <123>
IPCL
None
EPOS
Description The function enters journal mode. When in journal mode, commands are
parsed and any command that is not appropriate is removed, causes journal mode to
exit, or is saved.
In general commands to involve printer operation are ignored, Commands that will
cause a basic change in the printer like the [ESC]@ Initialize printer command stop
the journal entry. Commands that return a response from the printer are not placed in
the journal.
All other commands are placed in the journal, and will be processed when the journal
is printed.
The [EOT] (4 or 4H) and CAN (24 or 14H) will cause the journal to stop and will not be
processed again.
In typical operation, a station select command should be used to exit journal mode.
Note that any station select including another Journal select will close the journal
entry. If a Journal select is processed in Journal mode, the current record will be
closed, and a new record opened.
Page 150
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Carbon Copy Journal Mode
Carbon copy mode allows information sent to the receipt or validation station to be
copied into the electronic journal. An electronic journal entry is started with a “Start
Carbon Copy” mode command and continues until a station select command is
received or a “Stop Carbon Copy” command is received. The carbon copy operation
may be suspended and restarted by a “Carbon Copy Suspend” and “Carbon Copy
Resume” command. (Note: “Carbon Copy Suspend” and “Carbon Copy Resume”
commands do not generate new electronic journal records.)
Function Electronic Carbon Copy Begin
ASCII
[ESC]l <3>
Hexadecimal
1BH 6CH<3>
Decimal
<27> <108><3>
IPCL
&%EB
EPOS
Description This command begins a carbon copy journal entry.
Function Electronic Carbon Copy Suspend
ASCII
[ESC]l <2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 6CH<2>
Decimal
<27><108><2>
IPCL
&%ES
EPOS
Description This command temporarily suspends carbon copy journal entry.
Function Electronic Carbon Copy Resume
ASCII
[ESC]l <1>
Hexadecimal
1BH 6CH<1>
Decimal
<27><108><1>
IPCL
&%ER
EPOS
Description This command resumes a temporarily suspended carbon copy journal
entry.
Function Electronic Carbon Copy End
ASCII
[ESC]l <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 6CH<0>
Decimal
<27> <108><0>
IPCL
&%EE
EPOS
Description This command ends a carbon copy journal entry.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 151
Control Codes
Transport Control
The Epic 880TM is available with a transport that allows a printed ticket to be delivered
only after the ticket is cut. To allow configuration and control of this feature several
commands are provided. Note see [ENQ]<29> below for Jam and Transport status.
The Epic 880 has a ticket retract feature. It can be configured to automatically retract
a ticket after a period of time or by command. This is configurable in the configuration
or by command.
Function Set Transport Mode and Maximum ticket Loop
ASCII
[ESC] i <f><v>
Hexadecimal
1BH 69H <f><v>
Decimal
<27> <105> <f><v>
Description This command configured the transport operation and sets the maximum
ticket loop allowed to be captured by the transport. There are three features
configured by this command. This first is if the transport will hold or drop the delivered
ticket. The second is if the Cut command will automatically deliver the ticket through
the transport. The third is how long of a ticket may be stored in the transport before it
is cut.
Where:
f = Feature and v = setting
if f = 1 then v sets the maximum ticket that can be stored in the transport.
where v = 3 to 16 inches.
if f = 2 then v sets the Drop of Hold setting.
where v = 1 for drop and 0 for hold.
if f = 3 then v sets the Cut and transport mode.
where v = 0 the cut command will also transport the ticket. If v = 1 the cut will not
transport the ticket. The ticket must be transported by command.
if f = 4 then v sets the auto retract timeout in seconds. If v = 0 the auto retract is off.
This value remains in affect until changed by this command or the printer is reset. A
printer reset will load the configured timeout.
Function Deliver Ticket
ASCII
[ESC] k
Hexadecimal
1BH 6BH
Decimal
<27> <107>
Description This command will deliver a previously cut ticket. This command
requires that the Cut/Transport mode be set to cut only.
Function Transport Feed
ASCII
[ESC] j <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 6AH <n>
Decimal
<27> <106> <n>
Description This command feeds the transport independently of the print paper feed.
This command may be used to drop a previously held ticket or clear the transport on
error. This feed is based on the current vertical motion unit, which is typically 203
steps per inch.
Page 152
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Function Transport Ticket Retract
ASCII
[ESC] m
Hexadecimal
1BH 6DH
Decimal
<27> <109>
Description This command retracts the ticket being presented in the transport.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 153
Control Codes
Miscellaneous Control
[ESC] X
Set left/right print margins
ASCII
[ESC] X <n1> <n2>
Hexadecimal
1BH 58H <n1> <n2>
Decimal
<27> <88> <n1> <n2>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] Q
Description The [ESC] X <n1> <n2> command sets left and right print margins in
characters from the home position. Where n1 = left margin and n2 = right margin, the
absolute position depends on the current print pitch. If the left and right margins are
set to the right of the current horizontal position, the new margins become valid in the
same line. If the left margin is set to the left of the current horizontal position and the
right margin set to the right of the current horizontal position, the right margin setting
becomes valid in the same line, but the left margin setting becomes valid in the next
line. When the left and right margins are set to the left of the current horizontal
position, both left and right margin settings appear to become valid in the next line
because an auto-CR is performed by the subsequent data.
[CAN]
Clear print buffer
ASCII
[CAN]
Hexadecimal
18H
Decimal
<24>
IPCL
&%RP
EPOS
[CAN]
Description The [CAN] command clears the print buffer and any unprinted information
in the printer received before it. If the input buffer is not being processed because the
printer is out of paper or a form is not inserted, the [CAN] command will not be
processed until after the error is cleared. The [CAN] command does not restore
default conditions; it only clears the print buffer.
Page 154
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] q
Query marker
ASCII
[ESC] q <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 71H <n>
Decimal
<27> <113> <n>
IPCL
none
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] q <n> command returns a status to the host when it is
processed.
Response [SOH] <n>
The [ESC] q <n> command may be placed in the print data and, when processed by
the printer, will return a progress status marker. The value of <n> can be any 8-bit
value. It is returned to the host unaltered. The intent is for it to be a sequence
number. The command can be used to track the print progress of the printer or verify
that data has been printed.
Note: The [ESC] q <n> command is a line terminator that causes the printer
to print all previous data. If a normal line terminator like a [CR] is not
supplied, right justify and auto-center do not function correctly. All data is left
justified. [ESC] q does not perform a [CR] or [LF] function.
[ESC] v
Perform Auto Cut
ASCII
[ESC] v
Hexadecimal
1BH 76H <n>
Decimal
<27><118>
IPCL
&%FC &%PC
EPOS
[ESC] i or [ESC] m
Description The [ESC] v command operated the auto cutter.
Note: The auto cutter is optional.
command will be ignored.
[ESC] @
If the auto cutter is not installed, this
Initialize the printer
ASCII
[ESC] @
Hexadecimal
1BH 40H
Decimal
<27> <64>
Description The [ESC] @ command initializes the printer. All settings, including
character font and line spacing, are canceled.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 155
Control Codes
[ESC] p 4 Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing
ASCII
[ESC] p 4 <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 70H 34H <n>
Decimal
<27> <112> <52> <n>
Range
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
Description The [ESC] p 4 <n> command selects which sensors tell the printer to stop
printing. For the default setting, only the Paper Out sensor stops printing. When the
paper roll near-end sensor is enabled and the sensor detects a near-end condition
during printing, the printer completes the current line and then automatically goes offline. Replacing a new paper roll restarts the printing. When the paper roll near-end
sensor is disabled and a paper near-end condition is detected during printing, the
paper out LED comes on, but the printer continues to print.
Note: The Epic 880TM printer does not allow the Paper Out sensor to be
disabled. It is always on.
<n> is defined as follows:
Bit
0,1
7
On/Off
Off
On
-
Hexadecimal
00H
01H,02H,03H
00H
Decimal
Function
<0>
Paper roll near-end sensor disabled
<1>,<2>,<3> Paper roll near-end sensor enabled
<0>
Undefined
Table 7 Paper Sensor Commands
[ESC] p 3 Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals
ASCII
[ESC] p 3 <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 70H 33H <n>
Decimal
<27> <112> <51> <n>
Range
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
Description The [ESC] p 3 <n> command selects the paper sensor that outputs a
paper-end signal to the parallel interface when a paper-end is detected. The default
setting is when all sensors are enabled. (<n> = 15). It is possible to select multiple
sensors to output signals. If any of the sensors detect a paper end, the paper end
signal is output. The command is only available with a parallel interface. The paperend sensor is an option. If the sensor is not equipped, the settings of bits 0 and 1 of
the command are not effective.
Page 156
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Bit
0
1
2
3
4-7
On/Off
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
-
[ESC] ~z
Hexadecimal
00H
01H
00H
02H
00H
04H
00H
08H
-
Decimal
Function
<0>
Paper roll near-end sensor disabled
<1>
Paper roll near-end sensor enabled
<0>
Paper roll near-end sensor disabled
<2>
Paper roll near-end sensor enabled
<0>
Paper roll end sensor disabled
<4>
Paper roll end sensor enabled
<0>
Paper roll end sensor disabled
<8>
Paper roll end sensor enabled
Undefined
Table 8 Paper Sensor Commands
User Control of Bezel
ASCII
[ESC] ~ z <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 7EH 7AH <n>
Decimal
<27> <126> <122> <n>
IPCL
%&BF
EPOS
none
Description The [ESC] ~z <n> command sets a flash code into the bezel lamp control
logic. This code will override any current flash code and will be overridden by any
internally generated flash code.
Flash codes <n>:
Return Bezel Light to normal state.
Flash 1 time and pause
Flash 2 times and pause
…
8 Flash 8 times and pause
9 Fast steady blink
10 Slow steady blink
11 Active state
Note: The bezel logic may be set to default on or off for the inactive state. If set to be
on by default, the flash will blink off.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 157
Control Codes
[ESC] y
Set control feature commands
ASCII
[ESC] y <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 79H <n>
Decimal
<27> <121> <n>
IPCL
&%Y0-9 or &%YX <m1> <m2> <m3> (for numbers > 9)
EPOS
[ESC] y <n>
Where n 0-1
Not valid
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
TM
Reinitializes the printer and forces Epic 880 mode
Reinitializes the printer and forces extended EPOS mode
Disables IPCL commands
Enables IPCL commands
Disables inquire processing (All command preprocessing is disabled.)
Enables inquire processing
Enables extended diagnostics
Print Current Configuration
Not used
Reserved
Reserved
Not used
Reserved
Print Current totals
Reserved
Requests the printer to enter remote OFF.
Requests the printer to exit remote OFF.
Reserved
Description The [ESC] y <n> command enables and disables command set features.
It is possible that the IPCL commands will interfere with print data. If this occurs, the
IPCL can be disabled with an [ESC] y <4> command.
Note 1: Once IPCL commands are disabled, the Enable IPLC command will
not be a valid IPCL code.
Note 2: [ESC] y <0>, <1>, <2>, and <3> allow the printer to switch between
emulation modes. When the switch takes place, the current print buffer is
printed, and the printer reinitializes. These commands do not permanently
change the configuration. A power on reset restores the mode that was
configured in menu mode. A reset by command or from the INIT pin does not
restore the mode.
Note 3: [ESC] y <6> and <7> enable and disable the inquire process. These
commands are not processed as they are received, but are buffered then
processed. The buffering process allows inquire commands sent after a
disable to be answered. In addition, inquires sent after an enable may not be
answered. (See additional notes 3 and 4 on the next page).
Note 4: In EPOS mode, the [ESC] y command is active.
Page 158
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ESC] ~
Extended Configuration and Control
ASCII
[ESC] ~ <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 7EH <n>
Decimal
<27> <126> <n>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] ~ <n>
Description The [ESC] ~ <n> commands are extended diagnostics commands. They
must all be preceded with an enabling command. These commands (in general) are
not intended to be used by the end user.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 159
Control Codes
Remote Power Control
The Epic 880TM Printer has a remote power control command that instructs it to enter
OFF mode. When the command is issued, the printer performs print cartridge
maintenance and enters OFF mode. Unlike manually turning the power off, remote
power mode leaves the communications active. All commands except the exit power
down command are ignored.
[ESC] y
Remote Power Control
ASCII
[ESC] y <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 79H <n>
Decimal
<27> <121> <n>
IPCL
&%YX17 or &%YX18
EPOS
[ESC] y <n>
Where n 17 Requests the printer to enter remote OFF.
18 Requests the printer to exit remote OFF
Description Inquiry (ENQ) commands are accepted and answered in remote power
down mode. The printer reactivates if a power up command is received or the power
is cycled.
Note 1: If power is lost after the power down command is issued, the printer
will reenter normal operation when the power is restored.
Note 2: This command is not available in all configurations mode.
Page 160
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Documented Extended Control commands
The Epic 880TM has a number of Extended Control commands designed to make
operation and maintenance of the printer easier for the host application. For further
details, refer to the TransAct® Extended Control discussion in Chapter 8.
[ESC] ~V
Return Firmware Checksum
ASCII
[ESC] ~ Z
Hexadecimal
1BH 7EH 5AH
Decimal
<27> <126> <90>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] ~ Z
Description The [ESC] ~ Z command is an extended diagnostics command that
returns the Firmware checksum. It does not need to be proceeded with an enabling
command. The return is 4 bytes formatted as follows:
~Z<CKH><CKL>
[ESC] ~F
Return Firmware Identification
ASCII
[ESC] ~ F
Hexadecimal
1BH 7EH 46H
Decimal
<27> <126> <69>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] ~ F
Description The [ESC] ~ F command is an extended diagnostics command that
returns the Firmware Identification string. It does not need to be proceeded with an
enabling command. The return is 14 byte null terminated string containing a 2 byte
command ID and a 12 byte firmware ID and revision number. The format is as
follows:
~FPE8800-1.06<0>
100-88002 Rev B
Page 161
Control Codes
Printer Status
Status Inquire
The Epic 880TM Printer is designed for use as part of an automated system where the
host computer makes every attempt to correct problems with the printer. In addition,
the host application requires that it be able to obtain more information from the printer
than is typical of normal computer printers. For example, since a normal computer
printer does not have cash drawers, such additional features require that the standard
printer protocol be extended to deal with the added features of a point-of-sale (POS)
printer.
All inquire commands are processed as they are received (preprocessed or real time)
and require a response from the printer. Consequently, parallel, IEEE 1284
bidirectional communications, USB or bidirectional serial operation is required.
The Epic 880TM Printer looks at and evaluates all commands as they are received,
and does not respond to inquire commands that happen to be embedded in graphics
or other commands. For more details, refer to the buffer and preprocessor
descriptions in later sections.
In all cases, inquire commands are responded to by an acknowledged (ACK) or a not
acknowledged (NAK) and then the command ID, which allows the host application to
make multiple requests and receive identifiable responses. If the printer is configured
for serial or USB operation the status is automatically returned to the host. If the
printer is configured for parallel, IEEE 1284 operation, the HOST must initiate a
reverse channel request to return the status.
Serial and USB Mode Inquire
All inquire (ENQ) commands require a response from the printer. During serial
operation, all inquire commands are responded to by an acknowledged (ACK) or not
acknowledged (NAK), the command ID, and in some cases status. Most status
responses sequences contain a length field to help decode and separate responses.
In general the printer should be configured for “Buffer Full Only” off-line operation if
inquire commands are used. This prevents the printer from using flow control for
anything but buffer full. The programmer must take on the responsibility for assuring
that inquire commands are used to maintain status of the printer.
The printer always accepts serial data even when it is off-line. The printer has reserve
buffer space that allows additional information to be received even if the printer is
signaling buffer full or off-line. Because inquire commands are processed before they
go into the buffer, the printer responds even when it is busy printing.
In serial mode, the response to an inquiry should be received by the host before
another inquire command is issued to the printer. When the printer receives an
inquiry, it generates a response. If inquiries are sent to the printer too quickly, the
printer spends all of its time responding and does not have time to print.
Page 162
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
IEEE 1284 Mode Inquire
In parallel IEEE 1284 mode, status information can be returned to the host through
the IEEE 1284 reverse channel. After the host makes an inquire request, it activates
IEEE 1284 mode 0 reverse channel and waits for a response from the printer. The
response to the inquire is identical to serial mode in format.
The printer always accepts IEEE 1284 reverse-channel requests but does not accept
inquire commands when off-line. It is possible to obtain status when off-line by placing
the printer in dynamic response mode before the printer goes off-line. The IEEE 1284
reverse channel responds to status changes even when the printer is off-line.
In general, the printer should be configured for “Buffer Full Only” off-line operation if
inquire commands are used. This prevents the printer from using flow control for
anything but buffer full. The programmer must take on the responsibility for assuring
that inquire commands are used to maintain status of the printer.
Inquire Commands
[ENQ]
Inquire printer status
ASCII
[ENQ] <n>
Hexadecimal
05H <n>
Decimal
<5> <n>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[GS] r or [DLE] [ENQ] or [DLE] [EOT]
Description The [ENQ] <n> command inquires about the printer’s status and returns a
result.
Note: When the printer is off-line, inquires may not be accepted.
[ENQ] <3> Inquire paper low status
ASCII
[ENQ] <3>
Hexadecimal
05H 03H
Decimal
<5> <3>
Function Receipt paper low
Response ACK <3> (06H 03H) paper is present.
NAK <3> (15H 03H) paper is low.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 163
Control Codes
[ENQ] <4> Inquire receipt paper out status
ASCII
[ENQ] <4>
Hexadecimal
05H 04H
Decimal
<5> <4>
Function Receipt paper exhausted
Response ACK <4> (06H 04H) Receipt paper is present
NAK <4> (15H 04H) Receipt paper is exhausted
[ENQ] <8> Inquire cover open status
ASCII
[ENQ] <8>
Hexadecimal
05H 08H
Decimal
<5> <8>
Function Cover open/closed status
Response ACK <8> (06H 08H) The cover is closed
NAK <8> (15H 08H) The cover is open
[ENQ] <9> Is the buffer empty?
ASCII
[ENQ] <9>
Hexadecimal
05H 09H
Decimal
<5> <9>
Function The [ENQ] <9> command allows the host to know when the print buffer is
empty. If IEEE 1284 is active, the command also clears the response buffer.
Response ACK <9> (06H 09H) The buffer is empty.
NAK <9> (15H 09H) The buffer is not empty.
[ENQ] <10>
ASCII
[ENQ] <10>
Hexadecimal
05H 0AH
Decimal
<5> <10>
Function Reset printer
Response Serial
ACK <10> (06H 0AH)
The command was accepted.
NAK <10> (15H 0AH)
The command was rejected.
Request printer reset
Parallel
No response
Description The ENQ <10>, EPOS DLE ENQ <n> commands and the INIT pin all
have the same effect and are referred to as reset commands. To prevent data loss,
the printer tries to finish printing the buffered data. When operator intervention with
the printer is required for any reason, data loss results. The reset operation is saved
until the printer goes idle.
If the printer is idle and a reset command is received or pending, the printer resets,
and the buffer clears. If the host resets an operator intervention operation, any
remaining buffered data is cleared.
Page 164
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
When the printer receives a reset command, the printer goes off-line and/or busy until
the reset completes.
If the host application continues to send information to the printer after a reset
command, some of that information may be processed before the reset is processed.
After the reset the transport is cleared. If it cannot be cleared a jam status may be
issued.
Note: If reset inhibit is set in the configuration menu, this command is ignored.
[ENQ] <11>
Inquire power cycle status
ASCII
[ENQ] <11>
Hexadecimal
05H 0BH
Decimal
<5> <11>
Function Has the printer been power cycled since the last request?
Response ACK <11> (06H 0BH)
Printer has been power cycled since the last [ENQ] <11>
NAK <5> (15H 0BH)
Printer has not power cycled since the last [ENQ] <11>
Description The first time after a reset, the command returns [ACK] <11>, after that
the command returns [NAK] <11>. The command allows the application to determine
if the printer has been power cycled and needs to be reinitialized. The [ENQ] <10>
command and the INIT signal on the parallel port both cause the printer to return
power up status.
[ENQ] <14>
Inquire Mechanical error status
ASCII
[ENQ] <14>
Hexadecimal
05H 0EH
Decimal
<5> <14>
Function Error status
Response ACK <14> (06H 0EH) No mechanical errors
NAK <15> (15H 0FH) Mechanical error has occurred
(Use [ENQ]<22> to identify the error)
Note: For this status request to function, the "Buffer Full Only" off-line option
should be selected.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 165
Control Codes
[ENQ] <15>
Inquire printer state
ASCII
[ENQ] <15>
Hexadecimal
05H 0FH
Decimal
<5> <15>
Function The [ENQ] <15> command returns the current printer state
Note:
[ENQ] <17> also returns the current printer state, but it should not be used
as it conflicts with XON/XOFF flow control.
Response [ACK] <15> <n> <r1> <r2>…
Where:
<15>
<n>
<r1>:
<r2>:
is the echo of the command ID.
is the number of return bytes + 40 (28H)
(to prevent confusion with XON/XOFF).
bit 0 = 1 always
bit 1 = Cover is closed.
bit 2 = Receipt paper is out.
bit 3 = 0
bit 4 = 1
Printer is waiting in an error mode.
Use [ENQ]<22> to identify the specific error
and [ENQ]<10> to recover
bit 5 = 0
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
bit 0 - 5 = 0 always
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
Note: For this status request to function, the "Buffer Full Only" off-line option should
be selected.
[ENQ] <20>
Inquire all printer status
ASCII
[ENQ] <20>
Hexadecimal
05H 14H
Decimal
<5> <20>
Function The [ENQ] <20> command returns all status flags
Response [ACK] <20> <n> <r1> <r2>…
Where:
<20>
<n>
<r1>:
Page 166
is the echo of command ID.
is the number of return bytes + 40
(28H) (to prevent confusion with XON/XOFF).
bit 0 = 0
bit 1 = 0
bit 2 = Receipt paper is out.
bit 3 = Ticket in transport
bit 4 = Receipt paper error occurred. (low or out)
bit 5 = 0
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
<r2>:
bit 0 = 1 always
bit 1 = Cover is closed.
bit 2 = Buffer is empty.
bit 3 = Printer has been power cycled,
Reading this does not affect the state of the
power-cycled flag. (Use [ENQ] <11> to reset
the power cycled bit.)
bit 4 = Printer is waiting in an error mode.
Use [ENQ]<22> to identify the specific error
and [ENQ]<10> to recover
bit 5 = USB Watch Dog recovery has occurred.
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
<r3>:
bit 0 = 0 always
bit 1 = 1 always
bit 2 = Jam detected
bit 3 = 0 always
bit 4 = 0 always
bit 5 = Printer is blocking print
(Cover is open or out of paper.)
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
<r4>:
bit 0 = 1 Printer supports single station print.
bit 1 = 0.
bit 2 = Printer supports multiple colors
bit 3 = Printer supports cutter
(Partial cut command is supported as full cut)
bit 4 = Printer supports cutter.
bit 5 = 0
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
<r5>:
0
<r6>:
0
<r7>:
0
100-88002 Rev B
Page 167
Control Codes
[ENQ] <21>
Inquire printer ID
ASCII
[ENQ] <21>
Hexadecimal
05H 15H
Decimal
<5> <21>
Function The [ENQ] <21> command returns the printer IEEE 1284 ID string.
Response [ACK] <21> <n> {ID string}
Where:
<21>
is the echo of the command ID and <n> is the number of return bytes in
the ID string {ID string} is the IEEE ID return string, which follows:
MFG:TransAct.;
CMD:M880CL,IPCL;
CLS:PRINTER;
MDL:M880 PcOS;
DES:EPIC 880TM;
REV:PE8800-01.00
OPTS:$63xy
Where x is a bit field defined as follows:
bit 0 = 1 Red support
bit 1 = 1 Green support
bit 2 = 1 Blue support
bit 3 = Always 0
bit 4 = Always 1
bit 5 = Always 1
bit 6 = Always 0
bit 7 = Always 0
The y is a bit field defined as follows:
bit 0 = 0
bit 1 = Knife is installed.
bit 2 = 0
bit 3 = Always 0
bit 4 = Always 1
bit 5 = Always 1
bit 6 = Always 0
bit 7 = Always 0
Page 168
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ENQ] <22>
Inquire error status
ASCII
[ENQ] <22>
Hexadecimal
05H 16H
Decimal
<5> <22>
Function The [ENQ] <22> command reports on the error status.
Response [ACK] <22> <n> <r>
Where:
<22>
is the echo of the command ID.
<n>
is the number of return bytes + 40 (28H)
(to prevent confusion with XON/XOFF).
<r1>:
Bit status as follows:
bit 0 = Cover is open.
bit 1 = Paper is Low
bit 2 = Paper is out.
bit 3 = 0
bit 4 = Jam Detected.
bit 5 = The Auto-Cutter has faulted.
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = An serious error has occurred.
Note 1: If bit 7 is set, a serious error has occurred. The printer is not able to
recover from this type of error without operator intervention. If bit 7 is set
without bit 5 (Auto-cutter fault) then the print carriage has faulted, which is
probably caused by a paper jam or a component failure. The host system
may issue an [ENQ]<10> (Reset Request command) to attempt to recover.
The Reset Request will reset the printer to an initial power up state. All data
will be lost.
Note 2: When a serious error occurs (bit 7 set) the printer enters a static
state. Status responses will reflect the state of the printer when the error
occurred.
Note 3: For this status request to function during a serious error, the "Buffer
Full Only" off line option should be selected.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 169
Control Codes
[ENQ] <23>
Inquire user-store status
ASCII
[ENQ] <23>
Hexadecimal
05H 17H
Decimal
<5> <23>
Function The [ENQ] <23> command reports on the user-store status.
Response [ACK] <23> <Report> <0>
Where:
<23>
is the echo of command ID. The report is a null terminated string with the
following format:
12345[CR][LF]
12345 Type Name…[CR][LF]
12345 Type Name…[CR][LF]
(Free user store)
(First entry) etc.
(Last entry) <0>
Type
The type field describes the type of information.
M = macro
C = character definition
[ENQ] <24>
Inquire color status
ASCII
[ENQ] <24>
Hexadecimal
05H 18H
Decimal
<5> <24>
Function The [ENQ] <24> command reports Color Cartridge status.
Response [ACK] <24> <Length+40><n1><n2><n3>
Where
<24>
<n1>
<n2>
<n3>
Page 170
Is the echo of command
Secondary Color 0 = Not supported, 1 = Red, 2 = Green,
4 = Blue
Primary Color 16 = Black
Color Status
bit 0 = Not defined
bit 1 = Not defined
bit 2 = Secondary Color Not Supported
bit 3 = 0 always
bit 4 = 0 always
bit 5 = 0 always
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
[ENQ] <29>
Inquire Jam/Transport Status
ASCII
[ENQ] <29>
Hexadecimal
05H 1DH
Decimal
<5> <29>
Function The [ENQ] <29> command reports Jam and Transport status.
Response [ACK] <29> <41><n>
Where
<29>
<n>
Is the echo of command
Status
bit 0 = Paper Jammed before the cut
bit 1 = Paper Jammed after the cut.
bit 2 = 0 always
bit 3 = Ticket in transport
bit 4 = Jam Sensor
bit 5 = 1 always
bit 6 = 0 always
bit 7 = 0 always
[ENQ] <30>
Inquire Sensor Status
ASCII
[ENQ] <30>
Hexadecimal
05H 1EH
Decimal
<5> <30>
Function The [ENQ] <30> command reports sensor status.
Response [ACK] <30> <41><n>
Where
<30>
<n>
Is the echo of command
Status
bit 0 = Cover
bit 1 = Paper Out.
bit 2 = Top Of Form
bit 3 = Transport
bit 4 = Jam Sensor
bit 5 = 1 always
bit 6 = Feed
bit 7 = 0 always
100-88002 Rev B
Page 171
Control Codes
[ENQ] <31>
Inquire Power Up Error Status
ASCII
[ENQ] <31>
Hexadecimal
05H 1FH
Decimal
<5> <31>
Function The [ENQ] <31> command reports Power up Error status.
Response [ACK] <31> <41><n>
Where
<31>
<n>
Is the echo of command
Status
bit 0 = No Font file found
bit 1 = Required files not found
bit 2 = File system has faulted
bit 3 = No POR.INI File (Default file has been generated)
bit 4 = Codepage requested was not found
bit 5 = Primary FAT was damaged, the alternate was used.
bit 6 = 1 always
bit 7 = 0 always
[ENQ] <32>
Inquire statistics
ASCII
[ENQ] <32>
Hexadecimal
05H 20H
Decimal
<5> <32>
Function The [ENQ] <32> command returns the internal statistics table.
Response [ACK] <32> <168> …128 bytes.
Where
<32>
Is the echo of command
<168>
Length + 40
Statistic table
32 entries each being 4 bytes in big-endian order.
unsigned int Black_Dots;
unsigned int Not used;
unsigned int Not used;
unsigned int Cover_Opens;
unsigned int Paper Outs;
unsigned int Line Feeds;
unsigned int Characters Printed;
unsigned int Not used;
unsigned int Not used;
unsigned int Standby Cycles;
unsigned int Power Up Resets;
unsigned int Watchdog Resets;
unsigned int Flash Erases;
unsigned int Not used;
unsigned int Auto Cutter_Cycles;
unsigned int Init Requests;
Page 172
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
unsigned int Error Vectors;
unsigned int Auto Cutter Faults;
unsigned int Power On Time;
unsigned int System Active Time;
unsigned int Head Over Temps;
unsigned int Cutter Re-Home;
unsigned int Jam Detect L1;
unsigned int Jam Detect L2;
unsigned int Missed Top of form;
unsigned int Configuration Faults;
unsigned int Not used;
unsigned int Flash File Fault;
unsigned int Jam Detect L3;
unsigned int Retracts;
unsigned int USB Watch Dog;
unsigned int RAM Faults;
[ENQ] <33>
Inquire Firmware ID and Rev.
ASCII
[ENQ] <33>
Hexadecimal
05H 21H
Decimal
<5> <33>
Function The [ENQ] <33> command returns the Firmware ID and revision.
Response [ACK] <33> <51> PE8805-X.XX.
Where
<33>
Is the echo of command
<51>
Length + 40
Firmware ID
PE8805
Separator - (0x2D or 45D)
Rev
X.XX (Current Revision in ASCII)
[ENQ] <34>
Inquire Firmware CRC.
ASCII
[ENQ] <34>
Hexadecimal
05H 22H
Decimal
<5> <34>
Function The [ENQ] <34> command returns the Firmware ID and revision.
Response [ACK] <34> <42> <MSB> <LSB>
Where
<34>
<42>
<MSB>
<LSB>
Is the echo of command
Length + 40
Most significant 8 bits of the 16 bit CRC
Least significant 8 bits of the 16 bit CRC
100-88002 Rev B
Page 173
Control Codes
[ENQ] <35>
Inquire USB Watch Dog Resets.
ASCII
[ENQ] <35>
Hexadecimal
05H 23H
Decimal
<5> <35>
Function The [ENQ] <35> command returns the number of USB Watch dog resets
and then resets the count to zero.
Response [ACK] <35> <41> <n>
Where
<35>
<41>
<n>
Page 174
Is the echo of command
Length + 40
The number of USB Watchdogs since the last inquire.
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
100-88002 Rev B
Page 175
Control Codes
[ESC] [EM]P<n>
Activate Periodic Status Back
ASCII
[ESC] [EM] P<n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 19H 50H <n>
Decimal
<27> <25> <80><n>
IPCL
None
EPOS
None
Description This command activates the periodic status back feature. It will
automatically return an [ENQ]<20> status (See page 166) on a periodic bases. The
value of n is the period in 100 MS intervals. This command is saved through power
cycles. Once set it need not be set again, however you can set it the same value
repeatedly as it is only saved if it is changed. In general it should not be changed on
a regular bases.
Where
n = Interval in 100 MS increments. IE 20 = 2 Seconds. Setting the value
to 0 disables the feature.
Note: Periodic status back can also be activated with the [ESC][EM]p command,
however it is not save during a power cycle.
[ESC] [EM]p<n>
Activate Periodic Status Back
ASCII
[ESC] [EM] p<n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 19H 70H <n>
Decimal
<27> <25> <112><n>
IPCL
None
EPOS
None
Description This command temporarily disables and enables the periodic status back
feature if previously activated with the [ESC][EM]P command.
Where
n = 0 disables PSB and n = (non zero) Enables PSB at the interval
defined by the [ESC][EM]P command.
If not previously activated with the [ESC][EM]P command, this command will activate
it but not save the value through a power cycle.
Where
n = Interval in 100 MS increments. IE 20 = 2 Seconds. Setting the value
to 0 disables the feature.
Page 176
100-88002 Rev B
Control Codes
Double Level Loader
It is desirable in some applications to allow the host application to enter boot load
mode and update the firmware. Normally this is prevented by design, and it is not
possible for the normal operating mode of the printer to enter the factory boot mode.
A Watch Dog timer will reset the printer if abnormal conditions are detected; this timer
protects the normal operating mode from being corrupted by an unexpected event.
The factory boot loader does not support the Watch Dog timer. If for any reason, the
normal operating mode enters the factory boot loader, the printer will reset in about
500 mS.
To allow the application to update the operating firmware, an optional second loader
is provided.
Entering Field Boot Load Mode.
To enter field Boot Load mode, the following command should be used:
Function Enter Field Boot load mode
ASCII
[ESC] ~[SO]% or [ESC] ~[SO]# or [ESC] ~[SO]$
Hexadecimal
1BH 7EH 0EH 25H
Decimal
<27> <126> <14> <37>
Description This command waits for 200 Ms for the printer to be idle, turns off all
active drivers and enters Field Boot load mode. No communications should be
attempted for 2 seconds after this command is processed.
When In Field boot load mode, the firmware image file provided by Transact should
be sent to the printer. The communications will be the same as normal operating
node.
The [ESC] ~[SO]# and [ESC] ~[SO]$ commands also enter boot load only the way the
USB enumerates may be altered. [ESC] ~[SO]# forces the boot load USB
enumeration to use a different PID (Product Identification). This allows a different
Windows driver to be evoked. [ESC] ~[SO]$ forces the boot load to use the same PID
as normal operation. This will force Windows to envoke the same driver that is used
for normal operation. The [ESC] ~[SO]% will use the current configuration.
Note: [ESC] ~[SO]# and [ESC] ~[SO]$ alter the configuration.
There are several commands available in field boot load mode that may be used by
the host application to query the printer.
Function Returns the boot loader ID
ASCII
[STX]B
Hexadecimal
02H 42H
Decimal
<2> <66>
Description Returns the Field Boot loader ID, e.g. PB4390-1.00[CR][LF]
100-88002 Rev B
Page 177
Control Codes
Function Returns Flash Type ID
ASCII
[STX]E
Hexadecimal
02H 45H
Decimal
<2> <69>
Description Returns the Flash Type ID. IE. SGS 29F400B[CR][LF]
Function Check and return the operating firmware ID
ASCII
[STX]K
Hexadecimal
02H 4BH
Decimal
<2> <75>
Description Checks the CRC and if valid returns the operating firmware ID. IE.
PE8800-2.00[CR][LF]
If the Firmware is not present or the CRC is incorrect, “None[CR][LF]” will be returned
Function Checks and starts the operating firmware
ASCII
[STX]X
Hexadecimal
02H58H
Decimal
<2> <88>
Description Checks the CRC of the operating firmware and starts normal operation if
correct. This command does not return any information.
There are numerous other commands involved in performing the actual firmware
update, whose details are beyond the scope of this document. To perform a flash
update, simply send the file provided to you by Transact unaltered and the firmware
will be updated.
To allow easy access to the field loader, the power button may be used to switch
between the factory loader and the field loader and from the field loader and normal
operation. When this procedure is used with a serial adapter, the Baud rate will
default to 19200 and the Protocol will be both XON/XOFF and Ready/Busy.
Note 1: Do not attempt any other commands in field loader mode.
experience unexpected and undesirable results.
You may
Note 2: If for any reason, the field loader is corrupt, the factory boot loader must be
used to replace it.
Page 178
100-88002 Rev B
Chapter 9
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
100-88002 Rev B
Page 179
This page intentionally left blank
Page 180
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Printing Graphics
The Epic 880TM Printer has bit-image graphic capability and a full PC-compatible
character graphic set. The bit image format is similar to that used on other personal
computer printers.
Character Graphics
Character graphics is the term for joining individual characters together to produce a
mosaic of characters that form a graphic image. The simplest method uses an * (or
any other character) to form an image. For example, TransAct®‘s printer brand of
“Ithaca” might be formed as follows.
***
*
*
*
***
***
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*****
*
*
*
*
**
* *
****
* *
* *
*
*
*
***
***
*
*
**
* *
****
* *
* *
Figure 31 Example of Character Graphics
The extended character set of the printer supports line graphic characters that can be
combined to form windows and other shapes. For the shapes to join from line to line,
the spacing must be set properly.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 181
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
APA Graphics
The printer is capable of all-points-addressable (APA) or horizontal graphics. This
type of graphics is very popular in impact printers. To provide compatibility with
legacy applications,
The Epic 880TM supports several APA graphics modes.
Generating a graphic image by hand is time consuming and tedious. It is
recommended that a graphic package be used to create a graphic image. The
following procedure will help with the setup.
Procedure for APA graphics:
1. Generate the graphic image in the program of your choice. APA graphics only
support monochrome images.
2. Make sure the paper size chosen fits the printer (3 inches wide with 0.25-inch
margins). If the paper size cannot be set, print a portion of the page.
3. Print the graphic to a file using a generic, IBM, graphic, 9-pin driver. The standard
IBM resolutions are 240 x 216 dpi, 120 x 72 dpi, and 60 x 72 dpi. The Epic 880TM
Printer supports all three resolutions by converting the input image to 203 x 203
dpi..
4. Print the graphic image to a file.
5. Edit the resulting file to remove any unwanted form control, and insert the Epic
880TM form control.
6. Make the resulting file available to your application, so it can be sent to the printer
when required.
Page 182
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Epic 880TM Universal Color Graphics
The Epic 880TM Printer firmware supports the ability to print color graphics in all
emulations.
The intent of Universal Color Graphic support is to allow the Epic 880TM graphics
capability to be used in existing applications that do not support color graphics as well
as all new applications.
For new applications, the programmer may code the graphics generator into there
printer driver. TransAct Technologies provides a Windows active X that will generate
the graphics for you. In addition the source to the graphics generator is available
upon request11.
There are several ways to add color graphics to an existing application. The easiest
for you will depend on how much control you have over your application. At a
minimum, you should be able to change the name printed on the top of a receipt.
With the PJColor12 program you can store a named graphic into the printer and print it
by changing the text name to match the stored graphic. For example, if your receipt
has a name like "Joe's Market", you can save a graphic in the printer named "Joe's"
and then change the "Joe's Market" to "&%URJoe's&" When the Epic 880TM finds
"&%URJoe's&", it is replaced with the stored graphic.
Some applications allow a graphic file to be sent to the printer. In this case PJColor
can generate the graphic file and then your application can send it to the printer.
Note: PJColor was originally designed to support color inkjet printing. It has been
enhanced and may be used to generate color graphics for the Epic 880TM.
PJColor also has a feature that will allow you to generate a file that will define the
graphic to be stored into the printer. You can then use this file to setup any number of
printers with the same graphic.
If you are using a windows print driver (other than the TransAct® Epic 880TM driver) to
support your printer, you will not be able to send color graphics to the printer through
the print driver. The print driver will not support universal graphics. You can however,
store the graphic in the printer and use IPCL commands to print the stored graphic.
(You must select a printer resident font for this to work.)
The following is a short summary description of these features.
11
You may be required to sign a nondisclosure agreement with TransAct Technologies to
obtain source code.
12
The PJColor program has been enhanced to provide several ways to create Logos and
Coupons and make them available to the Epic 880TM printer.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 183
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Print File Graphics
PJColor can generate a print file that may be sent to the printer in any emulation and
print graphics.
To generate a print file.
1) Start PJColor
2) Under Settings, select the Epic 880TM printer. Then select the emulation that
machines the printer.
3) Select the resolution you would like to have the printer use to print the graphics.
Low resolutions are faster, high resolutions produce better graphics.
4) Load the graphics image you wish to print.
5) Select the communications port and configuration.
6) Set the secondary color to NONE.
7) Adjust the image to produce the effect you would like. The lower graphic window
displays an approximation of the printed image.
8) When you are satisfied with the graphic, press the "Print to a File" button. PJColor
will ask what file you would like to receive the print data.
9) This file can be sent to the printer and the graphic will be printed.
Store Graphics in the printer:
PJColor can store a graphic in the Epic 880TM printer or generate a file that will store a
graphic in the printer.
To Store a graphic in the printer
1) Start PJColor
2) Under Settings, Select the Epic 880TM printer. Then select the emulation that you
will be setting the printer to.
3) Select the resolution you would like to have the printer use to print the graphics.
Low resolutions are faster, high resolutions produce better graphics.
4) Select the communications port and protocol that is to be used to communicate to
the printer.
5) Load the graphics image you wish to print.
6) Adjust the image to produce the effect you would like. The lower graphic window
displays an approximation of the printed image.
7) When you are satisfied with the graphic, press the "Store in Printer" button.
PJColor will attempt to interrogate the printer and will display the graphics
currently in the printer if any. (Note: If PJColor cannot communicate with the
printer, only the "Save to File" option will be allowed.)
8) Make sure there is enough room in the printer for the graphic.
9) Insert a name in the "Macro Name" box. Keep it simple, this name will be used
later to print the graphic.
10) Record the graphic in the printer.
Page 184
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Print a stored graphic.
In the data stream to the printer enter "&%URName&" and the graphic will print in
place of the "&%URName&" data. The "Name" must be identical to the name entered
earlier.
Generate a file to store color graphics into a printer
To generate a file that will store a color graphic into a printer, follow the same
procedure to store a graphic in a printer up through step 8. Then:
1) Insert a name in the "Macro Name" box. This name should be kept simple, as it
will be used later to print the graphic
2) Press the "Save to File" button. This will allow you to select a file where the
stored universal graphic information is saved.
3) This file contains an "erase any previous graphic with the same name" command,
"a save new graphic with this name" command and the graphics information.
4) This file can then be sent to the printer and the graphic will be saved in the printer.
Note that if the target printer does not have enough room for the graphic
information to be stored, the graphic will not be stored.
How universal color graphics is done
The printer extends all the emulations to support two additional escape sequences
and adds limited IPCL support.
IPCL (TransAct Printer Control Language) is an ASCII method of sending printer
commands to the printer. In TransAct PcOS emulation, IPCL command support is
extensive. In other emulations, IPCL support is limited to the following commands.
&%CR
&%LF
&%UAxxx
&%CLx
&%UBName&
&%UGName&
&%URName&
&%UDName&
&%USName&
&%UFALL&
&%UQ&
&%UTx
Insert a [CR]
Insert a [LF]
Feed xxx paper steps and cycle auto-cutter
Select Color where x = 0 for Black or 1,2,3 for Color
Begin defining universal graphic "Name"
End the definition of "Name"
Run (print) universal graphic "Name"
Remove universal graphic "Name" from nonvolatile
memory
Flag universal graphic "Name" to be run when the
printer is turned on
Erase all stored universal graphics. (Erases all
User Store)
Prints a directory of the universal graphics currently
stored in the printer
Changes the Name termination character from "&"
to "x". "x" may range from 21H to 255H
100-88002 Rev B
Page 185
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Note: The & used to flag the end of the Name string is not valid in PcOS
TransAct emulation mode. You should use <0> or define the terminator with
the &%UTx command.
The extended escape sequences are [ESC][US]… and [ESC][FS]…
The [ESC][US] commands are the same as the PcOS emulation. The [ESC][FS]
commands are not intended to be used by the customer. They provide the universal
graphics support, since graphics would be very difficult to generate and are not
supported by any graphics drives other than PJColor .
How to use IPCL commands in text strings
If your software allows you to pass text strings to the printer, you should be able to
use the universal graphics commands. Most POS software allows user customization
of the text message printed at the beginning and the end of the receipt.
To use the Universal IPCL commands simply place them in a text string like the
following example; note that your results may vary depending on the operation
system, software and the ability to pass ASCII Characters.
Load and store named graphic image
• First you must create the graphic image using the PJColor Color Image Converter
and save the image to a file. See the section “Generate a file to store graphics into
a printer” above.
•
•
•
Send the following text strings to the printer using whatever means is available to
you.
&%UBLogo& Begin defining macro "Logo"
&%UGLogo& End the Definition of "Logo"
&%UMLogo& Save Macro "Logo" to nonvolatile memory
A graphic image named “Logo” should now be stored in the nonvolatile memory.
To verify the image is present, use the “&%UQ&” IPCL command or the PJColor
Color Image Converter to print the name and size of the stored images.
Recall and print stored named graphic image
• Send the following text string to the printer using whatever means is available to
you.
&%URLogo& Run Macro "Logo" (Print the macro)
Cautions
Universal graphics information is stored in the same place as user defined characters
and user defined macros. If you are using an emulation such as ESC/POS that
supports macros and/or user defined characters, universal graphics will compete for
space with these functions. In addition, the "&%UFALL&" (Erase universal graphics)
will also erase any user defined graphics and macros.
If you are using the TransAct PcOS emulation, these commands are identical with the
User Store commands except for the terminator character. You may change the NUL
terminator to "&" with "&%UT&" if you find the "&" easier.
Page 186
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Universal Graphics Command Descriptions
&%UB <Name..>& Begin named universal graphic record
IPCL
&%UB <Name..>&
Description The &%UB <Name..>& command initializes the universal graphic buffer
structure, and redirects the following data to the universal graphic buffer. It uses the
<Name..> field as a reference. If the name already exists in the flash user store, the
command is ignored. The command must be followed by the "End name universal
graphic record" command with the same name. If the data that follows is larger than
the universal graphic buffer (about 16K), the universal graphic definition is terminated
without saving any data.
&%UG <Name..>& End named universal graphic record
IPCL
&%UG <Name..>&
Description The &%UG <Name..>& command ends the universal graphic record
operation and saves the universal graphic to flash. It uses the <Name..> field to verify
the command end and must match the "Begin named universal graphic record"
command. If the name already exists in the flash user store or the universal graphic
memory is exceeded, the command is invalid, and the <Name..> field prints.
&%UR <Name..>& Run universal graphic data from user store
IPCL
&%UR <Name..>&
Description The &%UR <Name..>& command loads the referenced universal graphic
into the universal graphic buffer. The universal graphic buffer is then inserted into the
data stream. If the named item does not exist or is not a universal graphic, the Epic
880TM ignores the command.
&%US <Name.. >& Flag item as a start-up universal graphic
IPCL
&%US <Name.. >&
Description The &%US <Name.. >& command flags the referenced item to `be
processed at startup. Only one user character definition and one universal graphic
may be flagged to run at startup.
&%UD <Name..>& Delete item from user store
IPCL
&%UD <Name..>&
Description The &%UD <Name..>&command removes an item from user store and
frees up space. If the item does not exist, the Epic 880TM ignores the command.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 187
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
&%UFALL&
Flush information from user store
IPCL
&%UFALL&
Description The &%UFALL& command clears all entries in user store and frees the
data space. It must have the name, “ALL” (in uppercase) attached.
&%UQ&
Report on user store
IPCL
&%UQ&
Description The &%UQ& command prints a status report. The intention of the
command is to aid in universal graphic development.
&%UT<n> Redefine User Store Termination Character
IPCL
&%UT<n>
Description This command allows the terminator used to signal the end of the name
field in User Store commands to be modified. The value of <n> is used for the
terminator. The value of n may be from 0 to 255.
Example If &%UT% were sent to the printer the User Store command to run
universal graphic "Demo" would be &%URDemo%.
&%CL
Set Print Color
IPCL
&%CL <n>
Description This command allows various colors to be selected on printer emulations
that do not support color text.
Print in Black
Where n: 0
1, 2, 3
Print in Red, Blue, or Green
&%UA
Cycle Auto-Cutter
IPCL
&%UA <m1> <m2> <m3>
Description This command feeds m/96 inches of paper and cycles the auto cutter.
Where m: m = m1 * 100 + m2 *10 + m3
Page 188
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Bitmapped File Graphic Support
It is possible to load a bitmap file into the printer and print it directly by command. The
standard bitmap two color and 16 color bitmap file formats are supported.
To use this feature, load a bitmap file into the printer using the file support commands
or the Windows® interface tool. These files can then be printed with the Print Bitmap
File command. It is also possible to print a bitmap file passed from the host as data.
Function Print Bitmap File command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [FS] P<scale> <Filename><0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1CH 50H
Decimal
<27> <28> <80>
Scale
0 = one to one, 1 = 2x high, 2 = 2x Wide, 3 = 2x High and 2x Wide
FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension,
null terminated.
Description The [ESC] [FS] P command will print at the current dot column a
previously saved bitmap file image. If the file does not exist, this command will have
no effect.
Note: If the Scale is an uppercase ‘B’ this command will directly process a
bitmap file. See the Print Bitmap Data command below.
Function Print Bitmap Data command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [FS] P <Bitmap file data>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1CH 50H
Decimal
<27> <28> <80>
Description The [ESC] [FS] P command will print the bitmap file data that follows.
Note that the first character in a bitmap file is an uppercase B. This differentiates this
command from the Print Bitmap File command described above.
Note: This command always prints the bitmap data at a scale of one to one.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 189
Epic 880TM Color Graphics
Epic 880TM Coupon-Cut-Logo Feature
The Epic 880TM printer has a feature that will allow a coupon and or logo graphic to be
printed as part of the existing auto cutter command.
To activate this feature, it must first be configured. Configuration consists of
specifying in what order the Coupon-Cut-Logo is processed and optionally, how much
paper is to be feed after the new cut operation.
Once configured, the Coupon and/or logo must be defined and loaded into the printer.
The “Universal Graphics” feature should be used to define and load the graphic. The
Coupon is named “Coupon”, and the Logo is named “Logo”. They may be saved in
any resolution and of any size. They also need not be all graphics.
The existing application cut command will be replaced by the Coupon-Cut-Logo
operation. Configuration options are as follows:
Cut Command Logo:
Cut-Logo
Coupon-Cut
Logo-Cut
Cut-Coupon
Coupon-Cut-Logo
Logo-Cut-Coupon
Cut-Logo-Coupon
Cut-Coupon-Logo
Logo-Coupon-Cut
Coupon-Logo-Cut
Disabled
Perform Feed to cut, then cut, and then print the Logo.
Print the Coupon, Feed to Cut, and Cut.
Print the Logo, Feed to Cut, and Cut.
Perform Feed to cut, then cut, and then print the Coupon.
Print the Coupon, Feed to cut, Cut, ad then print the Logo.
Print the Logo, Feed to cut, Cut, ad then print the Coupon.
Perform the Feed to cut, Print the Logo and then the Coupon.
Perform the Feed to cut, Print the Coupon and then the Logo.
Print the Logo, then the Coupon, feed to cut and Cut.
Print the Coupon, then the Logo, feed to cut and Cut.
Perform the Normal cut.
Cut Command Logo Feed: 0 to 80 mm.
Page 190
100-88002 Rev B
Chapter 10
Unicode and Fonts
100-88002 Rev B
Page 191
This page intentionally left blank
Page 192
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
Fonts
Your TransAct® Epic 880TM printer uses outline and/or stroke based scalable fonts.
These fonts provide you wish additional font options as well as improved character
appearance, while functioning transparently within legacy applications.
Such fonts represent a substantial improvement to the so-called bitmap fonts that are
traditionally used for thermal printers, which are based on a pixel by pixel definition of
characters. With a fixed size and fixed character spacing, these bitmap fonts were
limited to specific magnification factors from 2-8X, and required scaling and
smoothing at larger font sizes. Moreover, such scaling and smoothing operations
were often unsuitable for complex fonts such as Asian characters, where changes to
pixel layout actually risk changing character meanings.
To take full advantage of scalable fonts, the Epic 880TM supports additional
commands and features, including:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Character size selection by points
Character pitch selection by points
Variable character spacing if desired
Custom fonts
Unicode support for international language support
Enhanced code page support for ASCII based applications.
Character Generation
The font technology in the Epic 880TM printer uses standard outline fonts (sometimes
referred to as TrueType fonts) or stroke fonts. Both technologies are scalable,
however each has unique advantages.
Outline characters
Outline characters use points along the edge of the character to describe the
character. The character generator defines the edge and then fills in the
enclosed space to define the character.
This type of character generation produces very well formed characters and
produces the best looking characters. However, it requires more storage than
stroke fonts, and is best for non-Asian fonts.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 193
Unicode and Fonts
Stroke-based characters
With stroke based characters, the points stored are along the center line. Less
than half the points are needed to render stroke based characters. This
improves character-generation performance and uses less space.
This type of character generation is fast and efficient, and is ideally suited for
Asian fonts.
Character Size
The character generation engine used in the Epic 880TM internally uses a standard
point based system to specify the character size. One point is 1/72 of an inch.
Therefore a 72 point character would form a character suitable to generate one line
per inch printing. The typical application might refer to a 12 point character. This is
the character height and not the width. The character width typically varies on
character by character bases; for example, the lower case “i” is much narrower than
the upper case “W”.
Font selection commands for selecting character sizes in legacy applications are also
supported. For printers such as the Epic 880TM, two or three character sizes are
generally predefined with a dot matrix size of 10x24 or 13x24 dots, and this fixed size
may then be double or tripled to provide larger characters when needed. To supply
legacy support, the Epic 880TM will automatically select the appropriate character size
to support the legacy font and character scaling commands.
In the Epic 880TM, the horizontal and vertical point size may be set independently.
Typically this type of printer would print a tall, narrow, mono-spaced character. Tall
narrow mono-spaced character provides a very readable print with easy column
alignment while using less paper than standard type fonts. This type of font is
sometimes referred to as a condensed font.
Selecting Character Size
The Epic 880TM provides two ways to specify character size. The legacy or classic
font selection method is based on dot matrix size. The second method is based on
the standard type points system. The advantage of the type point system is that the
print produced by the printer will match what is displayed by the host system, as both
use the same system for describing the characters produced.
Legacy or Classic Method
With the classic method, the application selects a character size and then sets the
character spacing by adding or removing dot spaces between the characters. Using
the scaled font, the Epic 880TM provides 3 basic predefined character sizes. The
smallest is a 10x24 dot-like13 font and is typically printed in pitches from 16 to 20
characters per inch (CPI). The next larger font is 13 x 24 dot-like, and is typically
printed in pitches from 14 to 16 CPI. The largest font is 14 x 24 dot-like font and is
typically printed at pitches from 10 to 14 CPI.
13
Characters are dot-like because they are not guaranteed to be exactly at an exact dot
equivalent. They are spaced in a fixed character cell that provides equivalent spacing and
alignment as a fixed character size, however the actual character size is defined by the font
designer.
Page 194
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
The Epic 880TM always prints at 203 dots per inch (dpi) and always uses the scalable
font to form characters. The resulting characters are not necessarily exactly the dot
size indicated, but are always spaced in a fixed dot cell provided that the legacy
commands are used. Adding or subtracting space between characters achieves
different character pitches with a fixed character cell size. As each dot has a fixed size
and position, only specific pitches are possible. The following table defines the fonts
and pitches possible with each.
Character Cell (H x W)
10x24 Font
13x24 Font
15x24 Font
(W x H)
(W x H)
(W x H)
Horizontal Width
10 Dots
13 Dots
15 Dots
0.0493 inches
0.0640 inches
0.0739 inches
Vertical Height
24 Dots
24 Dots
24 Dots
0.118 Inches
0.118 Inches
0.118 Inches
Character spacing in Characters per Inch (CPI)
Pitch at native cell size
20.30
15.62
13.5
5 dot Removed
40.60
25.38
20.30
4 dot Removed
33.83
22.56
18.45
3 dot Removed
29.00
20.30
16.92
2 dot Removed
25.38
18.45
15.62
1 dot Removed
22.56
16.92
14.50
0 dot added
20.30
15.62
13.53
1 dot added
18.45
14.50
12.69
2 dots added
16.92
13.53
11.94
3 dots added
15.62
12.69
11.28
4 dots added
14.50
11.94
10.68
5 dots added
13.53
11.28
10.15
6 dots added
12.69
10.68
9.67
NOTE: Combinations shown in shaded areas are not recommended.
Table 9. Possible Character Pitches
Character spacing may also be selected by requesting a print pitch based on
characters pre inch. Once again, the results are not exact in this case. The following
table lists the resulting spacing based on a given CPI request.
Requested
CPI
Character Width
Resulting CPI
Requested CPI
0
variable
variable
16
12
16.92
1
203
1.00
17
12
18.45
2
101
2.01
18
11
18.45
3
67
3.03
19
10
20.30
4
50
4.06
20
10
20.30
5
40
5.08
21
9
22.56
6
33
6.15
22
9
22.56
7
29
7.00
23
8
25.38
8
25
8.12
24
8
25.38
Character Width Resulting CPI
9
22
9.23
25
8
25.38
10
20
10.15
26
7
29.00
11
18
11.28
27
7
29.00
12
16
12.69
28
7
29.00
13
15
13.53
29
7
29.00
100-88002 Rev B
Page 195
Unicode and Fonts
14
14
14.50
30
6
33.83
15
13
15.62
NOTE: Combinations shown in shaded areas are not recommended.
Table 10 Requested CPI and Resulting CPI
If the requested spacing is zero, the character spacing will be defined by the character
definition, and will result in variable spacing.
Line spacing
The legacy commands select line spacing as lines per inch. With scalable characters,
the lines per inch is a minimum spacing. If a character is larger then the spacing
between lines, the line spacing will be increased to allow enough room for the
characters on that line.
Selecting character size by points.
In addition to the legacy or classic method of character size selection, the Epic 880TM
allows selection by point size. Point sizes from 4 to 72 points may be selected for
both the horizontal and vertical axes. If a horizontal point size of zero (0) is selected
for the horizontal spacing the characters are printed using variable spacing based on
the character definition, using the vertical point size for the horizontal point size.
To provide fine control over character size, two commands are available, one of which
specifies the size in points, and the other of which specifies the size in ¼-point
increments.
If the font is a stroke font, the boldness of the characters is controlled through
variations in individual stroke width.
Internal Fonts
The Epic 880TM is provided by default with a standard WGL4 outline-based font, and
optionally with an additional GB18030 stroke-based font. Additional user defined
outline or stroke fonts may be used as required.
The default font provided with the Epic 880TM is called UTAH MT Condensed from
Monotype. This is a condensed variable-pitch font that produces reasonable fixedpitch results. In some cases, extra wide characters in this font may produce
undesirable fixed-pitch results. If this is unacceptable, the TransAct Sub font may be
loaded, containing slightly narrower characters in key locations. As another
alternative, the printer may be ordered with a fixed-pitch font, which will not allow
variable-pitch printing.
Custom Fonts
The Epic 880TM supports TrueType fonts. There are several companies that will
provide custom character sets. The Epic 880TM uses fonts provided by Monotype.
You can contract Monotype through their website www.fonts.com, or by phone in U.S.
& Canada (toll-free 1-800-424-8973, directly at 1-781-970-6020), or the United
Kingdom (Free Phone 0800 371242, direct +44 (0)1737 765959.)
Page 196
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
Stacked or Linked fonts
The Epic 880TM also uses a font stacking technology where fonts are linked together.
This means that as each character is looked up, the first font in the stack containing
the character is then printed. For example, if a customer would like to replace several
standard characters with custom characters, a user defined font can be provided that
would, if first in the link, replace the characters n the standard font.
It may also be desirable to stack fonts to provide a precedent for how individual
characters are looked up. For example:
•
•
•
An application may wish to alter the appearance of several characters for security.
It might be necessary to define a group of special symbols for a specific
application.
It might be necessary to supplement a font with special characters like OCR
characters.
To provide this flexibility, the Epic 880TM has the ability to link up to 8 fonts together.
When this is done, the first font in the link is searched first. If the character is not
defined, the next font in the link is searched. This process is continued until the
character is found or the last font is searched.
There are two ways to define a linked font. This first is to define a default linked font
in the POR.INI file. If it link font is defined in the POR.INI file, it will be selected as the
default power on font. Selecting font 0 will select the linked font provided that a link
font is defined.
It is also possible to dynamically define a linked font. This requires that the fonts to be
linked be aliased to a font id in the POR.INI file. Defining a linked font does not
necessarily activate it. If the linked font was not already active, it must be selected by
selecting font 0.
Font Storage
The Epic 880TM supports a Flash file system used to store fonts, custom graphic and
custom macros. A file system interface is provided for this system, where the host
application may download files. In addition, TransAct Technologies provides a file
loading tool that runs on Windows® based systems.
To allow flexible and easy support for all kinds of fonts, fonts are stored in the Epic
880TM printer as a standard font file. These files are typically not visible to the user,
however; TransAct Technologies provides a support tool that will allow the user to
load their own font directly from Windows and change the way fonts are printed. It is
also possible for the host application to load fonts into the printer.
The printer can contain up to 99 unique and selectable fonts. Any font may be
selected at any time. In addition up to 8 fonts may be linked or stacked together.
Some standard character size and character pitch commands are supported as
legacy commands. The appearance of the print using those commands has been
optimized using the TransAct WGL4 font. If you elect to use your own font, or the
GB18030 font, you may wish to use the scalable font control commands to select the
character size and spacing rather than the legacy commands.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 197
Unicode and Fonts
TransAct Technologies provides a basic WGL4 font with the printer. This may be
supplemented or replaced with a GB18030 Chinese font upon request. The printer
will accept TrueType and compressed stroke fonts as defined by Monotype. If
required, the customer may supplement the TransAct supplied fonts with their own
custom fonts.
WARNING: If you elect to load fonts into the printer you
must have proper rights to that font. Do not download a
font to the printer if you do not have the right to use the
font as a downloaded printer font.
Page 198
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
Bitmap Fonts
It is possible to use bitmap fonts with the ITherm 280 Printer. Bitmap fonts are fixed
pitch and are not scalable. They will only function as legacy fonts. The printer is
optionally supplied with 4 legacy bitmap fonts. They are in a 10x24, 12x24 draft font
format and a 16x24 near letter quality format. They are defined as follows:
BMFont0 = chr10x24.bft 10 x 24 draft font with typical spacing of 16 characters per inch
BMFont1 = chr12x24.bft 12 x 24 draft font with typical spacing of 14 characters per inch
BMFont2 = chr16x24.bft 16 x 24 NLQ font with typical spacing of 12 characters per inch
BMFont4 = ocr16x24.bft 16 x 24 OCR font with typical spacing of 12 characters per inch
It is possible to define a custom bitmap font. Transact supports a bitmap font
compiler that will convert a bitmap font picture file into a compressed bitmap file that
may be loaded into the printer as a bitmap (.bft) font file.
The input to the program is a text file in a predefined format consisting of a font
description and then character definitions consisting of the character ID and then the
character definition. The format is as follows: (Note lines preceded with # characters
are comments.
# 11 by 24 font with a base line at 22
# F=X is not used in Thermal Products
W=11 H=24 B=22 F=0
; N=0000 U=0000
NULL
01 ...........
02 ...........
03 ...........
04 ...........
05 ...........
06 ...........
07 ...........
08 ...........
09 ...........
10 ...........
11 ...........
12 ...........
13 ...........
14 ...........
15 ...........
16 ...........
17 ...........
18 ...........
19 ...........
20 ...........
21 ...........
22 ...........
23 ...........
24 ...........
; N=0001 U=0020
SPACE
01 ...........
100-88002 Rev B
Page 199
Unicode and Fonts
02 ...........
03 ...........
04 ...........
05 ...........
06 ...........
07 ...........
08 ...........
09 ...........
10 ...........
11 ...........
12 ...........
13 ...........
14 ...........
15 ...........
16 ...........
17 ...........
18 ...........
19 ...........
20 ...........
21 ...........
22 ...........
23 ...........
24 ...........
; N=0002 U=0021
01 ...........
02 ...........
03 ...00......
04 ...00......
05 ...00......
06 ...00......
07 ...00......
08 ...00......
09 ...00......
10 ...00......
11 ...00......
12 ...00......
13 ...00......
14 ...00......
15 ...00......
16 ...00......
17 ...........
18 ...........
19 ...........
20 ..0000.....
21 ..0000.....
22 ..0000.....
23 ...........
24 ...........
; N=0003 U=0022
01 ...........
02 ...........
03 .00..00....
Page 200
EXCLAMINATION MARK
QUOTATION MARK
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
04 .00..00....
05 .00..00....
06 .00..00....
07 .00..00....
08 ...........
09 ...........
10 ...........
11 ...........
12 ...........
13 ...........
14 ...........
15 ...........
16 ...........
17 ...........
18 ...........
19 ...........
20 ...........
21 ...........
22 ...........
23 ...........
24 ...........
; N=0004 U=0023
01 ...........
02 ...........
03 ...........
04 .....00....
05 ..00.00....
06 ..00.00....
07 ..00.00....
08 ..00.0000..
09 ..0000000..
10 0000000....
11 0000.00....
12 ..00.00....
13 ..00.00....
14 ..00.0000..
15 ..0000000..
16 0000000....
17 0000.00....
18 ..00.00....
19 ..00.00....
20 ..00.00....
21 ..00.......
22 ...........
23 ...........
24 ...........
NUMBER SIGN
The characters must be in sequential order and must be assigned Unicode character
codes. N=0001 is a sequence number in hex and is not used in controlling character
generation or order. U=0021 is the Unicode address in hex and the characters must
be in ascending Unicode address order.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 201
Unicode and Fonts
Unicode
As computer systems started to address more and more international environments,
the classic ASCII standard with code pages became unworkable. Several competing
systems were developed. however it was clear that a standard needed to be
developed. In 1991 Version 1.0 of the Unicode standard was developed, to
standardize how and where characters are to be addressed in an expanded
addressing scheme. In 2000 Version 3.0 of the Unicode standard was published and
generally accepted. The Epic 880TM follows this standard for character placement
and encoding14.
Note: If a custom font is used that is not in Unicode order, the order of the
font will be used as if it were in Unicode order. Any subsequent character
mappings will assume to be in Unicode order and may not produce the
desired effects.
Unicode Encoding
The Epic 880TM Printer supports Unicode character addressing using Unicode
Transform Format or UTF as defined in the Version 3.0 Unicode Specification. There
are several forms of UTF encoding.
UTF-16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255. UTF-16
essentially sends two 8-bit bytes that form a 16-bit address to access the desired
character. Basic UTF-16 does not define the byte order. If you wish to use UTF-16
and allow the printer to determine the byte order, you must send the byte order mark
(0xFEFF) before you send any characters.
To prevent loss of byte order
synchronization, you should periodically send the byte order mark to resynchronize
the printer with your application. If UTF-16 is selected, all data sent to the printer
must be 16 bits. All commands and command parameters are also 16 bit, however
only values between 0 and 255 are valid. Note that 24 bit encoding is not supported.
UTF-16BE uses the big-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends
the high byte first and then the low byte. It is not required to send the byte order mark
(0xFEFF) for the correct byte order to be initialized. However, to prevent loss of byte
order synchronization, you should periodically send the byte order mark to
resynchronize the printer with your application. If UTF-16BE is selected, all data sent
to the printer must be 16 bits. All commands and command parameters are also 16
bit, however only values between 0 and 255 are valid.
UTF-16LE uses the little-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends
the low byte first and then the high byte. It is not required to send the byte order mark
(0xFEFF) for the correct byte order to be initialized. However, to prevent loss of byte
order synchronization, you should periodically send the byte order mark to
resynchronize the printer with your application. If UTF-16LE is selected all data sent
to the printer must be 16 bits. All commands and command parameters are also 16
bit, however only values between 0 and 255 are valid.
14
The Version 3.0 Unicode standard defines a 24 bit addressing method that is not supported
by the Epic 880TM. The Epic 880TM is limited to a 16-bit address value. Values greater than
65535 will be truncated to 16 bits.
Page 202
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
UTF-8 uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence (MBCS) to identify the desired
Unicode character. This encoding method is less straightforward but preserves some
of the 8-bit character of ASCII encoding.. This method uses unique bit sequences at
the MSBs of a byte to determine its location and meaning within the MBCS encoding.
See the table below for more information. If UTF-8 is selected all data sent to the
printer must be encoded. All command parameters over 127 must be encoded in
UTF-8.
UTF-8TXT uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence (MBCS) to identify the desired
Unicode character. This encoding method is identical to UTF-8 except command
parameters over 127 are not UTF-8 encoded. They must be sent unmodified as 8-bit
values.
Note: Extended UTF encoding past 65534 is not supported in UTF-16 or
UTF-8. Only Unicode addresses from 0 to 65534 are supported by the Epic
880TM Printer.
Scalar Value
000000000xxxxxxx
00000yyyyyxxxxxx
Zzzzyyyyyyxxxxxx
1st Byte
0xxxxxxx
110yyyyy
1110zzzz
2nd Byte
3rd Byte
10xxxxxx
10yyyyyy
10xxxxxx
NOTE: 4 byte encoding is not supported.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 203
Unicode and Fonts
File system and the POR.INI file
The Epic 880TM Printer supports a file system to support TransAct Technologies fonts
and allow the user to load and link custom fonts.
The POSFile tool provides a Windows interface to the printer and will allow fonts and
configuration files to be loaded into the printer. This tool can read and write the
POR.INI file, however the TransAct supplied fonts can not be read or deleted from the
printer.
TrueType15 and Compressed Stroke Fonts16 are supported by the Epic 880TM Printer.
User-defined TrueType fonts many be defined and loaded into the printer, however,
once in the printer they can not be extracted. (This protects the copyrights on the
font.)
The POR.INI file is used to control how fonts are named, identified and linked, as well
as allowing how the font to be printed is controlled.
The following is an example of the POR.INI file:
; Default System Configuration.
[encoding]
mode = UTF8TXT
;NOTE: A code page is only used in ASCII mode.
;To specify a code page, use one of the following forms:
CodePage = 437
;CPFile = CP8959-1.cpm
;To remap Unicode characters, define a UniRemap.cpm file.
UniMapfile = UniRemap.cpm
[font]
;Optionally specify the Cache Partitions
;Fontcache = 1024,512,256
;True Type font hinting may be disabled by setting Nohint to 1
;Nohint = 0
;Specify Linked fonts starting with LinkFont1.
;LinkFont1 will be searched first.
;You may specify up to 8 linked fonts.
;if Link Fonts are defined, they will be used as the default.
LinkFont1 = TactMOD.ttf
LinkFont2 = TactWGL_M.ttf
LinkFont3 = TactGB18030.ccc
;Up to 99 fonts may be defined
Font1 = TactMOD.ttf
Font2 = TactWGL_M.ttf
Font3 = TactGB18030.ccc
;The brush size effects only stroke fonts.
Brush = 100
[legacy]
15
Some but not all features of Open Type fonts are supported. Open Type fonts are not
recommended.
16
Compressed Stroke fonts are supplied by MonoType Inc.
Page 204
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
;EmulationMode = Font,Horizontal,Vertical,Width.
; Where:
; If Font = 0 Use Linkfont else 1-4 above.
; If Font is 100 or greater use BMFont (Font - 100). BMFonts only used Width.
; Horizontal and Vertical are in 8th points, Width in Dots.
Custom1s = 0,56,72,10
Custom1l = 0,64,72,14
Custom2s = 0,64,72,14
Custom2l = 0,64,72,18
Epson1 = 0,56,72,10
Epson2 = 0,64,72,14
PcOS1 = 0,56,72,10
PcOS2 = 0,64,72,14
PcOS3 = 0,80,80,18
PcOS4 = 0,80,80,20
[bmfont]
;There may be up to 8 bitmap fonts.
;Bitmap fonts are fixed sizes and have no options
BMFont0 = chr10x24.bft
BMFont1 = chr13x24.bft
BMFont2 = chr15x24.bft
BMFont3 = chs15x24.bft
Font1 through Font99 may be defined, and the font number is the alias used by the
set font command, e.g. Font23 is selected by doing a select font 23 command. Font 0
is reserved for selecting the linked font.
The printer may contain one default linked font. A linked font is a method of allowing
the user to replace characters in a standard font with custom characters, described in
more detail in an earlier section. The POR.INI file is one way of defining a linked font.
In the above POR.INI file link the link font consists of User, TactWGL, and the
TactGB18030 fonts. When a character is to be printed, the user font will be searched
followed by TactWGL and then the TactGB18030 font. The first font containing the
character will define the character.
Note: If a link font is defined in the POR.INI file, it will be selected as the
default font. If no link font is defined, Font1 will be used at power-up. If the
POR.INI file does not contain a linked font, and the Font1 selection is
defective, the TactWGL font will be used. If no fonts are found, the printer
will only print graphics.
Bitmap fonts are not recommended and should only be used if an exact
bitmap is required. Bitmap fonts are not scalable like true type fonts; only the
normal 2X, 3X etc. scaling is available. TransAct Technologies can, upon
request and signing a non-disclosure agreement (NDA), provide tools to
allow customers to develop their own bitmap fonts. These fonts must be in
Unicode order but only need support the specific characters needed in the
font.
Note: When loaded and made available the legacy select font commands
should select the bitmap font by adding 100 to the font ID. For example to
use BMFont0, select font 100 in the Legacy font definition. (Note: Only the
font ID is used from the legacy font definition if a bitmap font is selected.)
100-88002 Rev B
Page 205
Unicode and Fonts
Function Select Font
All
ASCII
[ESC] + 3 <ID>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 31H
Decimal
<27> <43> <51>
Description The [ESC] + 3 command selects the font for printing. This command is
used to select a previously loaded font based on its alias.
Note: Selecting font 0 will select the linked font. If the selected font does not
exist, the previous font will remain in effect.
Function Define a Stacked or Linked Font
All
ASCII
[ESC] + S <ID1> <ID2> <ID2> … <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 53H
Decimal
<27> <43> <83>
Description The [ESC] + S command defines but does not select a stacked or linked
font set. This command will define a linked list of previously loaded and aliased fonts
into a linked font stack. The font ID is the same ID as in the select font command. Up
to 8 fonts may be linked. The last entry must be 0. If the font does not exist, it will not
be made part of the link.
Note: You must select font 0 to activate the linked font.
Function Select Font by name
All
ASCII
[ESC] + N <FileName> <0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 31H
Decimal
<27> <43> <51>
Description The [ESC] + N command selects the font for printing by file name. This
command is used to select a previously loaded font by its file name. If the selected
font does not exist, the previous font will remain in effect.
Note: This command may be undesirable because it embeds in the
application a file name that you may wish to change in the future. By using
the Alias ID the font name may change, but the application will remain
constant.
Page 206
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
Function Initiate Unicode UTF-16BE Encoding
All
ASCII
[ESC] + H
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 48H
Decimal
<27> <43> <72>
Description The [ESC] + H command will put the printer into UTF-16BE character
encoding mode of operation. If you wish to access characters above 255, you must
select a Unicode encoding such as UTF-16BE.
You must select a downloaded font, as described in this section, before issuing this
command.
UTF-16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255, sending two
8-bit bytes that form a 16-bit address to access the desired character.
UTF-16BE uses the big-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends
the high byte first and then the low byte.
Note: Once selected, all information sent to the printer must then use this
encoding, even for non-print commands.
Function Initiate Unicode UTF-16LE Encoding
All
ASCII
[ESC] + L
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 4CH
Decimal
<27> <43> <76>
Description The [ESC] + L command will put the printer into UTF-16LE character
encoding mode of operation. If you wish to access characters above 255, You must
select a Unicode encoding such as UTF-16LE.
You must select a downloaded font, as described in this section, before issuing this
command.
UTF-16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255, sending two
8-bit bytes that form a 16-bit address to access the desired character.
UTF-16LE uses the little-endian method of sending the two bytes. This method sends
the low byte first and then the high byte.
Note: Once selected, all information sent to the printer must then use this
encoding, even for non-print commands.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 207
Unicode and Fonts
Function Initiate Unicode UTF-8 Encoding (MBCS)
All
ASCII
[ESC] + M
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 4DH
Decimal
<27> <43> <77>
Description The [ESC] + M command will put the printer into UTF-8 character
encoding mode of operation. If you wish to access characters above 255, You must
select a Unicode encoding such as UTF-8.
You must select a downloaded font, as described in this section, before issuing this
command.
UTF-8 uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence (MBCS) to identify the desired
Unicode character. This encoding method is less straightforward. This method uses
unique bit sequences at the MSBs of a byte to determine its location and meaning
within the MBCS encoding. See the table below for more information.
Note: Once selected, all information sent to the printer must then use this
encoding, even for non-print commands.
Scalar Value
1st Byte
2nd Byte
3rd Byte
000000000xxxxxxx
00000yyyyyxxxxxx
zzzzyyyyyyxxxxxx
0xxxxxxx
110yyyyy
1110zzzz
10xxxxxx
10yyyyyy
10xxxxxx
Function Initiate Unicode UTF-8 Text only Encoding (MBCS)
All
ASCII
[ESC] + T
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 54H
Decimal
<27> <43> <84>
Description The [ESC] + T command will put the printer into UTF-8 Text only
character encoding mode of operation. This mode is identical to the UTF-8 mode
described above, except commands and there parameters are not UTF encoded. For
example the following command would be used to select underline on:
[ESC] W 128.
If true UTF-8 encoding were in effect, the 128 parameter would be UTF encoded to
[ESC] W 194 128. With UTF-8 Text only mode this command is simply [ESC] W 128.
Note: This command also applies to graphic data being sent to the printer.
The graphic data is a command and not text. It is not UTF-8 encoded.
Page 208
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
Function Initiate Normal 8-bit ASCII Character Encoding
All
ASCII
[ESC] + A
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 41H
Decimal
<27> <43> <65>
Description The [ESC] + A command will put the printer into normal character
encoding mode of operation. One byte = one character. In this mode international
characters must be selected by selecting the appropriate code page for translation.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 209
Unicode and Fonts
Font Size and Spacing
The font typically defines the character size and line spacing. The typical font is
proportional spaced. That is the spacing between characters varies. This is not
always the most desirable mode of operation. To give the programmer some
additional control over character spacing and line height, the Accutherm Supreme
provides a width and height override command.
The following table converts dots to CPI (Characters Per Inch) points and ¼ points
and is useful in calculating point size settings.
Dots
1/203”
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
41
48
51
68
101
Page 210
Characters per Inch
(CPI)
25.38
22.56
20.30
18.45
16.92
15.62
14.50
13.53
12.69
11.94
11.28
10.68
10.15
9.67
9.23
8.83
8.46
8.12
7.81
7.52
7.25
7.00
4.95
4.23
3.98
2.99
2.01
100-88002 Rev B
Points
1/72”
2.84
3.19
3.55
3.90
4.26
4.61
4.97
5.32
5.67
6.03
6.38
6.74
7.09
7.45
7.80
8.16
8.51
8.87
9.22
9.58
9.93
10.29
14.54
17.02
18.09
24.12
35.82
¼ Points
1/288”
11.35
12.77
14.19
15.61
17.02
18.44
19.86
21.28
22.70
24.12
25.54
26.96
28.37
29.79
31.21
32.63
34.05
35.47
36.89
38.31
39.72
41.14
42.56
68.10
72.35
96.47
143.29
Unicode and Fonts
Font Size and Spacing command interactions
There are interactions between some of the following commands and some of the
legacy font selection commands. These interactions need to be considered when
developing a application for this printer.
This printer uses a font rendering engine that relies on the font to provide character
size and spacing information.
Unfortunately, legacy applications assume all
characters are the same and that the character size and spacing is fixed. To force the
characters rendered by the font rendering engine to conform to legacy modes of
operation, some post generation processing is performed to reposition the characters
into a fixed size cell.
The set minimum character height and width ([ESC] + P and [ESC] + p), the set
character spacing ([ESC] + I, [ESC] + i, [ESC] + J and [ESC] + j), the set minimum line
spacing ([ESC] + V and [ESC] + v), and the legacy font select and spacing
commands all interact.
The set minimum character height and width ([ESC] + P and [ESC] + p) commands
set character size but in two different ways. In most systems a character point size
refers only to the line spacing and indirectly to the character height. That is also true.
The vertical character height referenced in these commands refer to the character
height including the white space between lines. The horizontal character width is
defined by the font. Normally only the character height would be specified and the
width would be defined by the font and that’s how these commands work if the Width
is defined as zero. If the width is defined as zero this is used as a flag to the printer to
generate characters as defined by the font and use the character width returned by
the font. In effect the vertical point size passed to the font rendering engine is the
same as the horizontal value. The added effect of the width being passed as zero is
that any enforced horizontal spacing is disables. IE the effect of the [ESC] + I, [ESC]
+ i, [ESC] + J and [ESC] + j commands are disabled. If the width is not zero, the
[ESC] + I, [ESC] + i, [ESC] + J and [ESC] + j remain in effect and only the resulting
character size is changed, the horizontal spacing is not changed.
The legacy [ESC] ! <n> select the print mode effectively issues a set minimum
character height and width command followed by a set character spacing command
without effecting the pseudo fixed spacing flag.
The pseudo fixed spacing flag is a further complication required for dealing with fonts
that are not truly fixed pitch. In some cases a fixed pitch font will have more that one
character size depending on what the character is used for. This generally only
affects Asian fonts where the ideograms are generally twice as wide as Latin
characters. In fixed spacing mode, the printer will put the rendered character at
whatever spacing is requested even if they don’t fit. If the character is too big, it will
overlap the previous and next character. To allow a fixed pitch operation that deals
with small and large fixed pitch character, the printer has a pseudo-fixed pitch flag
that will increase the spacing in multiples of the requested spacing until it fits.
The following table lists the commands and how they interact.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 211
Unicode and Fonts
Command
Zero
[ESC] + P,
[ESC] + p
[ESC] + P,
[ESC] + p
Width 0
[ESC] + I,
[ESC] + i
[ESC] + I,
[ESC] + i
[ESC] + J,
[ESC] + j
[ESC] + J,
[ESC] + j
[ESC]I <n>
Page 212
Character
height
From
command
From
command
Cell Width
Width
Not Zero
Character
width
Same as
Height
From
Command
Value 0
No effect
No effect
From Font
Value
Not zero
Value 0
No effect
No effect
No effect
No effect
From
Command
From Font
Value
Not zero
No effect
No effect
From
POR.INI
definition
From
POR.INI
definition
100-88002 Rev B
From Font
Based on
set character
spacing
command
Pseudo Fixed
pitch flag
No effect
Will be used if
previously set
and character
spacing is not
being defined
by the font
Set Off but
has no effect
Set Off
Set On but
has no effect
Set On
A multiple of
the value
defined by
the command
As defined by Will be used if
command
previously set.
Unicode and Fonts
Function Set minimum character height and width in points.
ASCII
[ESC] + P <w><h>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 50H
Decimal
<27> <43> <80>
Range
w = 0, 4 – 72
h = 4 - 72
All
The [ESC] + P command will set the minimum character width or height based on “w”
for the width and “h” for height, where “w” and “h” are in points, defined as 1/72nd of an
inch increments.
If the character width is set to zero, the height will be used for the width and
proportional spacing will be used.
Note: The set pitch command will take precedence unless this command selects 0
width.
Function Set minimum character height and width in ¼ points.
ASCII
[ESC] + p <w><h>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 70H
Decimal
<27> <43> <112>
Range
w = 0, 16 – 255
h = 16 - 255
All
The [ESC] + p command will set the minimum character width or height based on “w”
for the width and “h” where “w” and “h” are in ¼ points or 1/288th of an inch
increments. This approximates setting characters by dot.
If the character width is set to zero, the height will be used for the width and
proportional spacing will be used.
Note: The set pitch command will take precedence unless this command selects 0
width.
Function Set Character spacing in points.
ASCII
[ESC] + I <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 49H
Decimal
<27> <43> <73>
Range
d = 0, 4 – 72
All
The [ESC] + I command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is
defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + J
command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is
too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size
is not adjusted to fit the cell.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 213
Unicode and Fonts
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters
will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended.
Function Set Character spacing in ¼ points.
ASCII
[ESC] + i <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 69H
Decimal
<27> <43> <105>
Range
d = 0, 16 – 255
All
The [ESC] + i command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is
defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + j
command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size. It the character is
too big for the cell, it may overlap the previous and next character. The character size
is not adjusted to fit the cell.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters
will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended.
Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment.
ASCII
[ESC] + J <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 4AH
Decimal
<27> <43> <74>
Range
d = 0, 4 – 72
All
The [ESC] + J command will set the character spacing in points, where one point is
defined as 1/72nd of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + I
command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in
multiples of <d> until the character fits.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will
remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the cell size
will be expanded
Page 214
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment.
ASCII
[ESC] + j <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 6AH
Decimal
<27> <43> <106>
Range
d = 0, 16 – 255
All
The [ESC] + j command will set the character spacing in points, where ¼ point is
defined as 1/288th of an inch. This command will force mono-space printing. It will
override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands
defined above. This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to
0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating
proportional spacing should be used. This command differs from the [ESC] + i
command in that if the character is too large for the cell, the cell will be expanded in
multiples of <d> until the character fits.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected. However, note that the cell adjustment flag will
remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded.
Note: If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing, the characters
will overlap. Variable spacing is recommended.
Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points
ASCII
[ESC] + V <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 56H
Decimal
<27> <43> <86>
Range
d = 0, 4 – 72
All
The [ESC] + V command will set the line spacing in points, where one point is defined
as 1/72nd of an inch.
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger
spacing, the character height will override this setting.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 215
Unicode and Fonts
Function Set minimum Line Spacing in ¼ Points
ASCII
[ESC] + v <d>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 76H
Decimal
<27> <43> <118>
Range
d = 0, 16 – 255
All
The [ESC] + v command will set the line spacing in ¼ points, where ¼ point is defined
as 1/288th of an inch.
ASCII
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Range
[ESC] + v <d>
1BH 2BH 76H
<27> <43> <118>
d = 0, 16 – 255
If d = 0 variable spacing is selected.
Note: This is the minimum spacing. If the character height setting requires a larger
spacing, the character height will override this setting.
Function Set stroke font brush size.
ASCII
[ESC] + B <w>
Hexadecimal
1BH 2BH 42H
Decimal
<27> <43> <66>
Range
w = 0, 6 – 200
Description The [ESC] + B command will set brush stroke percentage for stroke
fonts. If the brush size is set to zero the font design stroke width will be used.
All
Values from 6 to 200 represent 0.4 to 12% of the em-width of the font. The default for
most fonts is about 3%. The Epic 880TM using the GB18030 font supplied by TransAct
Technologies produces the best characters with a brush size of about 100.
Note: The default value for the brush stroke may be set in the POR.INI file.
[ESC] [ P Set character pitch (Legacy mode command)
PcOS
ASCII
[ESC] [ P <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 5BH 50H <n>
Decimal
<27> <91> <80> <n>
IPCL
&%F1, &%F2, &%F3, &%F4, &%F5, &%F6, &%F7
EPOS
[ESC] [SP] <n>
Description The [ESC] [ P <n> command sets character per inch print pitch to <n>.
The printer resolution limits the exact print pitch. The following table lists the exact
pitch for various values on <n>.
Page 216
100-88002 Rev B
Unicode and Fonts
<n>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Resulting
Characters
per Inch
1.00
2.00
3.01
4.00
4.95
5.94
6.93
8.00
9.04
9.90
10.95
12.23
13.00
13.87
14.86
IPCL
<n>
&%F7
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
&%F3
&%F2
&%F6
Resulting
Characters
per Inch
16.00
17.33
17.33
18.91
20.8
20.8
23.11
23.11
23.11
23.11
26
26
26
29.71
29.71
IPCL
&%F1
&%F5
&%F4
Table 11 Character Pitch
This command disables any right-side spacing set by the [ESC] V command. It
enforces this spacing on the current font selection even if the character is too large for
the spacing. In addition, when font changes are made, the character pitch is
maintained.
Legacy Printer Features that Have Changed
Because this product employs outline and stroke font character generation, support
for several legacy features are changed from previous printers.
User Defined Characters
User defined character were previously supported by a series of commands that
would allow the user to define a new character bitmap. As characters are no longer
bitmaps, these commands are not supported. If custom user defined characters are
required, a custom font may be generated using any number of off-the-shelf font
generation tools. The custom font may be loaded into the printer and then printed as
any other character.
Dynamic Code Page Definition
Dynamic code page definition is still supported when in ASCII mode, however
Unicode is now used for the source character locations.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 217
Chapter 11
File System
100-88002 Rev B
Page 219
This page intentionally left blank
Page 220
100-88002 Rev B
File System
File System Interface
The Epic 880TM provides a file system to support fonts, configuration information, user
graphics and macros.
There are a number of commands that are provided to support the file system. In
general, files need to be opened for read or write, read or written, and then closed.
There is a command that will delete a file, and print or return a file directory.
TransAct Technologies provides a Windows® based tool that will interact with the Epic
880TM and provide a drag and drop interface to the file system.
The file system in the Epic 880TM is partitioned into two sections, one for internal
system use by the printer, and one for user information.
The system partition is referred to as partition 0. It is reserved for fonts,
configurations and code page files. This partition cannot be deleted or completely
erased. The second partition is for all other information. There is a command that will
erase all the files in this partition. The partition where files are placed is determined
by the three character extension.
File System Commands
Function Open File command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] O < Mode > <space> < Filename ><0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 4FH
Decimal
<27> <30> <79>
Mode
Mode of operation “r” for read or “w” for write.
FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension.
Description The [ESC] [RS]O command will select and open a file for the selected
operation. If the file being opened for write exists, the existing file will be overwritten.
Note that only one file may be open for external operations at any one time.
The Mode and FileName take the following format and must be null terminated:
r Filename.ext<0>
Valid Modes are:
“r”
Read.
“w”
Write
“w+” Write Append (Future enhancement)
“ram” open a RAM file for write.
Note: RAM files capability is an option and not available on all products.
File Extensions are any three characters. The following are predefined and reserved
for internal use.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 221
File System
Definition
Partition
0= System
1= User
.udf
1
Undefined macro type
.mac
1
Command Macro
.img
1
Graphic image. (Internal format)
.bgp
1
Bitmapped internal graphic
.cfg
0
configuration.
.ttf
0
true type font
.ccc
0
compressed stroke font
.cpm
0
code page map.
.bmp
1
bitmap graphic file
.gph
1
raster graphic file.
.ini
0
System information file
.sys
0
Load image
.sy_
0
Compressed load image.
Note: All other file extensions will be placed in Partition 1 (user space)
Extension
Function Return Free space for Open FIle.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] S
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 53H
Decimal
<27> <30> <83>
Description The [ESC] [RS]S command will return an identifier byte and 4 additional
bytes representing a 32 bit value (LSB First) representing the amount of free space in
the partition containing the open file.
The format is as follows:
S <B7-0><B15-8><B23-16><B31-24>
Function Return Free space for this partition.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] s<n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 73H
Decimal
<27> <30> <115>
Where
n = The partition
Description The [ESC] [RS]s command will return an identifier byte and 4 additional
bytes representing a 32 bit value (LSB First) representing the amount of free space in
the partition.
The format is as follows:
S <B7-0><B15-8><B23-16><B31-24>
Page 222
100-88002 Rev B
File System
Function Close File command.
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] C
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 43H
Decimal
<27> <30> <67>
Description The [ESC] [RS]C command will close the currently open file.
All
Function Close All Files command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] K
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 4BH
Decimal
<27> <30> <75>
Description The [ESC] [RS]K command will close the font system and close all
currently open files. Internal fonts will be reopened automatically if used.
Function Delete File command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] D <Filename><0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 44H
Decimal
<27> <30> <68>
FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension,
null terminated.
Description The [ESC] [RS]D command will select and delete a file.
Note: Some of the system files are protected and cannot be deleted.
Function Set/Clear File Attributes command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] A < Attbs > <space> < Filename ><0>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 41H
Decimal
<27> <30> <64>
Attbs
File attributes to modify.
FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension.
Each file has several attributes associated to it. They include S, R, and H.
Attribute
S
R
H
Syntax
+S or -S
+R or -R
+H or -H
Name
System
Read Only
Hidden
Use
This is a system file.
This file cannot be erased or modified.
This file is hidden and not displayed in
the directory listing.
Note: Attributes can be combined, however, each needs to have the + or – as a prefix.
To allow these attributes to be set and cleared, the [ESC][RS]A command can be
used. The format is as follows:
[ESC][RS]A-R-S FileName<0>
This command will remove the Read only and System attributes form File name.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 223
File System
Function Return the last file command status.
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] ?
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 3FH
Decimal
<27> <30> <63>
All
The [ESC][RS]? Command requests the file system to return the status of the last file
operation.
This command returns an identifier byte, followed by 2 bytes indicating the status
results of the last file command. The format will be as follows:
?<Status><Details>
or
3F, (47 or 42), <Details>
Where:
Status = ‘G’ for success and ‘B’ for Failure
Detail = Detailed status as a binary byte with bit definitions as follows:
Bit
0
1
2
Hex
01
02
04
Decimal
1
2
4
3
4
08
10
8
16
5
20
32
6
8
40
80
64
128
Function
File Open
File in Write Mode
The Read response is shorter than requested
and EOF has been encountered.
The file is already open.
The file system has no space for the preceding
operation. Could be out of Flash or out of Buffer
space.
A write operation has been attempted to a read
only file.
File requested was not found
An error has occurred. Other bits may be set that
give additional detail. (This bit determines the G
or B status in the previous byte)
Function Write File command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] W <LL><LH><… data ..>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 57H
Decimal
<27> <30> <87>
Description The [ESC] [RS]W command sends data to the printer to be stored in the
file. The <LL><LH> parameters specify the length of data that will follow where the
length is LH * 256 + LL. The data is treated as binary data with no translations.
Page 224
100-88002 Rev B
File System
Function Read File command.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] R <LL><LH>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 52H
Decimal
<27> <30> <82>
Description The [ESC] [RS]R command requests that data be read from the file and
returned to the host.
The <LL><LH> parameters specify the length of data that should be returned where
LH * 256 + LL specifies the number of returned bytes. The data is treated as binary
data with no translations. If there is not enough data in the file to make up the
requested length, only the available data is returned.
Function Generate and return a file directory report.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] I
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 49H
Decimal
<27> <30> <73>
Description The [ESC] [RS]I command requests that a formatted text directory be
returned from the printer. Each line is null terminated.
Function Erase all files in a partition
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] X <p>
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 58H
Decimal
<27> <30> <88>
<p>
selects the partition. 0 = System, 1 = User.
Description The [ESC] [RS]X command requests that the selected partition be
reformatted. Reformatting the system partition <0> is not recommended, as it will
erase all fonts and render the printer unusable.
Function De-fragment the file system.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] F
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 46H
Decimal
<27> <30> <70>
Description The [ESC] [RS]F command forces the file system to go through the file
system and clean up deleted file sectors. All sectors flagged for deletion are actually
erased and consolidated when this command is issued.
Note: File space is not necessarily freed up by a file delete. Sectors may be
marked for deletion but still be present but inactive in the file system. These
sectors take up flash space. Each cluster has a fixed number of sectors, and
if the number of deleted sectors in a cluster exceed a predefined threshold,
the cluster is de-fragmented automatically. This command forces all clusters
to be de-fragmented.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 225
File System
Function Verify files.
All
ASCII
[ESC] [RS] V
Hexadecimal
1BH 1EH 56H
Decimal
<27> <30> <86>
Description The [ESC] [RS]V opens and reads the VERIFY.CFG file. This file
contains a list of all files that are to be validated in the printer and the expected CRC
of the file. If all the files verify, this command will return VG followed by it’s 2 byte
CRC. If any of the files do not verify, the command will return VB followed by it’s 2
byte CRC.
For example the file might look like this:
Por.ini 0x06FF
Usb.sys 0xDEF9
Only the Por.ini and Usb.sys files will be checked in this example.
An additional and optional feature of this command is that it can verify the CRC of the
operating firmware. By adding “Firmware” as a file name, this command will
recalculate the Firmware CRC and compare it to the master value. If the recalculation
does not match the master value, this command will return a failed response. The file
would be as follows to add the Firmware check. By using the master value, this file
need not be updated if the firmware is updated.
Por.ini 0x06FF
Usb.sys 0xDEF9
Firmware
By knowing the CRC of the Verify.cfg file, the host application can verify that all the
other files are correct (and optionally the firmware) without knowing anything about
the other files of firmware.
Note: The default Verify.cfg file contains the as shipped POR.INI file, the USB.SYS
file and any resident fonts. In addition it includes a Firmware Verify. If any of these
files are modified, the Verify command must be updated to reflect any changes.
Note: This command is not performed as a condition of normal operation. It is up to
the host application to refuse to use the printer if this command returns a fail to verify
status.
Note: if the Verify.cfg file is not present, the verify command will return VB
and a 0 CRC.
Page 226
100-88002 Rev B
Chapter 12
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
100-88002 Rev B
Page 227
This page intentionally left blank
Page 228
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
The Epic 880TM printer has a number of Extended Control commands that allow an
application to better track and maintain the printer. These commands are part of each
supported emulation17.
The printer maintains a log of printer activity. This activity may be returned to the host
with the [ESC]~ T command. This command returns a ~T followed by four binary bits
that make up a 32 bit unsigned integer. The description of the command below
describes the format in full.
The printer also contains a number of commands that will force the printer to perform
specific functions to help maintain the printer or print information about the printer.
The functions available are:
1) Print current configuration
2) Print current log totals
Note: Each of these commands follow the ESC~ or ESCy format. Other functions
are performed by these basic commands. Do not attempt to use any undocumented
version of these commands. The extended diagnostics commands may affect the
print quality and performance of the printer. In some cases, the commands may
degrade the performance of the print cartridge or mechanism.
Function Read and Return Totals
ASCII
[ESC] ~ T <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 7EH 54H <n>
Decimal
<27> <126> <84> <n>
Description This command returns the current statistics for parameter n. The value
returned will be ~T<n> with the next 4 bytes being an unsigned integer. For example:
[ESC]~T<1> Request cover open count
Returns: ~T<1><0><0><1><100> or 256 + 100 or 356 cover opens
Values of n
0
Black Dots
1 Red Dots
2 Not Used
3 Cover Opens
4 Paper Outs
5 Line Feeds
6 Characters Printed
7 Not Used
8 Not Used
9 Standby Cycles
Request:
17
The Star emulation does not allow the use of [ESC] y commands for extended diagnostics.
The [ESC] y commands are not available.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 229
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Page 230
Power Up Resets
Watchdog Resets
Base Flash Erases
Ext Flash Erases
Auto Cutter Cycles
Init Requests
Error Vectors
Auto Cutter Faults
Power On Time (Min.)
System Active Time (Min.)
Over Temperature
Cutter Re-Home
Level 1 Jam Detections
Level 2 Jam Detections
Missed TOF
Configuration Faults
Not Used
Flash File Faults
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
Function Print Current Configuration and Totals
ASCII
[ESC] y <9> or [ESC] ~ <9>
Hexadecimal
1BH 79H 09H
Decimal
<27> <121> <9>
Description This command forces the printer to print the current configuration. To
function correctly it must be issued with the printer in the proper emulation mode. It is
intended to be printed in the default TransAct® configuration but will print in any
configuration.
Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8>.
Function Print Current Totals
ASCII
[ESC] y <15>
Hexadecimal
1BH 79H 0FH
Decimal
<27> <121> <15>
Description This command forces the printer to print the current totals log.
Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8>.
Function Print Current Print Setup Values
ASCII
[ESC] y <20> or [ESC] ~ <20>
Hexadecimal
1BH 79H 14H
Decimal
<27> <121> <20>
Description This command forces the printer to print the current setup values.
Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8>.
Function: Set Electronic Journal Print Configuration Control
ASCII:
[ESC] ~ j <n>
Hex:
1BH 7EH 6AH
Decimal: <27><126><105>
Description This command reconfigures the electronic journal print mode record
separator and manual printing modes
Where n = 76543210
Bit values
------X0
------X1
------0X
number.
------1X
Manual Electronic Journal Print mode is Enabled
Manual Electronic Journal Print mode is Disabled
A Record separation line is printed that may contain a
record
No Record separation line is printed.
Note: Both parameters must be set at the same time by this command.
Note: The record separation configuration may be set in manual configuration
mode. This command will reset the configuration to the value specified here.
Note: This command performs a configuration update, and should not be done
on a regular basis.
Note: This command must be preceded with an ESC y <8> to enable it.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 231
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
Remote Printer Reset
Reset in Serial Mode
It is possible to generate a software printer reset in serial mode. The [ENQ] <10>
command requests that the printer reset. (This is not a hardware reset). The reset
completely initializes the hardware and software, but the printer does not recover from
a loss of software control.
Note: If the printer mode was changed by the [ESC] y <2> or <3> command,
a soft reset will not return to the power on default.
The command flow is as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
Page 232
The [ENQ] <10> is acknowledged. During cleanup and initialization, the printer is
placed off-line. Before the printer initializes, it tries to clean up its input buffer and
other internal processes.
The printer’s software is reinitialized.
The power-cycled flag is set.
The print head is homed and re-calibrated.
The printer goes back on-line.
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
Miscellaneous Communication Features
Power-cycle Recovery
Sometimes the host needs to know if the printer was power cycled. An example
would be after the receipt tape was changed. It is not necessary to turn off the printer
to change the receipt. However, if the operator does, any information sent to the
printer before the power cycle will be lost.
The Epic 880TM Printer has a flag that is set after a reset. The flag stays set until the
host requests a reset. The [ENQ] <11> command reads the flag. If the command
returns power-cycled status, the power has been reset or power cycled since the last
request. All unprinted information has been lost.
If the print operation is critical, it is a good idea to check the power-cycle flag before
and after all transactions. An alternate approach is to check the flag after every offline to on-line transition.
Note: If the printer mode was changed by the [ESC] y <2> or <3> command, a powercycle reset will return to the initial configuration.
Off-line Control
A configuration flag that prevents the printer from going off-line (in most cases) is
available. Off-line mode allows the application to query the printer for status rather
than assume a status from the control signals. The feature allows the host application
to query the printer at all times except when there is no power; a full input buffer; or a
hard failure. For example, when the printer’s cover is open, the printer stops printing
but still accepts data and inquiries. The inquire cover status command returns,
“Cover open.”
Hard failures result when there is no power or a printer fault occurs. If the printer is
off-line, either the input buffer is full or a hard fault has occurred. The host application
should not allow the input buffer to fill.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 233
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
Remote Boot Load Mode
Remote boot load mode is entered by command. The boot image data format is
preparatory to TransAct and is not documented here. There are however a few
commands that are useful to determine if the printer is in the boot load mode and if a
boot load has been successful.
[ESC] ~ 14%
Enter Remote Boot Load mode
ASCII
[ESC] ~ <14> %
Hexadecimal
1BH 7EH 0EH 25H
Decimal
<27> <126> <14> <37>
IPCL
none
EPOS
[ESC] ~ <14> %
Description The [ESC] ~ <14> %command is an extended diagnostics command. It
will transfer control of the printer to the Remote Boot loader.
[STX] K
Read and return application rev.
ASCII
[STX] K
Hexadecimal
02H 4BH
Decimal
<2> <75>
Description Boot loader command only. Read and return the Application firmware id
and revision.
[STX] B
Read and return boot loader rev.
ASCII
[STX] B
Hexadecimal
02H 42H
Decimal
<2> <66>
Description Boot loader command only. Read and return the boot loader firmware id
and revision.
[STX] X
Check and start normal operation
ASCII
[STX] X
Hexadecimal
02H 58H
Decimal
<2> <88>
Description Boot loader command only. Check the CRC and restart the printer if the
firmware image is valid.
Page 234
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
USB Recovery Watch Dog
The USB link can be susceptible to various errors that can cause it to stop
functioning. This typically happens when noise is introduced into the cable resulting
in a buffer overrun at the host. This can cause a hub or a USB driver to suspend
interaction with whatever device appeared to be the source of the problem. When this
happens, the only way to recover the link is to disconnect from the device and then
reconnect. This is typically done in the host. In some cases, for various reasons, the
host driver is not able to generate a disconnect. (The Transact TVS driver provides
recovery but the Windows USB printer services driver does not.)
It is possible to have the printer force a disconnect, however, the host application
must start the service and then continue to extend the disconnect watch dog.
There is one command and two status indicators to help the application keep track of
the watch dog.
When activated the printer will schedule a USB disconnect/reconnect after the
specified time unless the command is sent again to either extend the timer or to
disable the timer before the timer expires.
[ESC][CAN] <n>
Activate USB Watch Dog
ASCII
[ESC][CAN] <n>
Hexadecimal
1BH 18H
Decimal
<27> <24>
Function The [ESC][CAN]<n> command schedules a USB disconnect reconnect
cycle after n seconds. The scheduled disconnect can be canceled by issuing
[ESC][CAN]<0>.
Where
n=0
disable any scheduled disconnect.
n = 1-255 Scheduled a disconnect/reconnect after n seconds from when the
command is received.
If the disconnect occurs as a result of this command. The printer will reset the USB
controller which appears to the host as a disconnect. (Effectively, the host will think
the printer is off) The USB controller will be held in reset for 250 milliseconds. When
the reset is removed, the USB controller will restart and a normal enumeration
process will start. The printer will report not ready and not accept data for another
500 milliseconds. This will allow time for the USB driver to reload and initialize. The
printer will then report ready and allow normal data flow.
NOTE: This process does not actually affect the state of the print process. Any print
commands previously sent to the printer will still be active.
To keep track of the watch dog status, the fact that a watch dog occurred is reported
as part of the ENQ 20 status command. The total number of disconnects will be
reported and reset by the ENQ 35 enquire command.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 235
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
Note that the ENQ 35 command will reset the count and will also reset the status
reported by ENQ 20. ENQ 20 does not reset the count. It simply reports that it
occurred.
To keep track of how often this process is being used there is a printer statistics log
entry that will be incremented when a USB watch dog disconnect actually occurs.
This can be printed or reported to the host. Note: This total is not reset by the ENQ
35 command.
[ENQ] <35>
Inquire USB Watch Dog Resets.
ASCII
[ENQ] <35>
Hexadecimal
05H 23H
Decimal
<5> <35>
Function The [ENQ] <35> command returns the number of USB Watch dog resets
and then resets the count to zero.
Response [ACK] <35> <41> <n>
Where
<35>
<41>
<n>
Page 236
Is the echo of command
Length + 40
The number of USB Watchdogs since the last inquire.
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Extended Printer Control
Recovery from Mechanical Errors
The TransAct Inquire commands and the Epson [DLE][ENQ] and [DLE][EOT]
commands allow most printer error status to be read and in some cases recovery
attempted. Paper jams and auto-cutter faults can be recovered, however, any data
not previously printed will be lost.
If the application is to support error recovery, the application should use the
appropriate status request commands to query the printer periodically. If an error
response is such that the fault is recoverable, the host application should interact with
the operator and request that the fault be corrected. (for example, clear a paper jam)
When the operator indicates that the problem has been corrected, the host can issue
a reset request.
If a serious error occurs, the printer will halt and enter fault error mode. If the fault is
such that the printer can maintain communications with the host, the print status
request and response system will remain active. The status of the system will
however remain static, i.e. the status responses will reflect the state of the system
when the fault occurred.
There are errors that cannot be reported to the host system. These errors are such
that the integrity of the printer do not allow continued operation. That is there is no
way to report the error. These errors occur (for the most part) during power up
diagnostics. They are as follows:
EEPROM READ ERROR
Power up only
The Internal EEPROM is not readable or the check sum is bad.
Pressing the Power Button will attempt to rewrite the configuration information. This
may leave the printer configured incorrectly.
EEPROM WRITE ERROR
Power up/down and Configuration only
The Internal EEPROM is defective. There is no recovery.
SOFTWARE ERROR VECTOR Can occur at any time.
These errors can occur during operation. They signal a serious problem with the
system. In most cases this error will also generate a Watch Dog reset. A power cycle
will generally recover normal printer operation. An ESD event or a firmware bug
generally causes these errors. The printer maintains an error log, this log contains
additional information about the fault and is printed during manual configuration. The
information in this log should be reported to TransAct to identify the exact cause of the
fault.
USERSTORE FORMAT ERROR Power up or User Store Write Operations
The User Store data in FLASH has an invalid format. Pressing the Power Button will
erase the user store and reformat it. This can be caused by a firmware update.
FLASH WRITE ERROR
Power up or User Store Write Operation.
The Program Flash has failed. There is no recovery from this error.
COM ADAPTER ERROR
Power up only
The communications interface card is not supported by the firmware or is missing.
There is no recovery.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 237
Chapter 13
Epic 880TM Programmers Notes
100-88002 Rev B
Page 239
This page intentionally left blank
Page 240
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Programmers Notes
General Notes
When the serial port is used, it is important that the output lines from the printer not be
shorted or back driven. If the signals are not to be used, they should be left open.
The best time to configure the printer from the host using remote configuration is
during system setup or software update.
What Drivers Are Needed
Deciding what drivers are needed can be confusing. This section is included to make
that process easier.
Definitions
First, a few definitions:
OS - Operating System.
Types of OS’s are: Windows (9x/Me/4.0/2000), Linux, Unix, OS2, ...
Application - A software program that a person uses to do something (i.e. a POS
application)
Program - Program and Application are used interchangeably.
Driver - software that makes hardware do something (i.e. something useful, we hope).
A driver translates (or converts) a software command to a command that specific
hardware can understand.
Types of drivers: Printer driver, Port driver, OPOS driver, USB driver...
OCX/ActiveX - a software component that utilizes Microsoft’s OLE (Object linking and
embedding).
API - Application Programming Interface. In the generic sense “The API” refers to the
Windows Operating system API.
Types of API’s: Windows API, Visual Basic API, Delphi API, MFC API
Do you want to use the standard USB printing device interface?
The printer can be configured to present itself as a standard printer class device. This
interface is specified by the USB standards committee and is documented as the USB
Device Class Definition for Printing Devices. Go to www.usb.org and search for this
title or use the following link:
http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/usbprint11.pdf
100-88002 Rev B
Page 241
Epic 880TM Programmers Notes
Windows and most other operating systems that support USB will recognize this class
and provide a standard interface to the application.
Do you want to use USB and simulate a communication port?
The TransAct Virtual Serial (TVS) USB Driver allows your application to think that it is
communicating with a serial port, but is actually using the USB link to communicate
with the printer.
This should be downloaded and installed when requested as part of the Windows
Plug and Play or may be preinstalled.
The Epic 880TM printer supports a composite USB interface. This interface allows a
Windows print driver to be installed to a windows USB printer port as well as
supporting a virtual serial port. The printer USB port is configurable and either the
windows printer port or the virtual serial port may de disabled. If you will be using
OPOS, you should disable the Windows printer interface. If you are going to use only
the Windows printer API, you can but do not need to disable the virtual serial
interface.
Are you using OPOS (UnifiedPOS/UPOS)?
If you are using an application that is written to interface with the OPOS "Ole Point of
Sale" standard, then the TransAct Technologies OPOS Driver will allow you to
communicate with most of TransAct Technologies Printers. The OPOS Driver
provides the mechanisms to print in all of the print modes supported by the printer.
Note: The TransAct Technologies OPOS driver only supports the Microsoft Windows
Operating Systems.
Note: If you are using an Ethernet printer, UPOS can be configured to interact directly
with the printer. You do not need the VSerial Ethernet driver.
Do you want to print from a Windows application?
Microsoft supports a Windows Printing API for Windows applications. This interface
is intended to support typical Windows page printers and has features like begin
document, end document and tray selection. Where this is not an ideal environment
for a POS printer, however, there are cases where it is required.
To support this environment TransAct Technologies provides a Windows print driver
with extensions for POS.
This may be down loaded and installed for most of TransAct Technologies printers.
Please read the Ithaca Printer API documentation included with the driver. A POS
printer is not the same as a typical consumer printer and requires unique
consideration when using a Windows printer API interface.
Page 242
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Programmers Notes
Windows Printer Driver
A Windows printer driver is a Microsoft specific, Microsoft defined, type of driver that
the OS uses to translate drawing commands by a Windows application to a specific
printer’s command set. A window’s printer driver is a graphics page mode driver. It is
not a POS (Point of Sale) driver. (Have you ever had to open a cash drawer that was
connected to your printer at home?)
PC Hardware
Window’s Operating System
Windows Print
Application
Printer
GDI
Driver
Graphics
Device
Interface
Part of
the
Windows
API
Printer
Driver
Port Driver
Port
Hardware
Serial
Serial
OR
Parallel
OR
Parallel
OR
USB
OR
USB bus.
OR
Whatever
OR
Whatever.
Figure 32 Windows Driver
When to use a windows printer driver:
Use a printer driver when writing a program that uses the Window’s API to send print
information to the printer.
When not to use a windows printer driver:
When a program wants to send printer command codes to the printer or when a
program wants to get information back from a printer.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 243
Epic 880TM Programmers Notes
OPOS driver
An OPOS driver is an implementation of the UnifiedPOS (UPOS) specification.
It provides an application interface for retail devices viz. POSPrinter, Scanner, Cash
drawer, Pole Display, MICR, Scale etc.
PC Hardware
Windows Operating System
POS Application
OPOS POS Printer Driver
OPOS
Printer
Control
(ActiveX)
Port
Driver
Port
Hardware
Serial
Serial
OR
Parallel
OR
Parallel
OR
USB
OR
USB bus.
OR
Whatever
OR
Whatever.
Figure 33 OPOS (UPOS) Driver
When to use an OPOS driver:
When an application is written that invokes the retail device functions based on the
UPOS specification, in a vendor independent manner, OPOS can be used on the
Microsoft Windows platform. It allows access to all the features of a retail device
without having to deal with specific device commands. It also allows information to be
retrieved from the retail device.
When not to use an OPOS driver:
When the application is written using windows print API and device specific
commands are sent directly through the application, to the device.
Page 244
100-88002 Rev B
Epic 880TM Programmers Notes
USB driver:
A USB driver is a low level device driver, required for USB communication with the
printers. It is a plug and play driver and needs to be installed for USB printers, when
the printer is initially plugged into the system.
Windows Operating System
USB Interface
OPOS
Driver
USB
Driver
USB
PRINTER
USB Interface
Windows
Driver
USB Interface
Windows
Print App.
Figure 34 USB Driver
When to use the USB driver:
USB Driver is needed whenever data is to be sent/received from the printer using the
USB interface. It is needed with both the Windows and the OPOS drivers, when these
drivers use the USB interface as the underlying communication path. It is also needed
if the application does not use either the OPOS or the Windows driver but needs to
communicate directly with the printer using the USB interface.
When not to use the USB driver:
USB driver is not needed if the application uses any of the other forms of
communication viz. serial, parallel or Ethernet, and does not use USB.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 245
Epic 880TM Programmers Notes
POSPrinter Activex Control (POSPrinter OCX):
This is not a driver; it is a software component that provides a connection from an
application to a port driver. This allows an application to communicate “directly” with
a printer. This approach allows an application to send the commands, it wants to, to
the printer. This approach is similar to the “old DOS days” of talking to a POS printer.
PC Hardware
Windows Operating System
POS Application
POSPrinter.ocx
Port
Driver
Port
Hardware
Serial
OR
Serial
OR
Parallel
OR
USB bus.
OR
Ethernet
OR
Whatever.
Parallel
Printer
OR
Driver
USB
OR
Eternet
OR
Whatever.
Figure 35 POSPrinter OCX
When to use the POSPrinter OCX:
When the application writer wants complete control of what is sent to the printer. The
application must take the responsibility of sending the correct codes to the printer as
well as detecting error conditions, and graceful recovery from error situations.
When not to use the POSPrinter OCX:
When you do not want to deal with the low-level commands sent to the printer.
Page 246
100-88002 Rev B
Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses
Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses
Note: This information is based on the Unicode 3.0 Standard. For specific character
locations see the Unicode standard.
Note: The Epic 880TM does not contain all possible Unicode characters. The default
character sets are defined by the WGL4 standard.
Unicode Range
0x0000
0x007F
0x0000
0x001F
0x0020
0x007F
0x0080
0x00FF
0x00A0
0x00FF
0x0100
0x017F
0x0180
0x024F
0x0250
0x02AF
0x02B0
0x02FF
0x0300
0x036F
0x0370
0x03FF
0x0400
0x04FF
0x0500
0x052F
0x0530
0x058F
0x0590
0x05FF
0x0600
0x06FF
0x0700
0x08FF
0x0900
0x097F
0x0980
0x09FF
0x0A00
0x0A7F
0x0A80
0x0AFF
0x0B00
0x0B7F
0x0B80
0x0BFF
0x0C00
0x0C7F
0x0C80
0x0CFF
0x0D00
0x0D7F
0x0D80
0x0DFF
0x0D80
0x0DFF
0x0E00
0x0E7F
0x0E80
0x0EFF
0x0F00
0x0F7F
0x0F00
0x0FBF
0x0F80
0x0FFF
0x1000
0x105F
0x1060
0x109F
0x10A0
0x10FF
0x1100
0x11FF
0x1100
0x11F9
0x1200
0x137F
0x13A0
0x13FF
0x1400
0x167F
0x16A0
0x1DFF
0x1E00
0x1EFF
0x1F00
0x1FFF
Use
C0 Controls and Basic Latin
C0 controls
ASCII
C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement
Latin1
Latin Extended-A
Latin Extended-B
IPA Extensions
Spacing Modifier Letters
Combining Diacritical Marks
Greek
Cyrillic
Unassigned zone 0500-052F
Armenian
Hebrew
Arabic
Unassigned 0700-08FF
Devanagari. Based on ISCII 1988
Bengali. Based on ISCII 1988
Gurmukhi. Based on ISCII 1988
Gujarati. Based on ISCII 1988
Oriya. Based on ISCII 1988
Tamil. Based on ISCII 1988
Telugu. Based on ISCII 1988
Kannada. Based on ISCII 1988
Malayalam. Based on ISCII 1988
Unassigned zone 0D80-0DFF
Sinhala (Pre-Unicode 2.0)
Thai. Based on TIS 620-2529
Lao. Based on TIS 620-2529
Burmese (Pre-Unicode 2.0)
Tibetan
Khmer (Pre-Unicode 2.0)
Tibetan (Pre-Unicode 2.0)
Mongolian (Pre-Unicode 2.0)
Georgian
Hangul Jamo
Korean combining alphabet
Ethiopian (Post-Unicode 2.0)
Cherokee (Post-Unicode 2.0)
Canadian Syllabics (Post-Unicode 2.0)
Unassigned zone 16A0-1DFF
Latin Extended Additional
Greek Extended
100-88002 Rev B
Page 247
Appendix A: Unicode Character Addresses
Page 248
0x2000
0x2070
0x20A0
0x20D0
0x2100
0x2150
0x2190
0x2200
0x2300
0x2400
0x2440
0x2460
0x2500
0x2580
0x25A0
0x2600
0x2700
0x27C0
0x2800
0x2900
0x3000
0x3040
0x30A0
0x3100
0x3130
0x3190
0x31A0
0x3200
0x3300
0x3400
0x206F
0x209F
0x20CF
0x20FF
0x214F
0x218F
0x21FF
0x22FF
0x23FF
0x243F
0x245F
0x24FF
0x257F
0x259F
0x25FF
0x26FF
0x27BF
0x27FF
0x28FF
0x2FFF
0x303F
0x309F
0x30FF
0x312F
0x318F
0x319F
0x31FF
0x32FF
0x33FF
0x4DFF
0x4E00
0x9FA6
0xAC00
0xD7A4
0xD800
0xDB80
0xDC00
0xE000
0xF900
0xFB00
0xFB50
0xFE20
0xFE30
0xFE50
0xFE70
0xFEFF
0xFF00
0xFFF0
0xFFF0
0xFFFE
0x9FA5
0xABFF
0xD7A3
0xD7FF
0xDB7F
0xDBFF
0xDFFF
0xF8FF
0xFAFF
0xFB4F
0xFDFF
0xFE2F
0xFE4F
0xFE6F
0xFEFF
0xFEFF
0xFFEF
0xFFFF
0xFFFD
0xFFFF
General Punctuation
Superscripts and Subscripts
Currency Symbols
Combining Diacritical Marks for Symbols
Letter like Symbols
Number Forms
Arrows
Mathematical Operators
Miscellaneous Technical
Control Pictures
Optical Character Recognition
Enclosed Alphanumerics
Box Drawing
Block Elements
Geometric Shapes
Miscellaneous Symbols
Dingbats
Unassigned zone 27C0-27FF
Braille Pattern Symbols (Post-Unicode 2.0)
Unassigned zone 2900-2FFF
CJK Symbols and Punctuation
Hiragana
Katakana
Bopomofo
Hangul Compatibility Jamo. Based on KSC 5601
Kanbun
Unassigned zone 31A0-31FF
Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
CJK Compatibility
CJK Unified Ideograph Extension A (Post-Unicode
2.0)
CJK Unified Ideographs
Unassigned zone 9FA6-ABFF
Hangul Syllables
Unassigned zone D7A4-D7FF
High Surrogates
Private Use High Surrogates
Low Surrogates
Private Use Area
CJK Compatibility Ideographs
Alphabetic Presentation Forms
Arabic Presentation Forms-A
Combining Half Marks
CJK Compatibility Forms
Small Form Variants
Arabic Presentation Forms-B
Special
Half width and Full width Forms
Specials
Specials
Not character codes
100-88002 Rev B
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses
Note: This information is based on the Microsoft's Typography web page.
UNICODE
0020
0021
0022
0023
0024
0025
0026
0027
0028
0029
002A
002B
002C
002D
002E
002F
0030
0031
0032
0033
0034
0035
0036
0037
0038
0039
003A
003B
003C
003D
003E
003F
0040
0041
0042
0043
0044
0045
0046
0047
0048
0049
004A
004B
004C
004D
004E
004F
0050
0051
0052
0053
0054
0055
0056
0057
0058
0059
005A
005B
005C
005D
005E
005F
0060
0061
0062
0063
CHARACTER
SPACE
EXCLAMATION MARK
QUOTATION MARK
NUMBER SIGN
DOLLAR SIGN
PERCENT SIGN
AMPERSAND
APOSTROPHE
LEFT PARENTHESIS
RIGHT PARENTHESIS
ASTERISK
PLUS SIGN
COMMA
HYPHEN-MINUS
PERIOD
SLASH
DIGIT ZERO
DIGIT ONE
DIGIT TWO
DIGIT THREE
DIGIT FOUR
DIGIT FIVE
DIGIT SIX
DIGIT SEVEN
DIGIT EIGHT
DIGIT NINE
COLON
SEMICOLON
LESS-THAN SIGN
EQUALS SIGN
GREATER-THAN SIGN
QUESTION MARK
COMMERCIAL AT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z
LEFT SQUARE BRACKET
BACKSLASH
RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET
CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
UNDERLINE
GRAVE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER A
LATIN SMALL LETTER B
LATIN SMALL LETTER C
0064
0065
0066
0067
0068
0069
006A
006B
006C
006D
006E
006F
0070
0071
0072
0073
0074
0075
0076
0077
0078
0079
007A
007B
007C
007D
007E
00A0
00A1
00A2
00A3
00A4
00A5
00A6
00A7
00A8
00A9
00AA
00AB
00AC
00AD
00AE
00AF
00B0
00B1
00B2
00B3
00B4
00B5
00B6
00B7
00B8
00B9
00BA
00BB
00BC
00BD
00BE
00BF
00C0
00C1
00C2
00C3
00C4
00C5
00C6
100-88002 Rev B
LATIN SMALL LETTER D
LATIN SMALL LETTER E
LATIN SMALL LETTER F
LATIN SMALL LETTER G
LATIN SMALL LETTER H
LATIN SMALL LETTER I
LATIN SMALL LETTER J
LATIN SMALL LETTER K
LATIN SMALL LETTER L
LATIN SMALL LETTER M
LATIN SMALL LETTER N
LATIN SMALL LETTER O
LATIN SMALL LETTER P
LATIN SMALL LETTER Q
LATIN SMALL LETTER R
LATIN SMALL LETTER S
LATIN SMALL LETTER T
LATIN SMALL LETTER U
LATIN SMALL LETTER V
LATIN SMALL LETTER W
LATIN SMALL LETTER X
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y
LATIN SMALL LETTER Z
LEFT CURLY BRACKET
VERTICAL LINE
RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
TILDE
NO-BREAK SPACE
INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK
CENT SIGN
POUND SIGN
CURRENCY SIGN
YEN SIGN
BROKEN BAR
SECTION SIGN
DIAERESIS
COPYRIGHT SIGN
FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR
LEFT GUILLEMET
NOT SIGN
SOFT HYPHEN
REGISTERED TRADE MARK SIGN
MACRON, OVERLINE
DEGREE SIGN
PLUS-MINUS SIGN
SUPERSCRIPT TWO
SUPERSCRIPT THREE
ACUTE ACCENT
MICRO SIGN
PARAGRAPH SIGN
MIDDLE DOT, KANA CONJOCTIVE
CEDILLA
SUPERSCRIPT ONE
MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR
RIGHT GUILLEMET
VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER
VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF
VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS
INVERTED QUESTION MARK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH E
Page 249
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses
00C7
00C8
00C9
00CA
00CB
00CC
00CD
00CE
00CF
00D0
00D1
00D2
00D3
00D4
00D5
00D6
00D7
00D8
00D9
00DA
00DB
00DC
00DD
00DE
00DF
00E0
00E1
00E2
00E3
00E4
00E5
00E6
00E7
00E8
00E9
00EA
00EB
00EC
00ED
00EE
00EF
00F0
00F1
00F2
00F3
00F4
00F5
00F6
00F7
00F8
00F9
00FA
00FB
00FC
00FD
00FE
00FF
Page 250
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS
MULTIPLICATION SIGN
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH OBLIQUE
STROKE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN
LATIN SMALL LETTER SHARP S
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH E
LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH
LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS
DIVISION SIGN
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH OBLIQUE
STROKE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS
100-88002 Rev B
0100
0101
0102
0103
0104
0105
0106
0107
0108
0109
010A
010B
010C
010D
010E
010F
0110
0111
0112
0113
0114
0115
0116
0117
0118
0119
011A
011B
011C
011D
011E
011F
0120
0121
0122
0123
0124
0125
0126
0127
0128
0129
012A
012B
012C
012D
012E
012F
0130
0131
0132
0133
0134
0135
0136
0137
0138
0139
013A
013B
013C
013D
013E
013F
0140
0141
0142
0143
0144
0145
0146
0147
0148
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH MACRON
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH BREVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH BREVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CARON
LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CARON
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH HACEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE
LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH MACRON
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH BREVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH BREVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGENEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGENEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH HACEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH BREVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH BREVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH STROKE
LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH STROKE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH MACRON
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH BREVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH OGONEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH OGONEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITHOUT DOT ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE IJ
LATIN SMALL LIGATURE IJ
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER KRA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH HACEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT
LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH STROKE
LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH STROKE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH HACEK
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses
0149
014A
014B
014C
014D
014E
014F
0150
0151
0152
0153
0154
0155
0156
0157
0158
0159
015A
015B
015C
015D
015E
015F
0160
0161
0162
0163
0164
0165
0166
0167
0168
0169
016A
016B
016C
016D
016E
016F
0170
0171
0172
0173
0174
0175
0176
0177
0178
0179
017A
017B
017C
017D
017E
017F
0192
01FA
01FB
01FC
01FD
01FE
01FF
02C6
02C7
02C9
LATIN SMALL LETTER N PRECEDED BY
APOSTROPHE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ENG
LATIN SMALL LETTER ENG
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH MACRON
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH BREVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH BREVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE
ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE O WITH E
LATIN SMALL LIGATURE O WITH E
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH HACEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH HACEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH HACEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH STROKE
LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH STROKE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH MACRON
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH BREVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH BREVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE
ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH OGONEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH OGONEK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CMALL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE
ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE ACCENT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH HACEK
LATIN SMALL LETTER LONG S
LATIN SMALL LETTER SCRIPT F,FLORIN SIGN
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
AND ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
AND ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE AE WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LIGATURE AE WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND
ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND
ACUTE
NONSPACING CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
MODIFIER LETTER HACEK
MODIFIER LETTER MACRON
100-88002 Rev B
02D8
02D9
02DA
02DB
02DC
02DD
0384
0385
0386
0387
0388
0389
038A
038C
038E
038F
0390
0391
0392
0393
0394
0395
0396
0397
0398
0399
039A
039B
039C
039D
039E
039F
03A0
03A1
03A3
03A4
03A5
03A6
03A7
03A8
03A9
03AA
03AB
03AC
03AD
03AE
03AF
03B0
03B1
03B2
03B3
03B4
03B5
03B6
03B7
03B8
03B9
03BA
03BB
03BC
03BD
03BE
03BF
03C0
03C1
03C2
03C3
03C4
03C5
BREVE
DOT ABOVE
RING ABOVE
OGONEK
NONSPACING TILDE
MODIFIER LETTER DOUBLE PRIME
GREEK TONOS
GREEK DIALYTIKA TONOS
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS
GREEK ANO TELEIA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON WITH
TONOS
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON WITH
TONOS
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH
TONOS
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA WITH
TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA
AND TONOS
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA
GREEK
CAPITAL
LETTER
IOTA
WITH
DIALYTIKA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH
DIALYTIKA
GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH
DIALYTIKA AND TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA
GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA
GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA
GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON
GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA
GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA
GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA
GREEK SMALL LETTER MU
GREEK SMALL LETTER NU
GREEK SMALL LETTER XI
GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON
GREEK SMALL LETTER PI
GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO
GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA
GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA
GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU
GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON
Page 251
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses
03C6
03C7
03C8
03C9
03CA
03CB
03CC
03CD
03CE
0401
0402
0403
0404
0405
0406
0407
0408
0409
040A
040B
040C
040E
040F
0410
0411
0412
0413
0414
0415
0416
0417
0418
0419
041A
041B
041C
041D
041E
041F
0420
0421
0422
0423
0424
0425
0426
0427
0428
0429
042A
042B
042C
042D
042E
042F
0880
0431
0432
0433
0434
0435
0436
0437
0438
0439
043A
043B
043C
043D
043E
043F
0440
0441
0442
Page 252
GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI
GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI
GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI
GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA
GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA
GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH
DIALYTIKA
GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON WITH
TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS
GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DJE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GJE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BYELORUSSIANUKRAINIAN I
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YI
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER JE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER LJE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER NJE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KJE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT U
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER I
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT I
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE
100-88002 Rev B
0443
0444
0445
0446
0447
0448
0449
044A
044B
044C
044D
044E
044F
0451
0452
0453
0454
0455
0456
0457
0458
0459
045A
045B
045C
045E
045F
0490
0491
1E80
1E81
1E82
1E83
1E84
1E85
1EF2
1EF3
2013
2014
2015
2017
2018
2019
201A
201B
201C
201D
201E
2020
2021
2022
2026
2030
2032
2033
2039
203A
203C
203E
2044
207F
20A3
20A4
20A7
20AC
2105
2113
2116
2122
2126
212E
215B
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DJE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GJE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BYELORUSSIANUKRAINIAN I
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YI
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER JE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER LJE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER NJE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSHE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KJE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT U
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE WITH
UPTURN
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE WITH UPTURN
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH GRAVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE
EN DASH
EM DASH
HORIZONTAL BAR
DOUBLE LOW LINE
LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
SINGLE
HIGH-REVERSED-9
QUOTATION
MARK
LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
DAGGER
DOUBLE DAGGER
BULLET
HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
PER MILLE SIGN
PRIME
DOUBLE PRIME
SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION
MARK
SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION
MARK
DOUBLE EXCLAMATION MARK
OVERLINE
FRACTION SLASH
SUPERSCRIPT LATIN SMALL LETTER N
FRENCH FRANC SIGN
LIRA SIGN
PESETA SIGN
EURO CURRENCY SYMBOL
CARE OF
SCRIPT SMALL L
NUMERO SIGN
TRADEMARK SIGN
OHM SIGN
ESTIMATED SYMBOL
VULGAR FRACTION ONE EIGHTH
Appendix B: WGL4.0 Character Addresses
215C
215D
215E
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
21A8
2202
2206
220F
2211
2212
2215
2219
221A
221E
221F
2229
222B
2248
2260
2261
2264
2265
2302
2310
2320
2321
2500
2502
250C
2510
2514
2518
251C
2524
252C
2534
253C
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
255A
255B
255C
255D
255E
255F
2560
2561
2562
VULGAR FRACTION THREE EIGHTHS
VULGAR FRACTION FIVE EIGHTHS
VULGAR FRACTION SEVEN EIGHTHS
LEFTWARDS ARROW
UPWARDS ARROW
RIGHTWARDS ARROW
DOWNWARDS ARROW
LEFT RIGHT ARROW
UP DOWN ARROW
UP DOWN ARROW WITH BASE
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
INCREMENT
N-ARY PRODUCT
N-ARY SUMMATION
MINUS SIGN
DIVISION SLASH
BULLET OPERATOR
SQUARE ROOT
INFINITY
RIGHT ANGLE
INTERSECTION
INTEGRAL
ALMOST EQUAL TO
NOT EQUAL TO
IDENTICAL TO
LESS-THAN OR EQUAL TO
GREATER-THAN OR EQUAL TO
HOUSE
REVERSED NOT SIGN
TOP HALF INTEGRAL
BOTTOM HALF INTEGRAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND LEFT
BOX
DRAWINGS
LIGHT
DOWN
AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND RIGHT
DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND RIGHT
SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND LEFT
DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND LEFT
SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND RIGHT
DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND RIGHT
SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND LEFT
DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND LEFT
SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND
RIGHT DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND
RIGHT SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND LEFT
DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND
LEFT SINGLE
100-88002 Rev B
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
256A
256B
256C
2580
2584
2588
258C
2590
2591
2592
2593
25A0
25A1
25AA
25AB
25AC
25B2
25BA
25BC
25C4
25CA
25CB
25CF
25D8
25D9
25E6
263A
263B
263C
2640
2642
2660
2663
2665
2666
266A
266B
F001
F002
FB01
FB02
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE
HORIZONTAL SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN
HORIZONTAL
BOX
DRAWINGS
UP
SINGLE
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
BOX
DRAWINGS
UP
DOUBLE
HORIZONTAL SINGLE
BOX
DRAWINGS
DOUBLE
UP
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE
HORIZONTAL SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
UPPER HALF BLOCK
LOWER HALF BLOCK
FULL BLOCK
LEFT HALF BLOCK
RIGHT HALF BLOCK
LIGHT SHADE
MEDIUM SHADE
DARK SHADE
BLACK SQUARE
WHITE SQUARE
BLACK SMALL SQUARE
WHITE SMALL SQUARE
BLACK RECTANGLE
BLACK UP-POINTING TRIANGLE
BLACK RIGHT-POINTING POINTER
BLACK DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE
BLACK LEFT-POINTING POINTER
LOZENGE
WHITE CIRCLE
BLACK CIRCLE
INVERSE BULLET
INVERSE WHITE CIRCLE
WHITE BULLET
WHITE SMILING FACE
BLACK SMILING FACE
WHITE SUN WITH RAYS
FEMALE SIGN
MALE SIGN
BLACK SPADE SUIT
BLACK CLUB SUIT
BLACK HEART SUIT
BLACK DIAMOND SUIT
EIGHTH NOTE
BEAMED EIGHTH NOTES
FI LIGATURE
FL LIGATURE
FI LIGATURE
FL LIGATURE
Page 253
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
There are 28575 Characters in this set.
UNICODE
0020
0021
0022
0023
0024
0025
0026
0027
0028
0029
002A
002B
002C
002D
002E
002F
0030
0031
0032
0033
0034
0035
0036
0037
0038
0039
003A
003B
003C
003D
003E
003F
0040
0041
0042
0043
0044
0045
0046
0047
0048
0049
004A
004B
004C
004D
004E
004F
0050
0051
0052
0053
0054
0055
0056
0057
0058
0059
005A
005B
005C
005D
005E
005F
0060
0061
0062
0063
0064
0065
0066
0067
0068
0069
006A
006B
006C
006D
006E
006F
0070
Page 254
CHARACTER
SPACE
EXCLAMATION MARK
QUOTATION MARK
NUMBER SIGN
DOLLAR SIGN
PERCENT SIGN
AMPERSAND
APOSTROPHE
LEFT PARENTHESIS
RIGHT PARENTHESIS
ASTERISK
PLUS SIGN
COMMA
HYPHEN-MINUS
FULL STOP
SOLIDUS
DIGIT ZERO
DIGIT ONE
DIGIT TWO
DIGIT THREE
DIGIT FOUR
DIGIT FIVE
DIGIT SIX
DIGIT SEVEN
DIGIT EIGHT
DIGIT NINE
COLON
SEMICOLON
LESS-THAN SIGN
EQUALS SIGN
GREATER-THAN SIGN
QUESTION MARK
COMMERCIAL AT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z
LEFT SQUARE BRACKET
REVERSE SOLIDUS
RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET
CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
LOW LINE
GRAVE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER A
LATIN SMALL LETTER B
LATIN SMALL LETTER C
LATIN SMALL LETTER D
LATIN SMALL LETTER E
LATIN SMALL LETTER F
LATIN SMALL LETTER G
LATIN SMALL LETTER H
LATIN SMALL LETTER I
LATIN SMALL LETTER J
LATIN SMALL LETTER K
LATIN SMALL LETTER L
LATIN SMALL LETTER M
LATIN SMALL LETTER N
LATIN SMALL LETTER O
LATIN SMALL LETTER P
0071
0072
0073
0074
0075
0076
0077
0078
0079
007A
007B
007C
007D
007E
007F
00A4
00A7
00A8
00B0
00B1
00B7
00D7
00E0
00E1
00E8
00E9
00EA
00EC
00ED
00F2
00F3
00F7
00F9
00FA
00FC
0101
0113
011B
012B
0144
0148
014D
016B
01CE
01D0
01D2
01D4
01D6
01D8
01DA
01DC
0251
0261
02C7
02C9
02CA
02CB
02D9
0391
0392
0393
0394
0395
0396
0397
0398
0399
039A
039B
039C
039D
039E
100-88002 Rev B
LATIN SMALL LETTER Q
LATIN SMALL LETTER R
LATIN SMALL LETTER S
LATIN SMALL LETTER T
LATIN SMALL LETTER U
LATIN SMALL LETTER V
LATIN SMALL LETTER W
LATIN SMALL LETTER X
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y
LATIN SMALL LETTER Z
LEFT CURLY BRACKET
VERTICAL LINE
RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
TILDE
<CONTROL>
CURRENCY SIGN
SECTION SIGN
DIAERESIS
DEGREE SIGN
PLUS-MINUS SIGN
MIDDLE DOT
MULTIPLICATION SIGN
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
LATIN
SMALL
LETTER
E
WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
DIVISION SIGN
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
LATIN
SMALL
LETTER
U
WITH
DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CARON
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CARON
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH MACRON
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CARON
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CARON
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CARON
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CARON
LATIN
SMALL
LETTER
U
WITH
DIAERESIS AND MACRON
LATIN
SMALL
LETTER
U
WITH
DIAERESIS AND ACUTE
LATIN
SMALL
LETTER
U
WITH
DIAERESIS AND CARON
LATIN
SMALL
LETTER
U
WITH
DIAERESIS AND GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER ALPHA
LATIN SMALL LETTER SCRIPT G
CARON (MANDARIN CHINESE THIRD
TONE)
MODIFIER
LETTER
MACRON
(MANDARIN CHINESE FIRST TONE)
MODIFIER LETTER ACUTE ACCENT
(MANDARIN CHINESE SECOND TONE)
MODIFIER LETTER GRAVE ACCENT
(MANDARIN CHINESE FOURTH TONE)
DOT ABOVE (MANDARIN CHINESE
LIGHT TONE)
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
039F
03A0
03A1
03A3
03A4
03A5
03A6
03A7
03A8
03A9
03B1
03B2
03B3
03B4
03B5
03B6
03B7
03B8
03B9
03BA
03BB
03BC
03BD
03BE
03BF
03C0
03C1
03C3
03C4
03C5
03C6
03C7
03C8
03C9
0401
0410
0411
0412
0413
0414
0415
0416
0417
0418
0419
041A
041B
041C
041D
041E
041F
0420
0421
0422
0423
0424
0425
0426
0427
0428
0429
042A
042B
042C
042D
042E
042F
0430
0431
0432
0433
0434
0435
0436
0437
0438
0439
043A
043B
043C
043D
043E
043F
0440
0441
0442
0443
0444
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI
GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA
GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA
GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA
GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA
GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON
GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA
GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA
GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA
GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA
GREEK SMALL LETTER MU
GREEK SMALL LETTER NU
GREEK SMALL LETTER XI
GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON
GREEK SMALL LETTER PI
GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO
GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA
GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU
GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON
GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI
GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI
GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI
GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU
CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER I
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT I
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF
100-88002 Rev B
0445
0446
0447
0448
0449
044A
044B
044C
044D
044E
044F
0451
2010
2013
2014
2015
2016
2018
2019
201C
201D
2025
2026
2030
2032
2033
2035
203B
20AC
2103
2105
2109
2116
2121
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
216A
216B
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2190
2191
2192
2193
2196
2197
2198
2199
2208
220F
2211
2215
221A
221D
221E
221F
2220
2223
2225
2227
2228
2229
222A
222B
222E
2234
2235
2236
2237
223D
2248
224C
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA
CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO
HYPHEN
EN DASH
EM DASH
HORIZONTAL BAR
DOUBLE VERTICAL LINE
LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
TWO DOT LEADER
HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
PER MILLE SIGN
PRIME
DOUBLE PRIME
REVERSED PRIME
REFERENCE MARK
EURO SIGN
DEGREE CELSIUS
CARE OF
DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
NUMERO SIGN
TELEPHONE SIGN
ROMAN NUMERAL ONE
ROMAN NUMERAL TWO
ROMAN NUMERAL THREE
ROMAN NUMERAL FOUR
ROMAN NUMERAL FIVE
ROMAN NUMERAL SIX
ROMAN NUMERAL SEVEN
ROMAN NUMERAL EIGHT
ROMAN NUMERAL NINE
ROMAN NUMERAL TEN
ROMAN NUMERAL ELEVEN
ROMAN NUMERAL TWELVE
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL ONE
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL TWO
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL THREE
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL FOUR
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL FIVE
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL SIX
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL SEVEN
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL EIGHT
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL NINE
SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL TEN
LEFTWARDS ARROW
UPWARDS ARROW
RIGHTWARDS ARROW
DOWNWARDS ARROW
NORTH WEST ARROW
NORTH EAST ARROW
SOUTH EAST ARROW
SOUTH WEST ARROW
ELEMENT OF
N-ARY PRODUCT
N-ARY SUMMATION
DIVISION SLASH
SQUARE ROOT
PROPORTIONAL TO
INFINITY
RIGHT ANGLE
ANGLE
DIVIDES
PARALLEL TO
LOGICAL AND
LOGICAL OR
INTERSECTION
UNION
INTEGRAL
CONTOUR INTEGRAL
THEREFORE
BECAUSE
RATIO
PROPORTION
REVERSED TILDE (LAZY S)
ALMOST EQUAL TO
ALL EQUAL TO
Page 255
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
2252
2260
2261
2264
2265
2266
2267
226E
226F
2295
2299
22A5
22BF
2312
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
247A
247B
247C
247D
247E
247F
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
248A
248B
248C
248D
248E
248F
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
249A
249B
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
250A
250B
250C
250D
Page 256
APPROXIMATELY EQUAL TO OR THE
IMAGE OF
NOT EQUAL TO
IDENTICAL TO
LESS-THAN OR EQUAL TO
GREATER-THAN OR EQUAL TO
LESS-THAN OVER EQUAL TO
GREATER-THAN OVER EQUAL TO
NOT LESS-THAN
NOT GREATER-THAN
CIRCLED PLUS
CIRCLED DOT OPERATOR
UP TACK
RIGHT TRIANGLE
ARC
CIRCLED DIGIT ONE
CIRCLED DIGIT TWO
CIRCLED DIGIT THREE
CIRCLED DIGIT FOUR
CIRCLED DIGIT FIVE
CIRCLED DIGIT SIX
CIRCLED DIGIT SEVEN
CIRCLED DIGIT EIGHT
CIRCLED DIGIT NINE
CIRCLED NUMBER TEN
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT ONE
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT TWO
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT THREE
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT FOUR
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT FIVE
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT SIX
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT SEVEN
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT EIGHT
PARENTHESIZED DIGIT NINE
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER ELEVEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TWELVE
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER THIRTEEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER FOURTEEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER FIFTEEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER SIXTEEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER SEVENTEEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER EIGHTEEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER NINETEEN
PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TWENTY
DIGIT ONE FULL STOP
DIGIT TWO FULL STOP
DIGIT THREE FULL STOP
DIGIT FOUR FULL STOP
DIGIT FIVE FULL STOP
DIGIT SIX FULL STOP
DIGIT SEVEN FULL STOP
DIGIT EIGHT FULL STOP
DIGIT NINE FULL STOP
NUMBER TEN FULL STOP
NUMBER ELEVEN FULL STOP
NUMBER TWELVE FULL STOP
NUMBER THIRTEEN FULL STOP
NUMBER FOURTEEN FULL STOP
NUMBER FIFTEEN FULL STOP
NUMBER SIXTEEN FULL STOP
NUMBER SEVENTEEN FULL STOP
NUMBER EIGHTEEN FULL STOP
NUMBER NINETEEN FULL STOP
NUMBER TWENTY FULL STOP
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT TRIPLE DASH
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY TRIPLE DASH
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT TRIPLE DASH
VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY TRIPLE DASH
VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT QUADRUPLE
DASH HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY QUADRUPLE
DASH HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT QUADRUPLE
DASH VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY QUADRUPLE
DASH VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND
RIGHT HEAVY
100-88002 Rev B
250E
250F
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
251A
251B
251C
251D
251E
251F
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
252A
252B
252C
252D
252E
252F
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
253A
253B
253C
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND
RIGHT LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND
LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND
LEFT HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND
LEFT LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND
LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND RIGHT
HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND RIGHT
LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND LEFT
HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND LEFT
LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND
RIGHT HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND RIGHT
DOWN LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND
RIGHT UP LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND
RIGHT LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND
RIGHT UP HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND RIGHT
DOWN HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND
LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND
LEFT HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND LEFT
DOWN LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND
LEFT UP LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND
LEFT LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND
LEFT UP HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND LEFT
DOWN HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND
LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND
RIGHT DOWN LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND
LEFT DOWN LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND
HORIZONTAL HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND
HORIZONTAL LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND
LEFT DOWN HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND
RIGHT DOWN HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND
RIGHT UP LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND
LEFT UP LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND
HORIZONTAL HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND
HORIZONTAL LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND
LEFT UP HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND
RIGHT UP HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND
HORIZONTAL
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
253D
253E
253F
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
254A
254B
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
255A
255B
255C
255D
255E
255F
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
256A
256B
256C
256D
256E
256F
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND
RIGHT VERTICAL LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND
LEFT VERTICAL LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND
HORIZONTAL HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND DOWN
HORIZONTAL LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND UP
HORIZONTAL LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND
HORIZONTAL LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT UP HEAVY AND
RIGHT DOWN LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT UP HEAVY AND
LEFT DOWN LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT DOWN HEAVY
AND RIGHT UP LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT DOWN HEAVY
AND LEFT UP LIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND UP
HORIZONTAL HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND DOWN
HORIZONTAL HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND
LEFT VERTICAL HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND
RIGHT VERTICAL HEAVY
BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND
RIGHT DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND
RIGHT SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND
LEFT DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND
LEFT SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND
LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND RIGHT
DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND
RIGHT SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND LEFT
DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND LEFT
SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND
RIGHT DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE
AND RIGHT SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
AND RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND
LEFT DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE
AND LEFT SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
AND LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND
HORIZONTAL SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND
HORIZONTAL SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND
HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE
BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE
AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE
BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL
AND HORIZONTAL
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC DOWN AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC DOWN AND
LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC UP AND
LEFT
100-88002 Rev B
2570
2571
2572
2573
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
258A
258B
258C
258D
258E
258F
2593
2594
2595
25A0
25A1
25B2
25B3
25BC
25BD
25C6
25C7
25CB
25CE
25CF
25E2
25E3
25E4
25E5
2605
2606
2609
2640
2642
2FF0
2FF1
2FF2
2FF3
2FF4
2FF5
2FF6
2FF7
2FF8
2FF9
2FFA
2FFB
3000
3001
3002
3003
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
300A
300B
300C
300D
300E
300F
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC UP AND
RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL
UPPER RIGHT TO LOWER LEFT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL
UPPER LEFT TO LOWER RIGHT
BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL
CROSS
LOWER ONE EIGHTH BLOCK
LOWER ONE QUARTER BLOCK
LOWER THREE EIGHTHS BLOCK
LOWER HALF BLOCK
LOWER FIVE EIGHTHS BLOCK
LOWER THREE QUARTERS BLOCK
LOWER SEVEN EIGHTHS BLOCK
FULL BLOCK
LEFT SEVEN EIGHTHS BLOCK
LEFT THREE QUARTERS BLOCK
LEFT FIVE EIGHTHS BLOCK
LEFT HALF BLOCK
LEFT THREE EIGHTHS BLOCK
LEFT ONE QUARTER BLOCK
LEFT ONE EIGHTH BLOCK
DARK SHADE
UPPER ONE EIGHTH BLOCK
RIGHT ONE EIGHTH BLOCK
BLACK SQUARE
WHITE SQUARE
BLACK UP-POINTING TRIANGLE
WHITE UP-POINTING TRIANGLE
BLACK DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE
WHITE DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE
BLACK DIAMOND
WHITE DIAMOND
WHITE CIRCLE
BULLSEYE
BLACK CIRCLE
BLACK LOWER RIGHT TRIANGLE
BLACK LOWER LEFT TRIANGLE
BLACK UPPER LEFT TRIANGLE
BLACK UPPER RIGHT TRIANGLE
BLACK STAR
WHITE STAR
SUN
FEMALE SIGN
MALE SIGN
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER LEFT TO RIGHT
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER ABOVE TO BELOW
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER LEFT TO MIDDLE AND
RIGHT
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER ABOVE TO MIDDLE AND
BELOW
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER FULL SURROUND
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER SURROUND FROM ABOVE
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER SURROUND FROM BELOW
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER SURROUND FROM LEFT
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER SURROUND FROM UPPER
LEFT
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER SURROUND FROM UPPER
RIGHT
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER
SURROUND
FROM
LOWER LEFT
IDEOGRAPHIC
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTER OVERLAID
IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE
IDEOGRAPHIC COMMA
IDEOGRAPHIC FULL STOP
DITTO MARK
IDEOGRAPHIC ITERATION MARK
IDEOGRAPHIC CLOSING MARK
IDEOGRAPHIC NUMBER ZERO
LEFT ANGLE BRACKET
RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET
LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET
RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET
LEFT CORNER BRACKET
RIGHT CORNER BRACKET
LEFT WHITE CORNER BRACKET
RIGHT WHITE CORNER BRACKET
Page 257
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
301D
301E
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
303E
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
304A
304B
304C
304D
304E
304F
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
305A
305B
305C
305D
305E
305F
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
306A
306B
306C
306D
306E
306F
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
307A
307B
307C
307D
307E
307F
3080
3081
3082
3083
Page 258
LEFT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET
RIGHT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET
POSTAL MARK
GETA MARK
LEFT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET
RIGHT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET
LEFT WHITE LENTICULAR BRACKET
RIGHT WHITE LENTICULAR BRACKET
REVERSED
DOUBLE
PRIME
QUOTATION MARK
DOUBLE PRIME QUOTATION MARK
HANGZHOU NUMERAL ONE
HANGZHOU NUMERAL TWO
HANGZHOU NUMERAL THREE
HANGZHOU NUMERAL FOUR
HANGZHOU NUMERAL FIVE
HANGZHOU NUMERAL SIX
HANGZHOU NUMERAL SEVEN
HANGZHOU NUMERAL EIGHT
HANGZHOU NUMERAL NINE
IDEOGRAPHIC VARIATION INDICATOR
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL A
HIRAGANA LETTER A
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL I
HIRAGANA LETTER I
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL U
HIRAGANA LETTER U
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL E
HIRAGANA LETTER E
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL O
HIRAGANA LETTER O
HIRAGANA LETTER KA
HIRAGANA LETTER GA
HIRAGANA LETTER KI
HIRAGANA LETTER GI
HIRAGANA LETTER KU
HIRAGANA LETTER GU
HIRAGANA LETTER KE
HIRAGANA LETTER GE
HIRAGANA LETTER KO
HIRAGANA LETTER GO
HIRAGANA LETTER SA
HIRAGANA LETTER ZA
HIRAGANA LETTER SI
HIRAGANA LETTER ZI
HIRAGANA LETTER SU
HIRAGANA LETTER ZU
HIRAGANA LETTER SE
HIRAGANA LETTER ZE
HIRAGANA LETTER SO
HIRAGANA LETTER ZO
HIRAGANA LETTER TA
HIRAGANA LETTER DA
HIRAGANA LETTER TI
HIRAGANA LETTER DI
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL TU
HIRAGANA LETTER TU
HIRAGANA LETTER DU
HIRAGANA LETTER TE
HIRAGANA LETTER DE
HIRAGANA LETTER TO
HIRAGANA LETTER DO
HIRAGANA LETTER NA
HIRAGANA LETTER NI
HIRAGANA LETTER NU
HIRAGANA LETTER NE
HIRAGANA LETTER NO
HIRAGANA LETTER HA
HIRAGANA LETTER BA
HIRAGANA LETTER PA
HIRAGANA LETTER HI
HIRAGANA LETTER BI
HIRAGANA LETTER PI
HIRAGANA LETTER HU
HIRAGANA LETTER BU
HIRAGANA LETTER PU
HIRAGANA LETTER HE
HIRAGANA LETTER BE
HIRAGANA LETTER PE
HIRAGANA LETTER HO
HIRAGANA LETTER BO
HIRAGANA LETTER PO
HIRAGANA LETTER MA
HIRAGANA LETTER MI
HIRAGANA LETTER MU
HIRAGANA LETTER ME
HIRAGANA LETTER MO
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YA
100-88002 Rev B
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
308A
308B
308C
308D
308E
308F
3090
3091
3092
3093
309B
309C
309D
309E
30A1
30A2
30A3
30A4
30A5
30A6
30A7
30A8
30A9
30AA
30AB
30AC
30AD
30AE
30AF
30B0
30B1
30B2
30B3
30B4
30B5
30B6
30B7
30B8
30B9
30BA
30BB
30BC
30BD
30BE
30BF
30C0
30C1
30C2
30C3
30C4
30C5
30C6
30C7
30C8
30C9
30CA
30CB
30CC
30CD
30CE
30CF
30D0
30D1
30D2
30D3
30D4
30D5
30D6
30D7
30D8
30D9
30DA
30DB
30DC
30DD
30DE
30DF
30E0
30E1
30E2
HIRAGANA LETTER YA
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YU
HIRAGANA LETTER YU
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YO
HIRAGANA LETTER YO
HIRAGANA LETTER RA
HIRAGANA LETTER RI
HIRAGANA LETTER RU
HIRAGANA LETTER RE
HIRAGANA LETTER RO
HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL WA
HIRAGANA LETTER WA
HIRAGANA LETTER WI
HIRAGANA LETTER WE
HIRAGANA LETTER WO
HIRAGANA LETTER N
KATAKANA-HIRAGANA VOICED SOUND
MARK
KATAKANA-HIRAGANA
SEMI-VOICED
SOUND MARK
HIRAGANA ITERATION MARK
HIRAGANA VOICED ITERATION MARK
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL A
KATAKANA LETTER A
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL I
KATAKANA LETTER I
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL U
KATAKANA LETTER U
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL E
KATAKANA LETTER E
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL O
KATAKANA LETTER O
KATAKANA LETTER KA
KATAKANA LETTER GA
KATAKANA LETTER KI
KATAKANA LETTER GI
KATAKANA LETTER KU
KATAKANA LETTER GU
KATAKANA LETTER KE
KATAKANA LETTER GE
KATAKANA LETTER KO
KATAKANA LETTER GO
KATAKANA LETTER SA
KATAKANA LETTER ZA
KATAKANA LETTER SI
KATAKANA LETTER ZI
KATAKANA LETTER SU
KATAKANA LETTER ZU
KATAKANA LETTER SE
KATAKANA LETTER ZE
KATAKANA LETTER SO
KATAKANA LETTER ZO
KATAKANA LETTER TA
KATAKANA LETTER DA
KATAKANA LETTER TI
KATAKANA LETTER DI
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL TU
KATAKANA LETTER TU
KATAKANA LETTER DU
KATAKANA LETTER TE
KATAKANA LETTER DE
KATAKANA LETTER TO
KATAKANA LETTER DO
KATAKANA LETTER NA
KATAKANA LETTER NI
KATAKANA LETTER NU
KATAKANA LETTER NE
KATAKANA LETTER NO
KATAKANA LETTER HA
KATAKANA LETTER BA
KATAKANA LETTER PA
KATAKANA LETTER HI
KATAKANA LETTER BI
KATAKANA LETTER PI
KATAKANA LETTER HU
KATAKANA LETTER BU
KATAKANA LETTER PU
KATAKANA LETTER HE
KATAKANA LETTER BE
KATAKANA LETTER PE
KATAKANA LETTER HO
KATAKANA LETTER BO
KATAKANA LETTER PO
KATAKANA LETTER MA
KATAKANA LETTER MI
KATAKANA LETTER MU
KATAKANA LETTER ME
KATAKANA LETTER MO
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
30E3
30E4
30E5
30E6
30E7
30E8
30E9
30EA
30EB
30EC
30ED
30EE
30EF
30F0
30F1
30F2
30F3
30F4
30F5
30F6
30FC
30FD
30FE
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
310A
310B
310C
310D
310E
310F
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
311A
311B
311C
311D
311E
311F
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3231
32A3
338E
338F
339C
339D
339E
33A1
33C4
33CE
33D1
33D2
33D5
3400-4DB5
4E00-9FA5
E78D-E796
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YA
KATAKANA LETTER YA
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YU
KATAKANA LETTER YU
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YO
KATAKANA LETTER YO
KATAKANA LETTER RA
KATAKANA LETTER RI
KATAKANA LETTER RU
KATAKANA LETTER RE
KATAKANA LETTER RO
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL WA
KATAKANA LETTER WA
KATAKANA LETTER WI
KATAKANA LETTER WE
KATAKANA LETTER WO
KATAKANA LETTER N
KATAKANA LETTER VU
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL KA
KATAKANA LETTER SMALL KE
KATAKANA-HIRAGANA
PROLONGED
SOUND MARK
KATAKANA ITERATION MARK
KATAKANA VOICED ITERATION MARK
BOPOMOFO LETTER B
BOPOMOFO LETTER P
BOPOMOFO LETTER M
BOPOMOFO LETTER F
BOPOMOFO LETTER D
BOPOMOFO LETTER T
BOPOMOFO LETTER N
BOPOMOFO LETTER L
BOPOMOFO LETTER G
BOPOMOFO LETTER K
BOPOMOFO LETTER H
BOPOMOFO LETTER J
BOPOMOFO LETTER Q
BOPOMOFO LETTER X
BOPOMOFO LETTER ZH
BOPOMOFO LETTER CH
BOPOMOFO LETTER SH
BOPOMOFO LETTER R
BOPOMOFO LETTER Z
BOPOMOFO LETTER C
BOPOMOFO LETTER S
BOPOMOFO LETTER A
BOPOMOFO LETTER O
BOPOMOFO LETTER E
BOPOMOFO LETTER EH
BOPOMOFO LETTER AI
BOPOMOFO LETTER EI
BOPOMOFO LETTER AU
BOPOMOFO LETTER OU
BOPOMOFO LETTER AN
BOPOMOFO LETTER EN
BOPOMOFO LETTER ANG
BOPOMOFO LETTER ENG
BOPOMOFO LETTER ER
BOPOMOFO LETTER I
BOPOMOFO LETTER U
BOPOMOFO LETTER IU
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH ONE
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH TWO
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH THREE
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH FOUR
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH FIVE
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH SIX
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH SEVEN
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH EIGHT
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH NINE
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH TEN
PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH STOCK
CIRCLED IDEOGRAPH CORRECT
SQUARE MG
SQUARE KG
SQUARE MM
SQUARE CM
SQUARE KM
SQUARE M SQUARED
SQUARE CC
SQUARE KM CAPITAL
SQUARE LN
SQUARE LOG
SQUARE MIL
CJK UNIFIED IDEOGRAPH EXTENSION
A
CJK UNIFIED IDEOGRAPH
PRIVATE USE AREA
100-88002 Rev B
E7C7-E7C8
E815-E864
F92C
F979
F995
F9E7
F9F1
FA0C
FA0D
FA0E
FA0F
FA11
FA13
FA14
FA18
FA1F
FA20
FA21
FA23
FA24
FA27
FA28
FA29
FE30
FE31
FE33
FE34
FE35
FE36
FE37
FE38
FE39
FE3A
FE3B
FE3C
FE3D
FE3E
FE3F
FE40
FE41
FE42
FE43
FE44
FE49
FE4A
FE4B
FE4C
FE4D
FE4E
FE4F
FE50
FE51
FE52
FE54
FE55
FE56
FE57
FE59
FE5A
FE5B
FE5C
FE5D
FE5E
FE5F
FE60
FE61
PRIVATE USE AREA
PRIVATE USE AREA
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F92C
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F979
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F995
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F9E7
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-F9F1
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0C
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0D
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0E
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA0F
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA11
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA13
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA14
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA18
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA1F
*
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA20
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA21
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA23
*
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA24
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA27
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA28
CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH-FA29
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
TWO DOT LEADER
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
EM DASH
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LOW LINE
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
WAVY LOW LINE
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT PARENTHESIS
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT PARENTHESIS
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT CURLY BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT ANGLE BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT CORNER BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT CORNER BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
LEFT WHITE CORNER BRACKET
PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL
RIGHT WHITE CORNER BRACKET
DASHED OVERLINE
CENTRELINE OVERLINE
WAVY OVERLINE
DOUBLE WAVY OVERLINE
DASHED LOW LINE
CENTRELINE LOW LINE
WAVY LOW LINE
SMALL COMMA
SMALL IDEOGRAPHIC COMMA
SMALL FULL STOP
SMALL SEMICOLON
SMALL COLON
SMALL QUESTION MARK
SMALL EXCLAMATION MARK
SMALL LEFT PARENTHESIS
SMALL RIGHT PARENTHESIS
SMALL LEFT CURLY BRACKET
SMALL RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
SMALL
LEFT
TORTOISE
SHELL
BRACKET
SMALL
RIGHT
TORTOISE
SHELL
BRACKET
SMALL NUMBER SIGN
SMALL AMPERSAND
SMALL ASTERISK
Page 259
Appendix C: GB18030 Character Addresses
FE62
FE63
FE64
FE65
FE66
FE68
FE69
FE6A
FE6B
FF01
FF02
FF03
FF04
FF05
FF06
FF07
FF08
FF09
FF0A
FF0B
FF0C
FF0D
FF0E
FF0F
FF10
FF11
FF12
FF13
FF14
FF15
FF16
FF17
FF18
FF19
FF1A
FF1B
FF1C
FF1D
FF1E
FF1F
FF20
FF21
FF22
FF23
FF24
FF25
FF26
FF27
FF28
FF29
FF2A
FF2B
FF2C
FF2D
FF2E
Page 260
SMALL PLUS SIGN
SMALL HYPHEN-MINUS
SMALL LESS-THAN SIGN
SMALL GREATER-THAN SIGN
SMALL EQUALS SIGN
SMALL REVERSE SOLIDUS
SMALL DOLLAR SIGN
SMALL PERCENT SIGN
SMALL COMMERCIAL AT
FULLWIDTH EXCLAMATION MARK
FULLWIDTH QUOTATION MARK
FULLWIDTH NUMBER SIGN
FULLWIDTH DOLLAR SIGN
FULLWIDTH PERCENT SIGN
FULLWIDTH AMPERSAND
FULLWIDTH APOSTROPHE
FULLWIDTH LEFT PARENTHESIS
FULLWIDTH RIGHT PARENTHESIS
FULLWIDTH ASTERISK
FULLWIDTH PLUS SIGN
FULLWIDTH COMMA
FULLWIDTH HYPHEN-MINUS
FULLWIDTH FULL STOP
FULLWIDTH SOLIDUS
FULLWIDTH DIGIT ZERO
FULLWIDTH DIGIT ONE
FULLWIDTH DIGIT TWO
FULLWIDTH DIGIT THREE
FULLWIDTH DIGIT FOUR
FULLWIDTH DIGIT FIVE
FULLWIDTH DIGIT SIX
FULLWIDTH DIGIT SEVEN
FULLWIDTH DIGIT EIGHT
FULLWIDTH DIGIT NINE
FULLWIDTH COLON
FULLWIDTH SEMICOLON
FULLWIDTH LESS-THAN SIGN
FULLWIDTH EQUALS SIGN
FULLWIDTH GREATER-THAN SIGN
FULLWIDTH QUESTION MARK
FULLWIDTH COMMERCIAL AT
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N
100-88002 Rev B
FF2F
FF30
FF31
FF32
FF33
FF34
FF35
FF36
FF37
FF38
FF39
FF3A
FF3B
FF3C
FF3D
FF3E
FF3F
FF40
FF41
FF42
FF43
FF44
FF45
FF46
FF47
FF48
FF49
FF4A
FF4B
FF4C
FF4D
FF4E
FF4F
FF50
FF51
FF52
FF53
FF54
FF55
FF56
FF57
FF58
FF59
FF5A
FF5B
FF5C
FF5D
FF5E
FFE0
FFE1
FFE2
FFE3
FFE4
FFE5
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y
FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z
FULLWIDTH LEFT SQUARE BRACKET
FULLWIDTH REVERSE SOLIDUS
FULLWIDTH RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET
FULLWIDTH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
FULLWIDTH LOW LINE
FULLWIDTH GRAVE ACCENT
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER A
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER B
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER C
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER D
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER E
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER F
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER G
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER H
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER I
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER J
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER K
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER L
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER M
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER N
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER O
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER P
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Q
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER R
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER S
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER T
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER U
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER V
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER W
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER X
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Y
FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Z
FULLWIDTH LEFT CURLY BRACKET
FULLWIDTH VERTICAL LINE
FULLWIDTH RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
FULLWIDTH TILDE
FULLWIDTH CENT SIGN
FULLWIDTH POUND SIGN
FULLWIDTH NOT SIGN
FULLWIDTH MACRON *
FULLWIDTH BROKEN BAR
FULLWIDTH YEN SIGN
Appendix D: Windows 1252 Latin 1
Appendix D: Typical Code Page Definition
Windows 1252 Latin 1 to Unicode translation
ASCII
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
0x07
0x08
0x09
0x0A
0x0B
0x0C
0x0D
0x0E
0x0F
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
0x18
0x19
0x1A
0x1B
0x1C
0x1D
0x1E
0x1F
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x27
0x28
0x29
0x2A
0x2B
0x2C
0x2D
0x2E
0x2F
0x30
0x31
0x32
0x33
0x34
0x35
0x36
0x37
0x38
0x39
0x3A
0x3B
0x3C
0x3D
0x3E
0x3F
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
Unicode
0x0000
0x0001
0x0002
0x0003
0x0004
0x0005
0x0006
0x0007
0x0008
0x0009
0x000A
0x000B
0x000C
0x000D
0x000E
0x000F
0x0010
0x0011
0x0012
0x0013
0x0014
0x0015
0x0016
0x0017
0x0018
0x0019
0x001A
0x001B
0x001C
0x001D
0x001E
0x001F
0x0020
0x0021
0x0022
0x0023
0x0024
0x0025
0x0026
0x0027
0x0028
0x0029
0x002A
0x002B
0x002C
0x002D
0x002E
0x002F
0x0030
0x0031
0x0032
0x0033
0x0034
0x0035
0x0036
0x0037
0x0038
0x0039
0x003A
0x003B
0x003C
0x003D
0x003E
0x003F
0x0040
0x0041
0x0042
0x0043
Character
NULL
START OF HEADING
START OF TEXT
END OF TEXT
END OF TRANSMISSION
ENQUIRY
ACKNOWLEDGE
BELL
BACKSPACE
HORIZONTAL TABULATION
LINE FEED
VERTICAL TABULATION
FORM FEED
CARRIAGE RETURN
SHIFT OUT
SHIFT IN
DATA LINK ESCAPE
DEVICE CONTROL ONE
DEVICE CONTROL TWO
DEVICE CONTROL THREE
DEVICE CONTROL FOUR
NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE
SYNCHRONOUS IDLE
END OF TRANSMISSION BLOCK
CANCEL
END OF MEDIUM
SUBSTITUTE
ESCAPE
FILE SEPARATOR
GROUP SEPARATOR
RECORD SEPARATOR
UNIT SEPARATOR
SPACE
EXCLAMATION MARK
QUOTATION MARK
NUMBER SIGN
DOLLAR SIGN
PERCENT SIGN
AMPERSAND
APOSTROPHE
LEFT PARENTHESIS
RIGHT PARENTHESIS
ASTERISK
PLUS SIGN
COMMA
HYPHEN-MINUS
FULL STOP
SOLIDUS
DIGIT ZERO
DIGIT ONE
DIGIT TWO
DIGIT THREE
DIGIT FOUR
DIGIT FIVE
DIGIT SIX
DIGIT SEVEN
DIGIT EIGHT
DIGIT NINE
COLON
SEMICOLON
LESS-THAN SIGN
EQUALS SIGN
GREATER-THAN SIGN
QUESTION MARK
COMMERCIAL AT
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C
0x44
0x45
0x46
0x47
0x48
0x49
0x4A
0x4B
0x4C
0x4D
0x4E
0x4F
0x50
0x51
0x52
0x53
0x54
0x55
0x56
0x57
0x58
0x59
0x5A
0x5B
0x5C
0x5D
0x5E
0x5F
0x60
0x61
0x62
0x63
0x64
0x65
0x66
0x67
0x68
0x69
0x6A
0x6B
0x6C
0x6D
0x6E
0x6F
0x70
0x71
0x72
0x73
0x74
0x75
0x76
0x77
0x78
0x79
0x7A
0x7B
0x7C
0x7D
0x7E
0x7F
0x80
0x81
0x82
0x83
0x84
0x85
0x86
0x87
0x88
100-88002 Rev B
0x0044
0x0045
0x0046
0x0047
0x0048
0x0049
0x004A
0x004B
0x004C
0x004D
0x004E
0x004F
0x0050
0x0051
0x0052
0x0053
0x0054
0x0055
0x0056
0x0057
0x0058
0x0059
0x005A
0x005B
0x005C
0x005D
0x005E
0x005F
0x0060
0x0061
0x0062
0x0063
0x0064
0x0065
0x0066
0x0067
0x0068
0x0069
0x006A
0x006B
0x006C
0x006D
0x006E
0x006F
0x0070
0x0071
0x0072
0x0073
0x0074
0x0075
0x0076
0x0077
0x0078
0x0079
0x007A
0x007B
0x007C
0x007D
0x007E
0x007F
0x20AC
0x0000
0x201A
0x0192
0x201E
0x2026
0x2020
0x2021
0x02C6
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z
LEFT SQUARE BRACKET
REVERSE SOLIDUS
RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET
CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
LOW LINE
GRAVE ACCENT
LATIN SMALL LETTER A
LATIN SMALL LETTER B
LATIN SMALL LETTER C
LATIN SMALL LETTER D
LATIN SMALL LETTER E
LATIN SMALL LETTER F
LATIN SMALL LETTER G
LATIN SMALL LETTER H
LATIN SMALL LETTER I
LATIN SMALL LETTER J
LATIN SMALL LETTER K
LATIN SMALL LETTER L
LATIN SMALL LETTER M
LATIN SMALL LETTER N
LATIN SMALL LETTER O
LATIN SMALL LETTER P
LATIN SMALL LETTER Q
LATIN SMALL LETTER R
LATIN SMALL LETTER S
LATIN SMALL LETTER T
LATIN SMALL LETTER U
LATIN SMALL LETTER V
LATIN SMALL LETTER W
LATIN SMALL LETTER X
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y
LATIN SMALL LETTER Z
LEFT CURLY BRACKET
VERTICAL LINE
RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
TILDE
DELETE
EURO SIGN
SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
LATIN SMALL LETTER F WITH HOOK
DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
DAGGER
DOUBLE DAGGER
MODIFIER LETTER CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
Page 261
Appendix D: Windows 1252 Latin 1
0x89
0x8A
0x8B
0x2030
0x0160
0x2039
0x8C
0x8D
0x8E
0x8F
0x90
0x91
0x92
0x93
0x94
0x95
0x96
0x97
0x98
0x99
0x9A
0x9B
0x0152
0x0000
0x017D
0x0000
0x0000
0x2018
0x2019
0x201C
0x201D
0x2022
0x2013
0x2014
0x02DC
0x2122
0x0161
0x203A
0x9C
0x9D
0x9E
0x9F
0x0153
0x0000
0x017E
0x0178
0xA0
0xA1
0xA2
0xA3
0xA4
0xA5
0xA6
0xA7
0xA8
0xA9
0xAA
0xAB
0x00A0
0x00A1
0x00A2
0x00A3
0x00A4
0x00A5
0x00A6
0x00A7
0x00A8
0x00A9
0x00AA
0x00AB
0xAC
0xAD
0xAE
0xAF
0xB0
0xB1
0xB2
0xB3
0xB4
0xB5
0xB6
0xB7
0xB8
0xB9
0xBA
0xBB
0x00AC
0x00AD
0x00AE
0x00AF
0x00B0
0x00B1
0x00B2
0x00B3
0x00B4
0x00B5
0x00B6
0x00B7
0x00B8
0x00B9
0x00BA
0x00BB
0xBC
0xBD
0xBE
0xBF
0xC0
0xC1
0xC2
0x00BC
0x00BD
0x00BE
0x00BF
0x00C0
0x00C1
0x00C2
0xC3
0xC4
0x00C3
0x00C4
0xC5
0x00C5
0xC6
0xC7
0xC8
0xC9
0xCA
0x00C6
0x00C7
0x00C8
0x00C9
0x00CA
0xCB
0x00CB
Page 262
PER MILLE SIGN
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CARON
SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE
QUOTATION MARK
LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE OE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH CARON
LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
BULLET
EN DASH
EM DASH
SMALL TILDE
TRADE MARK SIGN
LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CARON
SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE
QUOTATION MARK
LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE
LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH CARON
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH
DIAERESIS
NO-BREAK SPACE
INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK
CENT SIGN
POUND SIGN
CURRENCY SIGN
YEN SIGN
BROKEN BAR
SECTION SIGN
DIAERESIS
COPYRIGHT SIGN
FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR
LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE
QUOTATION MARK
NOT SIGN
SOFT HYPHEN
REGISTERED SIGN
MACRON
DEGREE SIGN
PLUS-MINUS SIGN
SUPERSCRIPT TWO
SUPERSCRIPT THREE
ACUTE ACCENT
MICRO SIGN
PILCROW SIGN
MIDDLE DOT
CEDILLA
SUPERSCRIPT ONE
MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR
RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE
QUOTATION MARK
VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER
VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF
VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS
INVERTED QUESTION MARK
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH
DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING
ABOVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER AE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH
DIAERESIS
0xCC
0xCD
0xCE
0x00CC
0x00CD
0x00CE
0xCF
0xD0
0xD1
0xD2
0xD3
0xD4
0x00CF
0x00D0
0x00D1
0x00D2
0x00D3
0x00D4
0xD5
0xD6
0x00D5
0x00D6
0xD7
0xD8
0xD9
0xDA
0xDB
0x00D7
0x00D8
0x00D9
0x00DA
0x00DB
0xDC
0x00DC
0xDD
0xDE
0xDF
0xE0
0xE1
0xE2
0x00DD
0x00DE
0x00DF
0x00E0
0x00E1
0x00E2
0xE3
0xE4
0xE5
0x00E3
0x00E4
0x00E5
0xE6
0xE7
0xE8
0xE9
0xEA
0x00E6
0x00E7
0x00E8
0x00E9
0x00EA
0xEB
0xEC
0xED
0xEE
0xEF
0xF0
0xF1
0xF2
0xF3
0xF4
0x00EB
0x00EC
0x00ED
0x00EE
0x00EF
0x00F0
0x00F1
0x00F2
0x00F3
0x00F4
0xF5
0xF6
0xF7
0xF8
0xF9
0xFA
0xFB
0x00F5
0x00F6
0x00F7
0x00F8
0x00F9
0x00FA
0x00FB
0xFC
0xFD
0xFE
0xFF
0x00FC
0x00FD
0x00FE
0x00FF
100-88002 Rev B
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH
DIAERESIS
MULTIPLICATION SIGN
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH
DIAERESIS
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE
LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN
LATIN SMALL LETTER SHARP S
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING
ABOVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER AE
LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH
LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS
DIVISION SIGN
LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH
CIRCUMFLEX
LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE
LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN
LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS
Appendix E: Internal Code Page Definitions
Appendix E: Internal Code Pages
Code
Page
Country Code/Language Set
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
437
737
850
852
855
857
858
866
1004
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1257
28591
28592
28593
28594
28595
28597
28599
28605
USA (Slashed 0)
USA (Unslashed 0)
British
German
French
Swedish I
Danish
Norwegian
Dutch
Italian
French Canadian
Spanish
Swedish II
Swedish III
Swedish IV
Turkish
Swiss I
Swiss II
USA
Greek
Multilingual
East Europe Latin II-852
Cyrillic I-855
Turkey 857
Multilingual Euro
Cyrillic II-866
IS08859
Windows 1250 Central Europe
Windows 1251 Cyrillic
Windows 1252 Latin 1
Windows 1253 Greek
Windows 1254 Turkish
Windows 1257 Baltic
ISO8859-1 Latin 1
ISO8859-2 Latin 2
ISO8859-3 Latin 3
ISO8859-4 Baltic 4
ISO8859-5 Cyrillic
ISO8859-7 Greek
ISO8859-9 Turkish
ISO8859-15 Latin 9
Decimal <nh>
<nl>
0,64
0,65
0,66
0,67
0,68
0,69
0,70
0,71
0,72
0,73
0,74
0,75
0,76
0,77
0,78
0,79
0,80
0,81
1,181
2,225
3,82
3,84
3,87
3,89
3,90
3,98
3,236
4,226
4,227
4,228
4,229
4,230
4,233
111,175
111,176
111,177
111,178
111,179
111,181
111,183
111,189
Hex <nh> <nl>
0H,040H
0H,041H
0H,042H
0H,043H
0H,044H
0H,045H
0H,046H
0H,047H
0H,048H
0H,049H
0H,04AH
0H,04BH
0H,04CH
0H,04DH
0H,04EH
0H,04FH
0H,050H
0H,051H
1H,0B5H
2H,0E1H
3H,052H
3H,054H
3H,057H
3H,059H
3H,05AH
3H,062H
3H,0ECH
4H,0E2H
4H,0E3H
4H,0E4H
4H,0E5H
4H,0E6H
4H,0E9H
6FH,AFH
6FH,B0H
6FH,B1H
6FH,B2H
6FH,B3H
6FH,B5H
6FH,B7H
6FH,BDH
Note: The [ESC]! Select international character set command uses Code Pages 64-81
and represent old DOS code page maps. They are provided to support of legacy
applications.
They are not recommended for new applications.
100-88002 Rev B
Page 263
Appendix F: ASCII Code Table
Appendix F: ASCII Code Table
Hex
Decimal
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
ASCII
32
(SP)
40
64
@
60
96
`
00
0
NULL
20
01
1
SOH
21
33
!
41
65
A
61
97
a
34
"
42
66
B
62
98
b
35
#
43
67
C
63
99
c
02
2
STX
22
03
3
ETX
23
04
4
EOT
24
36
$
44
68
D
64
100
d
37
%
45
69
E
65
101
e
05
5
ENQ
25
06
6
ACK
26
38
&
46
70
F
66
102
f
39
'
47
71
G
67
103
g
40
(
48
72
H
68
104
h
07
7
BEL
27
08
8
BS
28
09
9
HT
29
41
)
49
73
I
69
105
i
2A
42
*
4A
74
J
6A
106
j
0A
10
LF
0B
11
VT
2B
43
+
4B
75
K
6B
107
k
44
,
4C
76
L
6C
108
l
-
4D
77
M
6D
109
m
0C
12
FF
2C
0D
13
CR
2D
45
0E
14
SO
2E
46
.
4E
78
N
6E
110
n
47
/
4F
79
O
6F
111
o
80
P
70
112
p
0F
15
SI
2F
10
16
DLE
30
48
0
50
11
17
DC1
31
49
1
51
81
Q
71
113
q
12
18
DC2
32
50
2
52
82
R
72
114
r
13
19
DC3
33
51
3
53
83
S
73
115
s
52
4
54
84
T
74
116
t
85
U
75
117
u
14
20
DC4
34
15
21
NAK
35
53
5
55
16
22
SYN
36
54
6
56
86
V
76
118
v
55
7
57
87
W
77
119
w
17
23
ETB
37
18
24
CAN
38
56
8
58
88
X
78
120
x
57
9
59
89
Y
79
121
y
58
:
5A
90
Z
7A
122
z
19
25
EM
39
1A
26
SUB
3A
1B
27
ESC
3B
59
;
5B
91
[
7B
123
{
60
<
5C
92
\
7C
124
|
1C
28
FS
3C
1D
29
GS
3D
61
=
5D
93
]
7D
125
}
62
>
5E
94
^
7E
126
~
63
?
5F
95
_
7F
127
(sp)
1E
30
RS
3E
1F
31
US
3F
100-88002 Rev B
Page 265
Appendix G: Ordering Supplies
Appendix G: Ordering Supplies
TransAct® supplies, cables and drivers can be ordered easily direct from the TransAct
website (www.transact-tech.com) or our telephone number within the US toll free:
(877) 7TransAct. (other inquires: (607) 257-8901). When calling by phone, please ask
for the Sales Department.
Page 266
100-88002 Rev B
Index
Index
[
[BEL] Audio alert, 155
[BS] Insert back space, 77
[CAN] Clear print buffer, 154
[CR] Set carriage return, 76
[DC2] Begin 10 cpi, 90
[DC4] End one-line double-wide print, 100
[ENQ] <10> Request printer reset, 164
[ENQ] <11> Request printer power cycle status, 165
[ENQ] <14> Inquire mechanical error status, 165
[ENQ] <15> Inquire printer state, 166
[ENQ] <20> Inquire all printer status, 166
[ENQ] <21> Inquire printer ID, 168
[ENQ] <22> Inquire Error Status, 169
[ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 172, 173
[ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 170, 171, 172
[ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 174
[ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 235
[ENQ] <23> Inquire user-store status, 236
[ENQ] <3> Inquire receipt paper low status, 163
[ENQ] <4> Inquire receipt paper out status, 164
[ENQ] <8> Inquire cover open status, 164
[ENQ] <9> Inquire buffer status, 164
[ENQ] <n> Inquire printer status, 163
[ESC] - <1> Begin underline, 101, 103
[ESC] ! <n> Select international character set, 81, 88, 89,
97, 98, 152, 153, 189, 206, 207, 208, 209, 213, 214, 215,
216, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226
[ESC] # <0> Begin 12 x 12 draft print, 93
[ESC] % G Begin italics, 105
[ESC] % H End italics, 105
[ESC] * <m> <0> <0> Set horizontal graphics mode, 119,
121
[ESC] * <m> <n1> <n2> Print graphics in mode <m>, 116
[ESC] ? <m> <n> Reassign graphic mode, 116
[ESC] @ Initialize the printer, 155
[ESC] [ @ ... Double-wide, double-high italics, 102
[ESC] [ C <n> Insert Euro character, 98
[ESC] [ P <n> Set character pitch, 91, 216
[ESC] [ T <nh> <nl> Select character code page, 97
[ESC] [EM] B <n> Set bar code height, 139, 140
[ESC] [EM] J <n> Set bar code justification and HRI modes,
140
[ESC] [SI] Begin 24 cpi, 90
[ESC] [US] 1 <Name..> <0> Load item process, 124
[ESC] [US] b <Name..> <0> Begin named macro record,
123, 125, 177, 178
[ESC] [US] d <Name..> <0> Delete item from user store,
127
[ESC] [US] e <Name..> <0> End name macro record, 125
[ESC] [US] e <Name..> <0> Remove item from user store,
124
[ESC] [US] e <Name..> <0> Stop name macro record, 123
[ESC] [US] f ALL <0> Flush user store, 124
[ESC] [US] l <Name> <0> Load macro/character, 126
[ESC] [US] m <Name..> <0> Save macro data, 125
[ESC] [US] m <Name..> Save macro data, 123
[ESC] [US] q <Name..> <0> Query user store, 127
[ESC] [US] r <Name> <0> Run macro data, 126
[ESC] [US] s <Name..> <0> Flag as a start-up macro, 124
[ESC] [US] s <Name..> <0> Flag start-up macro, 126
[ESC] ^ <n> Print control character, 99
[ESC] { Electronic Journal Begin, 150
[ESC] <n> <n1> <n2> Set horizontal position, 78
[ESC] 0 Set line spacing to 27/216 inch, 79
[ESC] 1 Set line spacing to 7/72 inch, 80
[ESC] 2 Enable variable line spacing, 80
[ESC] 3 <n> Set line spacing to n/216 inch, 79
[ESC] 4 Set top of form, 84
[ESC] 5 <01> Begin auto line feed, 85
[ESC] a <n> Set justification, 78
[ESC] A <n> Set variable line spacing to n/72 inch, 80
[ESC] b <n> ... Print bar code, 131, 138, 176
[ESC] B <n1> <n2> … <ni> 0 Set vertical tab stops, 83
[ESC] Begin 12 cpi, 90
[ESC] C [NUL] <n> Set form length in inches, 84
[ESC] c <n> Select color, 100
[ESC] C <n> Set form length in lines, 84
[ESC] d <n> Feed <n> lines at current spacing, 82
[ESC] D <n1> <n2> <n3> … <ni> 0 Set horizontal tab stops,
77
[ESC] E Begin emphasized print, 104
[ESC] F End emphasized print, 104
[ESC] f Select receipt station, 107, 109, 111, 112, 113, 114
[ESC] g <0> Process user macro, 129
[ESC] g <1> Start macro record, 129
[ESC] g <2> Stop macro record, 129
[ESC] g <3> Stop macro record and save, 129
[ESC] G Begin enhanced print, 103
[ESC] h <color> <length> <format> <data> Process color
graphics, 118
[ESC] h <color> <length> <format> <data> Process
horizontal graphics, 118
[ESC] H End enhanced print, 103
[ESC] I <n> Set print quality mode, 93
[ESC] J <n> Fine line feed, 79
[ESC] J <n> Fine linefeed, 142, 143, 144, 145
[ESC] K <n1> <n2> Print single-density graphics, 115
[ESC] L <n1> <n2> Print half-speed double-density graphics,
115
[ESC] l Electronic Journal Carbon Copy, 151
[ESC] p 3 <n> Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end
signals, 156
[ESC] p 4 <n> Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing, 156
[ESC] q <n> Query marker, 155, 157
[ESC] R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops, 78, 83
[ESC] S <0> Select superscript, 104
[ESC] S <1> Select subscript, 104
[ESC] T End superscript or subscript, 105
100-88002 Rev B
Page 267
Index
[ESC] U <0> Begin bi-directional print, 117
[ESC] U <1> Begin unidirectional print, 117
[ESC] V <n> Set intercharacter spacing, 92
[ESC] W <n> Double-wide, double-high mode, 101, 208
[ESC] X <n1> <n2> Set left/right print margin, 154
[ESC] y <n> Set feature control, 158
[ESC] Y <n1> <n2> Print full-speed double-density graphics,
116
[ESC] Z <n1> <n2> Print quad-density graphics, 116
[FF] Set form feed, 83, 86
[HT] Set horizontal tab, 77
[LF] Set line feed, 76
[SI] Begin 17 cpi, 90
[SO] Begin one-line double-wide print, 100
[VT] Set vertical tab, 82
1
10 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90
12 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90
12 x 12 Draft Print Mode, Beginning, 93
17 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90
Code Page Definitions, 263
Commands, User-store, 125, 178
Communication
Features, 233
Communications Interface, 19
Configuration
Remote, 40
Configuration Control, Extending, 159, 161, 234
Configuration Mode
Overview, 39
Contact Information, 7
Control Character, Printing, 99
Control Codes
Overview, 67
Control Codes and Commands, 68
Control Feature, Setting, 158
Cover Open Status, Inquire, 164
D
Disassembly, 65
Double Density Graphics, Full-Speed Printing, 116
Double Density Graphics, Half-Speed Printing, 115
2
E
24 CPI Character Pitch, Beginning, 90
A
APA Graphics, Printing, 116
Appendix A
Ordering Supplies, 266
Application Development, 68
Assembly, 65
Auto cut, Performing, 155
Auto Error Recovery, 32
Auto Line Feed, Beginning, 85
B
Back Space, 77
Bar Code, Print, 131, 138, 176
Bar Code, Set height, 139, 140
Bar Code, Set Justification, Print Direction, 140
Bar Codes, 131
Begin Italics, 105
Bezel
Mounting Points, 46
Bi-directional Printing, Beginning, 117
Boot Loader Mode, 30
C
Carriage Return, 76
Change User Store Terminator, 128
Character attributes, 100
Character Code Page, Setting, 97
Character Pitch, Setting, 91, 216
Page 268
Emphasized Print Mode, Beginning, 104
Emphasized Print Mode, Ending, 104
End Italics, 105
Enhanced Print Mode, Ending, 103
Enhanced print, Beginning, 103
Entering Configuration Mode, 39
EPOS Emulation, 68
Error Status, Inquire, 169
Euro Character, Inserting, 98
Extended APA Graphics, 116
F
Form Feed, 83, 86
Form Length, Setting Inches, 84
Form Length, Setting Lines, 84
Forming characters, 193
G
Graphic
Mode, 115
Graphic Data, Processing, 118
Graphic Mode, Reassigning, 116
Graphic mode, Set Horizontal, 119, 121
Graphic save, 122
Graphics
all-points-addressable (APA), 182
Character, 181
color, 118
horizontal, 118
Horizontal, 182
100-88002 Rev B
Index
Operational Procedures, 25
Output Paper end Signals, Selecting Paper Sensors, 156
Overview, 3
printing, 181
H
Horizontal Motion Control, 77
Horizontal Position, Setting, 78
Horizontal Tab, 77
Horizontal tab Stops, Setting, 77
P
I
IEEE 1284 buffer, Clearing, 164
Indicator Lights, 25
Initialize the Printer, 155
Inquire Commands, 163
Intercharacter Spacing, Setting, 92
International Character Set, Selecting, 81, 88, 89, 97, 98,
152, 153, 189, 206, 207, 208, 209, 213, 214, 215, 216,
221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226
IPCL Codes, 68
J
Justification, Setting, 78
L
Level 0 diagnostics, 30
Line feed, 76
Line Feed, Performing, 79
Line Spacing, Enabling, 80
Line Spacing, Feeding Lines, 82
Line Spacing, Set at 2 ½, 16-inch and 7/72 inch, 80
Line Spacing, Set-1/8 inch, 79
Line Spacing, Set-n/216 inch, 79
Line Spacing-Variable, Setting, 80
Paper Motion, 76
Paper Out Status, Inquire, 164
Paper Sensors, Selecting to Stop Printing, 156
PcOS Control Codes, 68
PcOS Quick Reference Chart, 70
Power Control, Remote, 160
Power Cycle Status, Inquire, 165
Power-cycle recovery, 233
Print buffer, control, 154
Print Current Configuration, 231
Print Current totals, 231
Print margins, setting, 154
Print Quality Mode, Setting, 93
Print Style, Setting, 102
Printer
Paper Roll Specifications, 18
Printing Specifications, 18
Printer Block Diagram, 63
Printer Care, 25
Printer ID, Inquire, 168
Printer Reset, Requesting, 164
Printer Sensors, 55
Printer State, Inquire, 166
Printer Status, 162
Printer Status LED, 31
Printer Status, Inquire, 163, 166
Process User Macro, 129
Programmer’s Notes, 241
Programming Considerations, 122
Q
M
Machanical Error Status, Inquire, 165
Macro Data, Run from user Store, 126
Macro Data, Saving, 123
Macro Data, Saving in user Store, 125
Macro Record, Beginning, 123
Macro Record, Ending, 125
Macro Record, Ending name, 123
Macro Record, Start, 129
Macro Record, Starting, 125, 177, 178
Macro Record, Stop, 129
Macro Record, Stop and Save, 129
Macro, Flag on Startup, 126
Multiline Mode, 101, 208
O
Off-line active, 233
One Line/Double Wide Print, Beginning, 100
One Line/Double Wide Print, Canceling, 100
Quad Density Graphics, Printing, 116
Query marker, 155, 157
R
Read and return Totals, 229
Recovery form Mechanical Errors, 237
Regulatory Compliance, iii
Remote Power Control, 160
Remote Reset, 232
Return Materials Authorization, 6
S
Select Color, 100
Select Subscript, 104
Select Superscript, 104
Self-Test
Using, 28
Sensors
100-88002 Rev B
Page 269
Index
Anti-Jam, 56
Paper Low, 55
Ticket Low, 55
Ticket Taken, 56, 57
Top of Form, 55
Top-of-Form, 55
Serial Communications PCB, 19, 61
Single Density Graphics, Printing, 115
Specifications, 18
Paper Roll, 18
Power Requirements, 15
Printing, 18
Radiated Emissions, 17
Reliability, 14
Specifications and Requirements, 11
Standard APA Graphics, 115
Standard Emulation, 68
Start up Macro, Flagging, 124
Status Inquire, 162
Status, Inquire Receipt Paper Low, 163
Superscript and Subscript, 105
T
Technical Support, 5
Testing the Printer, 29
Top of Form, Setting, 84
U
Underline, Beginning, 101, 103
Unidirectional Printing, Beginning, 117
User macros, 129
User store, 122
User Store Status, Inquire, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 235,
236
User Store, Delete item, 127
User Store, Flush Information, 124
User Store, Load item, 126
User Store, Loading item, 124
User Store, Removing Item, 124
User Store, Report, 127
User Store, Reporting, 124
V
Vertical Tab, 82
Vertical Tab Stops, Setting, 83
Tab Stops, Resetting, 78, 83
Page 270
100-88002 Rev B